Basic Switches - Omron

Cat. No. X018-E1-08 

Basic Switches 


OM R ON Corporation 

Shiokoji Horikawa, Shimogyo-ku, 

Kyoto, 600-8530 Japan 

Electronic Components Company 

Switch Division 

Detection Switch Department 

Tel: (81)75-344-7096/Fax: (81)75-344-7049 

Industrial Automation Company 

Industrial Devices and Components Division H.Q. 

Industrial Control Components Department 

Tel: (81)75-344-7119/Fax: (81)75-344-7149 

In the interest of product improvement, specifications are 

subject to change without notice. 

Authorized Distributor: 

Cat. No. X018-E1-08 

Printed in Japan 

0704-3M (O) 

Cat. No. X018-E1-08

ASIA/OCEANIA 

JAPAN 

■ OMRON CORPORATION (Industrial) 

Gate City Osaki, West Tower 14F, 

1-11-1 Osaki, Shinagawa-ku, 

Tokyo, 141-0032 JAPAN 

Tel: 81-3-3779-9001/Fax: 81-3-3779-9019 

■ OMRON CORPORATION 

(Consumer & Commercial) 

Gate City Osaki, West Tower 14F, 

1-11-1Osaki, Shinagawa-ku, 

Tokyo, 141-0032 JAPAN 

Tel: 81-3-3779-8709/Fax: 81-3-3779-9047 

CHINA 

■ OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD. 

BEIJING OFFICE 

Room 1028, Office Building, 

Beijing Capital Times Square, 

No. 88 West Chang'an Ave., 

Beijing, 100031 CHINA 

Tel: 86-10-8391-3005/Fax: 86-10-8391-3688 

■ OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD. 

SHANGHAI OFFICE 

Room 2211, Bank of China Tower, 

200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road, 

PuDong New Area, 

Shanghai, 200120 CHINA 

Tel: 86-21-5037-2222/Fax: 86-21-5037-2200 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS GUANGZHOU LTD. 

Room 2103, Guangzhou China Mayors Plaza, 

No. 189, Tian He Bei Road, 

Guangzhou CHINA 

Tel: 86-20-8732-0508/Fax: 86-20-8732-1750 

HONG KONG 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS ASIA LTD. 

Unit 601-9, Tower 2, The Gateway No. 25, 

Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon HONG KONG 

Tel: 852-2375-387/Fax: 852-2375-1475 

INDIA 

■ OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD. 

INDIA LIAISON OFFICE 

M-45, Market Complex, Greater Kailash Part II, 

New Delhi-110048 INDIA 

Tel: 91-11-5163-8215/Fax: 91-11-5163-8218 

INDONESIA 

■ PT. OMRON ELECTRONICS 

Graha Pratama Floor 3A, JL MT Haryono Kav. 15, 

Jakarta Selatan INDONESIA 12810 

Tel: 62-21-8370-9555/Fax: 62-21-8370-9550 

■ PT. OMRON MANUFACTURING OF INDONESIA (*) 

EJIP Industrial Park Plot 5C, 

Lemahabang Bekasi 17550, Jakarta INDONESIA 

Tel: 62-21-897-5108/Fax: 62-21-897-5160 

SOUTH KOREA 

■ CONTRON CORPORATION 

2F Daeryung Techno Town-8, 481-11, Gasan-dong, 

Kumchon-gu, Seoul KOREA 

Tel: 82-2-3218-5700/Fax: 82-2-2163-0599 

MALAYSIA 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS SDN. BHD. 

2.01, Level 2, Wisma Academy, 4A, Jalan 19/1, 

46300 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan 

MALAYSIA 

Tel: 60-3-7628-8388/Fax: 60-3-7628-8333 

■ OMRON MALAYSIA SDN. BHD. (*) 

Lot 15, Jalan SS8/4, Sungei Way Free Industrial 

Zone, 47300 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan 

MALAYSIA 

Tel: 60-3-7620-0036/Fax: 60-3-7620-0049 

THE PHILIPPINES 


MANILA REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE 

2nd Floor, King's Court II Bldg, 

2129 Don Chino Roces Avenue, 1231 Makati City, 

Metro, Manila THE PHILIPPINES 

Tel: 632-811-2831/Fax: 632-811-2583 

SINGAPORE 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS PTE. LTD. 

55, Ubi Avenue 1, #05-01 SINGAPORE 408935 

Tel: 65-6547-6789/Fax: 65-6547-6766 

■ OMRON ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS PTE. LTD. (*) 

140 Paya Lebar Road #04-11 A-Z Building 

SINGAPORE 409015 

Tel: 65-6848-8800/Fax: 65-6848-8811 

TAIWAN 

■ OMRON TAIWAN ELECTRONICS INC. 

6F, Home Young Bldg., No. 363, 

Fu-Shing N. Road, Taipei TAIWAN ROC 

Tel: 886-2-2715-3331/Fax: 886-2-2712-6712 

■ OMRON TAIWAN SYSTEM INC. 

11F, No. 8, Chung Hsiao West Road, Sec 1, Taipei 

TAIWAN 

Tel: 886-2-2375-2200/Fax: 886-2-2375-2233 

OMRON SALES OFFICES 

THAILAND 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. 

Rasa Tower 20th Floor, #555 Phaholyothin Rd., 

Chatuchak, Bangkok 10900 THAILAND 

Tel: 66-2-937-0500/Fax: 66-2-937-0501 

■ OMRON ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS CO., LTD. (*) 

Phaholythin Place Building, 41st Floor, 408/166, 

Phaholythin Road, Samsen-nai, Phayathai, 

Bangkok 10400 THAILAND 

Tel: 66-2-619-0292/Fax: 66-2-619-0624-5 

VIETNAM 


HANOI/HCM REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE 

2, Lang Ha, 6th Floor Vinaconex Building, Hanoi 

Vietnam 

Tel: 844-831-3121/Fax: 844-831-3122 

AUSTRALIA 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS PTY. LTD. 

71 Epping Road, North Ryde, Sydney NSW 2113 

AUSTRALIA 

Tel: 61-2-9878-6377/Fax: 61-2-9878-6981 

NEW ZEALAND 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS LTD. 

65 Boston Road, Mt Eden Auckland 

NEW ZEALAND 

Tel: 64-9-358-4400/Fax:64-9-358-4411 

NORTH/SOUTH AMERICA 

UNITED STATES 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC 

One Commerce Drive Schaumburg, IL 60173-5302 

U.S.A. 

Tel: 1-847-843-7900/Fax: 1-847-843-7787 

■ OMRON ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS LLC (*) 

55 East Commerce Drive, Suit B, IL 60173 U.S.A. 

Tel: 1-847-882-2288/Fax: 1-847-882-2192 

CANADA 

■ OMRON CANADA INC. 

885 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario, M1B 5V8 

CANADA 

Tel: 1-416-286-6465/Fax: 1-416-286-6648 

BRAZIL 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICA DO BRASIL LTDA. 

Av. Santa Catarina, 935 04378-300 

São Paulo-SP-BRAZIL 

Tel: 55-11-5564-6488/Fax: 55-11-5564-7751 

EUROPE 

AUSTRIA 

■ OMRON Electronics G.m.b.H 

Brunner Strasse 81, Box 323, A-1230 Vienna 

AUSTRIA 

Tel: 43-1-801-90-0/Fax: 43-1-804-48-46 

BELGIUM 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS NV/SA 

Stationsstraat 24 B-1702 Groot-Bijgaarden 

BELGIUM 

Tel: 32-2-4662-480/Fax: 32-2-4660-687 

CZECH REPUBLIC 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS Spol.s.r.o. 

Jankovcova 53, 170 00 

CZECH REPUBLIC 

Tel: 420-234-602-602/Fax: 420-234-602-607 

DENMARK 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS A/S 

Lykkebaekvej 2, DK-4600 Koege DENMARK 

Tel: 45-43-44-0011/45-43-44-0211 

FINLAND 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS OY 

Metsänpojankuja 5, FIN-02130 Espoo FINLAND 

Tel: 358-9-5495-800/Fax: 358-9-5495-8150 

FRANCE 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS S.a.r.l. 

14, Rue de Lisbonne 93110 Rosny Sous Bois 

FRANCE 

Tel: 33-1-4974-7000/Fax: 33-1-4876-0930 

■ OMRON ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS EUROPE 

B.V. (*) 

14, Rue de Lisbonne 93110 Rosny Sous Bois 

FRANCE 

Tel: 33-1-4974-7050/Fax: 33-1-4876-2795 

GERMANY 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS G.m.b.H. 

Elisabeth-Selbert-Strasse 17, 40764 Langenfeld 

GERMANY 

Tel: 49-2173-6800-0/Fax: 49-2173-6800-400 


B.V. (*) 

Gruber Strasse 60d, 85586 Poing GERMANY 

Tel: 49-8121-77240/Fax: 49-8121-772440 

HUNGARY 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS Kft. 

H-1046 Budapest Kiss Erno u. 1-3 HUNGARY 

Tel: 36-1-399-3050/Fax: 36-1-399-3060 

ITALY 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS S.p.A. 

Viale Certosa, 49 20149 Milano ITALY 

Tel: 39-02-32681/Fax: 39-02-325154 


B.V. (*) 

Viale Certosa, 49 20149 Milano ITALY 

Tel: 39-02-3268-850/Fax: 39-02-3268-851 

THE NETHERLANDS 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS B.V. 

Wegalaan 61, 2132 JD Hoofddorp, Postbus 582 

2130 AN Hoofddorp THE NETHERLANDS 

Tel: 31-23-568-1100/Fax: 31-23-568-1188 


B.V. (*) 

Wegalaan 57, 2132 JD Hoofddorp 

THE NETHERLANDS 

Tel: 31-23-568-1200/Fax: 31-23-568-1212 

NORWAY 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS NORWAY AS 

Ole Deviksvei 4, P. O. Box 109, Bryn, N-0611 Oslo 

NORWAY 

Tel: 47-2265-7500/Fax: 47-2265-8300 

POLAND 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS SP.Z.O.O 

ul. Jana Sengera "Cichego" 1, 02-790 Warsaw 

POLAND 

Tel: 48-22- 645-7860/Fax: 48-22-645-7863 

PORTUGAL 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS LDA. 

Rua de S. Tomé, Lote 131 2689-510 Prior-Velho 

PORTUGAL 

Tel: 351-21-942-9400/Fax: 351-21-941-7899 

SPAIN 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS S.A. 

c/Arturo Soria 95, E-28027 Madrid SPAIN 

Tel: 34-91-377-7900/Fax: 34-91-377-7956 


B.V. (*) 

c/Arturo Soria 95, E-28027 Madrid SPAIN 

Tel: 34-91-377-7900/Fax: 34-91-377-7987 

SWEDEN 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS AB 

Norgegatan 1, P. O. Box 1275, SE-164 29 Kista 

SWEDEN 

Tel: 46-8-632-3500/Fax: 46-8-632-3510 


B.V. (*) 

Norgegatan 1, S-164 32 Kista SWEDEN 

Tel: 46-8-632-3500/Fax: 46-8-632-3535 

SWITZERLAND 

■ OMRON ELECTRONICS AG 

Sennweidstrasse 44 CH-6312 Steinhausen 

SWITZERLAND 

Tel: 41-41-748-1313/Fax: 41-41-748-1345 

TURKEY 


Altunizade, Kisikli Cad. No: 2 A-Blok K. 2 TR-34662 

Uskudar - Istanbul TURKEY 

Tel: 90-216-474-00-40/Fax: 90-216-474-00-47 

UNITED KINGDOM 


Opal Drive, Fox Milne, Milton Keynes MK15 ODG 

UNITED KINGDOM 

Tel: 44-1908-258-258/Fax: 44-1908-258-158 


B.V. (*) 

1 Bishop Square, Hatfield Business Park, Hatfield, 

Hertfordshire AL10 9NE United Kingdom 

Tel: 44-870-750-5661/Fax: 44-870-750-5662 

NOTE: 

1. Each of OMRON Sales offices has its branch offices. 

2. Some of abovementioned offices do not deal all of OMRON 

products. 

3. Contron Corporation is an independent distributor in Korea. 

4. Information subject to change without notice. 

(*) This company mainly deals electronic components.

Warranty and Application Considerations 

■ Warranty and Limitations of Liability 

■ Application Considerations 

Read and Understand this Catalog 

Please read and understand this catalog before purchasing the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if 

you have any questions or comments. 

Warranty and Limitations of Liability 

WARRANTY 

OMRON's exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one 

year (or other period if specified) from date of sale by OMRON. 

OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING NON- 

INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. ANY 

BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE 

PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL 

OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. 

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY 

OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF 

PROFITS, OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS 

BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR STRICT LIABILITY. 

In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is 

asserted. 

IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY, REPAIR, OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE 

PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON'S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED, 

STORED, INSTALLED, AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION, ABUSE, MISUSE, OR 

INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR. 

Application Considerations 

SUITABILITY FOR USE 

OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes, or regulations that apply to the combination 

of products in the customer's application or use of the products. 

At the customer's request, OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and 

limitations of use that apply to the products. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the 

suitability of the products in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use. 

The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given. This is not intended to be 

an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products, nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for 

the products. 

• Outdoor use, uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference, or conditions or uses not 

described in this catalog. 

• Nuclear energy control systems, combustion systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, medical equipment, amusement 

machines, vehicles, safety equipment, and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations. 

• Systems, machines, and equipment that could present a risk to life or property. 

Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products. 

NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY 

WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND 

THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE 

OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM. 

2 Basic Switches Warranty and Application Considerations

■ Disclaimers 

PERFORMANCE DATA 

■ Copyright and Copy Permission 

Disclaimers 

Performance data given in this catalog is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute 

a warranty. It may represent the result of OMRON's test conditions, and the users must correlate it to actual application 

requirements. Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability. 

CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS 

Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons. 

It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant 

construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice. When 

in doubt, special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request. 

Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products. 

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS 

Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes, even when tolerances are 

shown. 

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS 

The information in this catalog has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is 

assumed for clerical, typographical, or proofreading errors, or omissions. 

Copyright and Copy Permission 

COPYRIGHT AND COPY PERMISSION 

This catalog shall not be copied for sales or promotions without permission. 

This catalog is protected by copyright and is intended solely for use in conjunction with the products. Please notify us 

before copying or reproducing this catalog in any manner, for any other purpose. If copying or transmitting this catalog to 

another, please copy or transmit it in its entirety. 

Basic Switches Warranty and Application Considerations 3

CONTENTS 

Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 


General-purpose Basic Switches 

Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 

A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 

X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 

DZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 

TZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 

Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 

Miniature Basic Switches 

D3V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 

V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 

VX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 

D2MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 

K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 

D2RV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 

D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV Common Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 152 

D2MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 

Subminiature Basic Switches 

D3M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 

SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 

SS-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 

SSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 

D2S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 

Ultra Subminiature Basic Switches 

D2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 

J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 

D2MQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 

Sealed Basic Switches 

D2VW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 

D2SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 

D2SW-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 

D2HW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 

D2JW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 

D2FW-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 

Detection Switches 

D2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 

D3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 

D2X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 

D3K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 

Door Switches 

D3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 

D2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 

D2T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 

Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 

4

Selection Guide 


Selection by Functions 

Classifications 

Model 

Appearance 

General-purpose Basic Switches, Z-size 

Z 

24.2 

49.2 

Features 

Contact 

Contact 

specification 

Z-15H2 Z-15H Z-15G Z-15E Z-01H Z-10FY Z-15ER 

Basic Models (most popular) 

High sensitivity models, drip-proof models, micro load models, and 

models with protective covers. 

Rivet 

Single 

crossbar 

Split-contact 

model 

Rivet 

Contact material Silver Gold alloy Silver 

Maintained 

contact 

model 

Rating 

(resistive load) 

Max. operating 

current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

15 A at 250 VAC 0.1 A at 10 A at 

0.4 A at 125 VDC 0.5 A at 0.75 A at 

125 VAC 250 VAC 

(series 

125 VDC 125 VDC 

connection) 

15 A at 

250 VAC 

Min. 

permissible 

load (mA) 

(N-level reference 

value) 

100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

(160 mA at 5 VDC) 

Operating force (OF) (see note) 1.96 to 2.75 N 2.45 to 3.43 N 

Drip-proof: 

2.45 to 4.22 N 

6.12 to 

7.85 N 

(1 mA at 

5 VDC) 

2.45 N 

Drip-proof: 

3.43 N 

(160 mA at 

5 VDC) 

4.46 to 

7.26 N 

(160 mA at 

5 VDC) 

1.96 to 

2.50 N 

Durability 

(see note) 

Mechanical 20 x 10 6 min. 300 x 10 3 

min. 

Electrical 500 x 10 3 min. 100 x 10 3 

min. 

10 x 10 6 

min. 

500 x 10 3 

min. 

500 x 10 3 

min. 

100 x 10 3 

min. 

300 x 10 3 

min. 

100 x 10 3 

min. 

Ambient operating temperature –25°C to 80°C (Drip-proof: –15°C to 80°C) –25°C to 80°C 

(Drip-proof: –15°C to 80°C) 

Mounting pitch 

Actuators 

25.4 mm 

Pin plunger 

Pin plunger 

Panel mount 

plunger 

Panel mount 

roller plunger 

Leaf spring 

Hinge lever 

Roller leaf 

spring 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Fixible rod 

Pin plunger 

Panel mount 

plunger 

Panel mount 


Roller leaf 

spring 

Pin plunger 

Panel mount 

plunger 

Roller leaf 

spring 

Pin plunger 

Panel mount 

plunger 

Panel mount 


Hinge lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Terminals 

Solder 

Screw Solder 

Screw 

Page 32 

Note: 1. These values are for pin plunger models. 

2. The above table provides only an overview of specifications. Before actual use, be sure to check the specification details and precautions 

given on the relevant reference pages. 

5




General-purpose Basic Switches, Z-size 

Model A X DZ TZ 

Appearance 

Approx. 17 

24.2 

24.2 

22.7 

30 

49.2 

49.2 

17.45 

49.2 17.45 

49.2 

17.45 

Features 

High-capacity load 

switching 

Direct current 

switching. 

Built-in permanent 

magnet for 

extinguishing arc. 

Ideal for controlling 

two independent 

circuits with two 

built-in switches. 

Contact Contact specification Rivet Cylinder+flat surface Rivet Rivet 

Contact material Silver alloy Silver alloy Silver alloy Platinum 

Stable operation at 

400°C. 

Suitable for electric 

furnaces or boilers. 

Rating 


20 A at 250 VAC 10 A at 125 VDC 10 A at 250 VAC 1 A at 250 VAC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

100 

permissible 

10 

load (mA) 

1 

0.1 

0.01 


value) 

(160 mA at 5 VDC) (160 mA at 5 VDC) (160 mA at 5 VDC) (20 mA at 5 VDC) 

Operating force (OF) (see note) 3.92 to 6.13 N 5.00 N 5.59 N 4.90 N 

Durability 

Mechanical 1 x 10 6 min. 1 x 10 6 min. 1 x 10 6 min. 1 x 10 5 min. 

(see note) 

Electrical 500 x 10 3 min. 100 x 10 3 min. 500 x 10 3 min. 50 x 10 3 min. 

Ambient operating temperature –25°C to 80°C –25°C to 80°C –25°C to 80°C –65°C to 400°C 

Mounting pitch 25.4 mm 25.4 mm 25.4 mm 25.4 mm 

Actuators 

Terminals 

Solder 

Screw 

Pin plunger 

Panel mount 

plunger 

Panel mount 


Hinge lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Roller leaf spring 

Solder 

Screw 

Pin plunger 

Panel mount 

plunger 

Panel mount 


Leaf spring 

Hinge lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Solder 

Screw 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Screw 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Page 63 70 78 83 




6




Miniature Basic Switches, V-size 

Model D3V V 

Appearance 

10.3 27.8 

10.3 

15.9 

27.8 

15.9 

Features 

Maximum operating temperature of 

105°C. 

Available in 6-A, 11-A or 16-A models, all 

with self-cleaning contacts. 

Available with internally or externally 

fitted levers. 

V-21 V-16 V-15 V-11 V-10 

Wide variation of models with switching currents of 10 to 21 A. 

Can be used for interrupting current when doors are opened or 

closed. 

Available in two types of cases: thermoplastic and thermosetting. 

Contact Contact specification Rivet Rivet 

Contact material Silver alloy Silver alloy Silver 

Rating 


16 A at 250 VAC 21 A at 

250 VAC 

16 A at 

250 VAC 

15 A at 

250 VAC 

11 A at 

250 VAC 

10 A at 

250 VAC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

permissible 

load (mA) 


value) 

Operating force (OF) (see note) 

100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

(160 mA at 5 VDC) (160 mA at 5 VDC) 

1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

3.92 N 

{400 gf} 

0.98, 1.96, 3.92 N 

{100, 200, 400 gf} 

0.98 N 

{100 gf} 

0.98, 1.96 N 

{100, 200 gf} 

Durability 

Mechanical 10 x 10 6 min. 50 x 10 6 min. 

(see note) 

Electrical 100 x 10 3 min. 100 x 10 3 min. 300 x 10 3 min. 

Ambient operating temperature –25°C to 105°C –25°C to 80°C (Heat-resistive: –25°C to 150°C) 

Mounting pitch 10.3 x 22.2 mm 10.3 x 22.2 mm 

Actuators 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Simulated roller 

lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Terminals 

Solder, 

Quick-connect (#187), 

Quick-connect (#250) 

Quick-connect 

(#250) 

Solder, Quick-connect (#187), Quick-connect (#250), 

Screw 

Page 92 110 




7





Model VX D2MV K 

Appearance 

10.3 

27.8 

10.3 

15.9 

15.9 

10.3 

15.9 

31.8 

43.3 

Features 

VX-5 VX-01 D2MV-1 D2MV-01 

Wide variation extends from micro Ultra-low operating force. 

load to 5-A switching current, with 

shapes identical to those of the V 

Series. 

High contact strength with low 

operating force. 

Twin crossbar contact 

employed for micro load 

applications. 

Contact Contact specification Rivet Crossbar Needle Crossbar Rivet 

Contact material Silver alloy Gold alloy Silver Gold alloy Silver 

Long-life design with an OT 

stopper inside the case and 

high-precision movable spring. 

Models with right-hand barrier, 

left-hand barrier, or no barrier for 

the terminals are available. 

Rating 


5 A at 

250 VAC 

0.1 A at 

30 VDC 

1 A at 

125 VAC 

0.1 A at 

30 VDC 

3 A at 250 VAC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

permissible 

load (mA) 


value) 


100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

(160 mA 

at 5 VDC) 

0.25, 0.49 N 

{25, 50 gf} 

(1 mA at 

5 VDC) 

(30 mA at 

5 VDC) 

0.10, 0.25, 0.49 N 

{10, 25, 50 gf} 

(1 mA at 

5 VDC) 

0.25 N 

{25 gf} 

(160 mA at 5 VDC) 

Durability Mechanical 50 x 10 6 min. 10 x 10 6 min. 10 x 10 6 min. 20 x 10 6 min. 

(see note) 

Electrical 500 x 10 3 min. 1 x 10 6 min. 0.5 x 10 6 min. 1 x 10 6 min. 100 x 10 3 min. 

Ambient operating temperature –25°C to 80°C –25°C to 80°C –25°C to 80°C 

Mounting pitch 10.3 x 22.2 mm 10.3 x 22.2 mm 10.3 x 22.2 mm 

Actuators 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Terminals Solder, Quick-connect (#187) Solder Solder 

Page 126 133 140 




8





Model D2RV D2MC 

Appearance 

27.8 

10.3 

15.9 

17.5 

31 

14.4 

Features 

Built-in reed switch. 

Same mounting pitch as the V 

Series. 

D2MC-5 

D2MC-01 

Low torque (0.5 m N m) rotary-action switch. 

Contact Contact specification Reed switch Rivet Crossbar 

Contact material Silver alloy Gold alloy 

Rating 


0.1 A at 30 VDC 5 A at 250 VAC 0.5 A at 30 VDC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

• Ratings 

Switching voltage: 100 VDC max. 

Switching current: 0.25 ADC max. 

Contact capacity: 10 W DC max. 

Min. applicable load: 0.1 mA at 5 VDC 

Min. 

permissible 

load (mA) 


value) 


100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

0.25, 0.49, 0.98 N 

{25, 50, 100 gf} 

(160 mA at 5 VDC) (1 mA at 5 VDC) 

0.5, 0.75, 1.00 N m 

{5.1, 7.6, 10.2 gf cm} 

Durability 

(see note) 

Mechanical 10 x 10 6 min. 10 x 10 6 min. 

Electrical 3 x 10 6 min. 100 x 10 3 min. 

Ambient operating temperature –10°C to 60°C –25°C to 80°C 

Mounting pitch 10.3 x 22.2 mm 8.7 x 23.8 mm 

Actuators 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Rotary action 

Terminals Solder Quick-connect (#205) 

Page 145 156 




9




Subminiature Basic Switches, S-size 

Model D3M SS SS-P 

Appearance 

Features 

29.2 

Quick-connect terminals 

and horizontal terminal 

layout ensure easy 

wiring and save 

mounting space. 

Same mounting pitch as 

SS Series. 

7 

6.4 

10 10.2 

19.8 

9.5 

19.8 

6.4 

SS-10 SS-5 SS-01 SS-3P SS-01P 

Long service life (30 million 

SS Series compatible mounting. 

operations) with two split springs. Single-leaf movable spring 

construction. 

Even-pitched PCB terminal 

models available. 

Contact Contact specification Crossbar Rivet Crossbar Rivet Crossbar 

Contact material Gold alloy Silver alloy Silver Gold alloy Silver alloy Gold alloy 

Rating 


0.1 A at 30 VDC 10.1 A at 

250 VAC 

3 A at 

250 VAC 

0.1 A at 30 

VDC 

11 

3 A at 125 

VAC 

0.1 A at 30 

VDC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

permissible 

load (mA) 


value) 


Durability 

(see note) 

100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

(1 mA at 5 VDC) 

1.50 N 

{153 gf} 

(160 mA at 5 VDC) 

1.47 N 

{150 gf} 

Mechanical 500 x 10 3 min. 10 x 10 6 

min. 

Electrical 200 x 10 3 min. 50 x 10 3 

min. 

0.49, 1.47 

N {50, 150 

gf} 

(1 mA at 

5 VDC) 

0.25, 0.49, 

1.47 N {25, 

50, 150 gf} 

(160 mA 

at 5 VDC) 

1.50 N 

{153 gf} 

30 x 10 6 min. 1 x 10 6 min. 

(1 mA at 

5 VDC) 

200 x 10 3 min. 70 x 10 3 min. 200 x 10 3 

min. 


Mounting pitch 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 

Actuators 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Terminals XA Connector (JST) Solder, Quick-connect (#110), PCB Solder, Quick-connect (#110), 

PCB (Uneven pitch, Even pitch) 

Page 161 168 176 




10




Subminiature Basic Switches, S-size 

Model SSG D2S 

Appearance 

6.4 19.8 

6.4 

19.8 

9.9 

9.1 

9.7 

9.0 

Features 

SSG-5 SSG-01 D2S-10 D2S-5 D2S-01 

Conforms to EN (IEC), UL, CSA 

and standards. 

Wide operating temperature 

range: –25 to 125°C. 

Flux-resistant structure. 

Available with self-clinching PCB or solder terminals. 

Contact Contact specification Rivet Crossbar Rivet Crossbar 

Contact material Silver alloy PGS alloy Silver alloy Silver Gold alloy 

Rating 


3 A at 

250 VAC 

0.1 A at 125 VAC 10.1 A at 

250 VAC 

3 A at 250 VAC 0.1 A at 30 VDC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

permissible 

load (mA) 


value) 


100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

(160 mA 

at 5 VDC) 

0.50, 1.50 N 

{51, 153 gf} 

(1 mA at 5 VDC) (160 mA at 5 VDC) (1 mA at 5 VDC) 

1.47 N 

{150 gf} 

0.49, 1.47 N 

{50, 150 gf} 

Durability 

Mechanical 10 x 10 6 min. 10 x 10 6 min. 30 x 10 6 min. 

(see note) 


Ambient operating temperature –25°C to 125°C –25°C to 85°C 

Mounting pitch 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 

Actuators 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Terminals 

Solder, 

Self-clinching PCB, Solder 

Quick-connect (#110), PCB 

Page 182 190 




11




Ultra Subminiature Basic Switches, J-size 

Model D2F J D2MQ 

Appearance 

12.7 

5.7 

5.1 

6.5 

8.9 

8.2 

2.7 

6.5 

Features 

Standard Low force Micro load 

D2F (-*) D2F-F* D2F-01* 

Flux-resistant structure. 

Low operating force models available. 

12.7 

Ultra subminiature 

model capable of 

switching 

large-capacity loads 

(7 A, 250 VAC). 

Silver 

plated 

Gold plated 

Snap-action switch with ultra 

subminiature size and light weight. 

Gold-plated contacts for micro load 

switching available in addition to 

silver-plated contacts. 

Contact Contact specification Crossbar Rivet Rivet 

Contact material Silver alloy Gold alloy Silver plated 

Gold plated 

Silver plated 

Rating 


3 A at 

125 VAC 

1 A at 

125 VAC 

0.1 A at 

30 VDC 

7 A at 250 VAC 0.5 A at 

30 VDC 

Gold plated 

50 mA at 

30 VDC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

100 

permissible 10 

load (mA) 

1 

0.1 

0.01 


value) 

5 VDC) 

5 VDC) 

(100 mA at 5 VDC) 

(1 mA at 

(30 mA at 5 VDC) 

(50 mA at 

Operating force (OF) (see note) 1.47 N 0.74 N 0.74, 1.47 N 1.37 N 

1.18 N 

{150 gf} {75 gf} {75, 150 gf} {140 gf} 

{120 gf} 

Durability 


(see note) 



Mounting pitch 6.5 mm 4.8 mm 4.0 mm 

Actuators 

(5 mA at 

5 VDC) 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 


Pin plunger 

Leaf spring 

(available separately) 

Hinge lever 


Hinge roller lever 

Pin plunger 

Leaf lever 

Hinge leaf lever 

Terminals 

PCB (general, self-clinching, right angled, left 

angled), Solder (general, compact) 

Turret 

PCB (straight, right 

angled, left angled) 

Page 197 203 209 




12





Model D2VW D2SW D2SW-P 

Appearance 

Features 

10.3 

15.9 

33 

6.4 

10.6 

D2VW-5 D2VW-01 D2SW-3 D2SW-01 D2SW-P2 D2SW-P01 

Same internal mechanism SS Series compatible mounting. SS Series compatible mounting. 

and mounting as V Series. 

Use of epoxy resin assures 

stable sealing. 

Conforms to UL, CSA, and 

VDE standards. 

19.8 

10.1 

Sealed structure using epoxy 

resin. 

Conforms to UL, CSA and VDE 

standards. 

11 

19.8 

6.4 

Sealed structure using rubber 

packing. 

Single-leaf movable spring 

construction. 

Even-pitched PCB terminal 

models available. 

Contact Contact specification Rivet Crossbar Rivet Crossbar Rivet Crossbar 

Contact material Silver alloy Gold alloy Silver Gold alloy Silver Gold alloy 

Rating 


5 A at 

250 VAC 

0.1 A at 

30 VDC 

3 A at 125 

VAC 

0.1 A at 30 

VDC 

2 A at 250 

VAC 

0.1 A at 30 

VDC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

100 

permissible 

10 

load (mA) 

1 

0.1 

0.01 


value) 

5 VDC) 5 VDC) 5 VDC) 5 VDC) 5 VDC) 5 VDC) 

(160 mA at (1 mA at (160 mA at (1 mA at (160 mA at (1 mA at 

Operating force (OF) (see note) 1.96 N 

1.77 N 

1.80 N 

{200 gf} 

{180 gf} 

{183 gf} 

Durability 


(see note) 

Electrical 100 x 10 3 1 x 10 6 min. 200 x 10 3 min. 50 x 10 3 min. 200 x 10 3 

min. 

min. 


Mounting pitch 10.3 x 22.2 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 

Actuators 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Terminals Molded lead wire, Solder Molded lead wire, Solder, 


Molded lead wire, Solder, 


(Uneven pitch, Even pitch) 

Page 214 220 227 




13





Model D2HW D2JW D2FW-G 

Appearance 

5.3 

6.5 

9.4 

23.5 

8 

13.5 

13.3 

12.7 

5.3 

Features 

Long stroke (OT: 1.4 mm). 

Molded lead wire models Single-point mounting with an M4 

Base-mounting models, M3-screw conform to IP67 (water screw. 

mounting models, and models with intrusion). 

Incorporates a fixed leaf lever. 

posts are available. 

Wide operating temperature 

All models lead–free (including range: –40 to 85°C. 

All models lead–free (including molded 

molded lead wire models). 

lead wire models). 

Contact Contact specification Crossbar Crossbar Crossbar 

Contact material Gold alloy Gold alloy Silver alloy Gold alloy 

Rating 


2 A at 12 VDC 0.1 A at 30 VDC 1 A at 30 VDC 0.1 A at 

30 VDC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

100 

permissible 

10 

load (mA) 

1 

0.1 

0.01 


value) (1 mA at 5 VDC) (1 mA at 5 VDC) (100 mA at 5 VDC) (1 mA at 5 VDC) 


0.75 N 

{76 gf} 

2.45 N 

{250 gf} 

2.45 N 

{250 gf} 

(Leaf lever) 

Durability 


(see note) 



Mounting pitch --- 4.8 mm --- 

Actuators 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Leaf lever 

Simulated leaf 

lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Leaf lever 

Long leaf lever 

Terminals 

Solder, PCB (straight, right Molded lead wire, Solder Molded lead wire 

angled, left angled) 

Page 233 241 246 




14




Detection Switches 

Model D2A D3C D2X D3K 

Appearance 

Features 

(External 

length) 

(Distance 

from hole) 

Standard models 

low operating 

Models with 

f 

Compact, light weight, and 3-mm long 

stroke. 

Built-in slide mechanism for selecting 

shorting or non-shorting timing. 

Ideal for household appliances, audio 

equipment, office equipment, 

communications equipment, etc. 

4.2 

6 

(External 

length) 

Standard 

models 

6.7 

8 

(Distance 

from hole) 

Models with 

low operating 

f 

Long stroke of 3 mm. 

Shorting and 

non-shorting models 

available. 

23 

5.3 

Clip-on wiring with 

crimp-type connectors. 

Snap-fit attachment for 

easy installation. 

Operation possible 

from either side. 

Contact Contact specification Slide Slide Slide Slide 

13.7 

18.9 

Ultra-low operating force 

(0.03 N). 

Snap-fit attachment for 

easy installation. 

Clip-on wiring with 

crimp-type connectors. 

Long stroke of 45°. 

Contact material Silver plated Silver plated Gold plated Silver plated 

Rating 


0.1 A at 30 VDC 0.1 A at 30 VDC 0.1 A at 30 VDC 10 mA at 12 VDC 


current (A) 

Min. 

permissible 

load (mA) 


value) 


20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

(1 mA at 5 VDC) (1 mA at 5 VDC) (1 mA at 5 VDC) (1 mA at 5 VDC) 

0.98 N {100 gf}, 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.39 N {40 gf}, 

1.28 N {130 gf} 

0.49 N 

{50 gf} 

0.03 N 

{3 gf} 

Durability 

Mechanical 50 x 10 3 min. 50 x 10 3 min. 1 x 10 6 min. 2 x 10 6 min. 

(see note) 


Ambient operating temperature –10°C to 70°C –20°C to 80°C –10°C to 70°C –10°C to 70°C 

Mounting pitch --- --- --- --- 

Actuators 

Pin plunger Rotary lever Rotary lever Rotary lever 

Terminals PCB PCB CT connector 

(AMP) 

CT connector 

(AMP) 

Page 250 254 258 262 




15




Door Switches 

Model D3D D2D D2T 

Appearance 

15 

12.5 

17 

33.6 

30.9 

15.35 

36.4 

30 13 

Features 

Choose from plunger or Minimum contact gap of 

lever actuator. 

3 mm (standard model). 

Low operation force of 2 N Pull-on lock model also 

max. 

available. 

Quick-connection terminals 

for easier wiring. 

Contact Contact specification Crossbar Rivet Rivet 

Contact material Gold alloy Silver Silver 

Rating 


Incorporates two circuits for 

power loads and signals. 

Install using panel or screw 

mounting. 

1 A at 125 VAC 16 A at 250 VAC 5 A at 250 VAC 0.1 A at 

30 VDC 


current (A) 

20 

15 

10 

8 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

Min. 

permissible 

load (mA) 


value) 

Operating force (OF) (see note 1) 

100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

(1 mA at 5 VDC) (160 mA at 5 VDC) (160 mA at 

5 VDC) 

2.0 N 

19.61, 2.94, 1.96 N 

3.24 N 

{204 gf} 

{2000, 300, 200 gf} 

{330 gf} 

(1 mA at 

5 VDC) 

Durability 


(see note 1) 



Mounting pitch --- 22 mm 26.4 mm 

Actuators 

Plunger 

Pin plunger 

Pin plunger 

Lever 

Hinge lever 

Terminals HL connector (J.S.T) Quick-connect (#250) Solder (straight, right angled) 

Page 266 270 278 


2. Contact gap for pull-on lock model is 1 mm. 



16

General Information 


List of Standards 

Certification body/Standard UL CSA EN/IEC CE mark TÜV Page 

Model 

Z-size Z -15H/G/E (TÜV approval) 32 

(General- 

purpose) 

-01H (TÜV approval) 

-10FY 

V-size 

(Miniature) 

S-size 

(Subminia- 

ture) 

-15ER 

Z-55 -15G55 (TÜV approval) 

-01H55 (TÜV approval) 

A 63 

X 70 

DZ 78 

D3V (VDE approval) 92 

V -21/16/11 (VDE approval) 110 

-15/10 (TÜV approval) 

VX (VDE approval) 126 

D2MV 133 

K (VDE approval) 140 

D2RV 145 

D2MC 156 

D3M (TÜV approval) 161 

SS -10/5 (VDE approval) 168 

-01 

SS-P (UL approval) (VDE approval) 176 

SSG (TÜV approval) 182 

D2S 190 

J-size (Ul- 

D2F 197 

tra Sub- 

miniature) J 203 

D2MQ 209 

Sealed Ba- 

D2VW (VDE approval) 214 

sic 

Switches 

D2SW -3 220 

-01 (VDE approval) 

Detection 


Door 


D2SW-P (UL approval) 227 

D2HW (UL approval) 233 

D2JW 241 

D2FW-G 246 

D2A 250 

D3C 254 

D2X 258 

D3K 262 

D3D (cUL approval) (VDE approval) 266 

D2D (VDE approval, 

270 

TÜV approval) 

D2T (VDE approval) 278 

Note: : Approved model with standard marking on the switch. 

: Approved model without standard marking on the switch. The marking may be on the box. 

Specific models within the approved models may not have the standard approvals. 

Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with standard approvals. 

17



Actuator Types and Selection Methods 

Actuator Types and Selection Methods 

Appearance 

Type 

Pin 

plunger 

Spring 

pin 

plunger 

Spring 

short pin 

plunger 

Panel 

mount pin 

plunger 

Panel 

mounted 

(cross) 

roller pin 

plunger 

Leaf 

spring 

Roller 

leaf 

spring 

Pretravel 

(PT) 

Overtravel 

(OT) 

Operating 

force (OF) 

Precision 

Vibration 

/shock 

Description 

Small Small Small Suitable for short direct strokes, switch 

characteristics are used directly, and 

high-precision position detection is 

possible. The overtravel, however, is the 

shortest of any actuator, requiring a 

reliable stopper. 

Small Medium Large Overtravel is longer than for a pin 

plunger, but the same application 

methods are possible. The plunger 

diameter is slightly larger, but off-center 

loads must be avoided, i.e., the load 

must be on the center of the plunger. 

Small Medium Large Overtravel is large, just as for a spring 

pin plunger. The plunger is short and has 

a larger diameter to make alignment 

easier. 

Small Large Large The overtravel is the largest of all 

plunger types. The switch is mounted to 

a panel using a hexagonal nut and lock 

nut (mounting position can be adjusted 

by adjusting the nuts). The plunger can 

be operated either manually or 

mechanically, and usage in combination 

with a low-speed cam is also possible. 

Small Large Large A roller is attached to a panel mount pin 

plunger switch and is operated with a 

cam or dog. The mounting position can 

be adjusted the same as a panel mount 

pin plunger switch, but the overtravel is 

slightly smaller. Cross rollers are also 

available that run parallel to the switch. 

Medium Medium Medium The stroke is larger because of a 

powerful leaf spring, making this 

actuator suitable for low-speed cams or 

cylinder drives. The bearing point is 

fixed, so the overtravel must be 

maintained within specifications in the 

application to prevent damage. 

Medium Medium Medium A leaf spring actuator with a roller 

attached. Suitable for cam or dog 

operation. 

Leaf lever Large Large Medium A bend in the lever is used to create a 

large stroke. Suitable for detecting cams 

or dogs, as well as various other moving 

objects. 

Simulated 

roller leaf 

lever 

Hinge 

lever 

Simulated 

roller 

lever 

Hinge 

roller 

lever 

Reverse 

operation 

hinge 

lever 

Large Large Medium A leaf lever with the end bent into a 

curve to enable application as a simple 

roller type. 

Large Medium Small Used with a low-speed, low-torque cam, 

the shape of the level can be changed to 

match the operating body. Steel is 

mainly used as the material for the lever. 

Large Medium Small A hinge lever with the end bent into a 

curve to enable application as a simple 

roller type. 

Large Medium Small A hinge lever with a roller attached. 

Suitable for high-speed cam operation. 

Large Small Medium Used with a low-speed, low-torque cam, 

the shape of the level can be changed to 

match the operating body. Steel is 

mainly used as the material for the lever. 

18



Appearance 

Type 

Reverse 

operation 

hinge 

roller 

lever 

Rotating 

operation 

Flexible 

rod 

Pretravel 

(PT) 

Overtravel 

(OT) 

Operating 

force (OF) 

Precision 

Vibration 

/shock 

Description 

Medium Medium Medium A reverse operation hinge lever with a 

roller attached. Suitable for cam 

operation. 

Large Large Small A low-torque actuator with a rotating 

operation. Suitable for detecting 

lightweight objects, such as coins and 

paper currency. 

Large Large Small Can be operated in any of 360 (but not 

in the direction running along the center 

of the rod). The operating force is small. 

Effective for detecting when the direction 

or shape is not consistent. The 

overtravel is absorbed by the actuator, 

providing a large leeway in operation 

object play. 

Note: 

Indications for precision and vibration/shock are as follows: : Possible, : Good, : Excellent, : Superior 

Actuators related only to Z-series Switches are not listed above. 

Selection of Models by Environmental Condition 

Use a model with a degree of protection suited for the operating conditions, such as the exposure of the model to dust, gas, powder, and water 

drops. 


Dust 

and 

powder 

Gas 

Water 

drops 

Degree of 

protection 

X X IP00 Z, A, X, DZ, TZ, D3C, D2X, D3K, 

D2A 

X X IP40 D3V, V, VX, D2MV, K, D2RV, D2MC, 

D3M, SS, SS-P, SSG, D2S, D2F, J, 

D2MQ, D3D, D2D, D2T 

 

(excluding 

the terminals) 

IP67 

(excluding 

the 

terminals) 

D2VW terminal models 

D2SW terminal models 

D2SW-P terminal models 

D2HW terminal models 

D2JW terminal models 

IP67 D2VW molded lead wire models 

D2SW molded lead wire models 

D2SW-P molded lead wire models 

D2HW molded lead wire models 

D2JW molded lead wire models 

D2FW-G 

Model Environmental resistance Description of sealing 

Dustproof, but no protection 

against gas, water, or oil 

(liquids). 

Use a model satisfying IP67 

requirements or a Limit Switch 

in locations subject to water or 

liquid splashes. 

Since no clearance exists in the 

actuator section and inside the 

Switch (between the case and 

cover), the Switch is completely 

dustproof and gas-tight. Pay 

attention to water and oil, 

however, as the terminal section 

is exposed. Use a model 

satisfying IP67 requirements or 

a Limit Switch in locations 

subject to water or liquid 

splashes. 

The actuator, terminal section, 

and clearance between the 

case and cover are fully sealed. 

The Switch is thus resistant to 

dust, gas, water, oil, etc. 

Note: : Applicable 

: Applicable depending on the model. Consult your OMRON sales representative. 

X: Not applicable 

Temperature and Humidity 

Be sure to use the Switch within the permissible temperature range 

with no icing. 

Shock and Vibration 

The Switch will malfunction if the contact is separated for more than 

1 ms due to shock or vibration. 

Make sure to use the Switch with a contact gap that is wide enough 

and operating force that is low enough for the application. 

Actuator section 

Terminal section 

Normally, Basic Switches are protected 

against the entry of dust by minimizing 

the clearances in the actuator section 

(between the plunger and case) and 

terminal section, or by closely mating 

the convex and concave parts. 

Sealed actuator section 

Sealed actuator section 

Lead 

19



Selection of Models for Micro Loads 

It is recommended that the following Basic Switches be used, each of which has contact specifications suited to the specified micro load range. 

5 mW 

0.15 W 

0.8 W 

3 W 

D2MQ (silver-plated) 

SS-1 

D2MQ (gold-plated) 

D2MC-01 

Z-01H 

D3V-01, VX-01, D2MV-01, D3M, SS-01, SSG-01, D2S-01, 

D2F-01, D2VW-01, D2SW-01, D2JW, D2A, D3C, D2X 

D2HW 

Voltage (VDC) 

30 

10 

5 

5 mW 0.15 W 0.8 W 

3 W 

0.1 0.16 1 5 10 20 26.6 50 100 160 500 

Current (mA) 

20


Glossary 

General Terms 

Basic Switch 

A small-size switch with a very small contact gap and snap–action 

mechanism and with a contact structure that switches by a specified 

movement and specified force enclosed in a case with an actuator 

provided on the exterior of the case. (Basic switches are often 

referred to as merely “switches” in this catalog.) 

Switch with Contacts 

A type of switch that achieves the switching function through the 

mechanical switching of contacts. Use as opposed to a semiconductor 

switch with switch characteristics. 

Contact Form 

The structure of the electrical I/O circuits of contacts used according 

to the type of application. (Refer to Contact Form table later in this 

section.) 

Ratings 

Value generally used as a reference for ensuring the characteristics 

and performance of switches, such as the rated current and rated 

voltage. Ratings are given assuming specific conditions (such as 

the type of load, current, voltage, and frequency). 

Resin Filled (Molded Terminal) 

A terminal which is filled with resin after being connected to the internal 

circuit of the switch with a lead to eliminate exposed current-carrying 

metal parts and thereby to enhance the drip-proof properties 

of the switch. 

Terms for Configuration and Structure 

Switch Configuration and Structure 


Insulation Resistance 

The resistance between discontinuous terminals, between terminals 

and non-current-carrying metal parts, and between terminals 

and ground. 

Dielectric Strength 

The threshold value up to which insulation will not be destroyed 

when a high voltage is applied for 1 minute to a predetermined measurement 

location. 

Contact Resistance 

The electrical resistance of the contact point of contacts. Generally, 

the contact resistance includes the conductive resistance of the 

spring or terminal section. 

Vibration Resistance 

Malfunction: The range of vibration for which closed contacts will not 

open for longer than a specific time when vibration is applied to a 

switch currently in operation. 

Shock Resistance 

Destruction: The range of shock for which the components of the 

switch will not be damaged and for which operating characteristics 

are maintained when mechanical shock is applied to a switch during 

transportation or installation. 

Malfunction: The range of shock for which closed contacts will not 

open for longer than a specific time when shock is applied to a 

switch currently in operation. 

Operating Body 

A part of a machine or equipment, such as a 

cam or dog, which operates the actuator of the 

switch. 

Switch Case 

Also called the housing. Protects the switch 

mechanism. 

Actuator 

A part of the switch and is a mechanism incorporating 

the pushbutton and lever. External force 

imposed on the actuator is relayed to the internal 

spring mechanism, thus operating the moving 

contact to turn the switch ON or OFF. 

Contact Gap 

A distance between the fixed contact and moving 

contact when they are separated from each other, 

thus enabling switching operation. 

Mounting Hole 

Moving Contact 

Also called a moving spring. A part of a mechanism 

for touching or separating from the fixed 

contact. 

Terminals 

Section where electrical wires are connected for input 

and output of the switch. 

Terms Related to Durability 

Mechanical Durability: The switching durability when a switch is 

operated at a specified frequency and specified overtravel (OT) 

without the contacts energized. 

Electrical Durability: The switching durability when a switch is 

operated at a specified frequency and specified overtravel (OT) 

under the rated load. 

Standard Test Conditions 

Switches are tested under the following conditions. 

Ambient temperature: 20±2°C 

Relative humidity: 65±5% 

Atmospheric pressure: 101.3 kPa 

N-level Reference Value 

The N-level reference value indicates the failure rate of the switch. 

The following formula indicates that the failure rate is 1/2,000,000 at 

a reliability level of 60% (λ 60 ). 

λ 60 = 0.5 10 –6 /operations 

21



Contact Shape and Type 

Shape Type Main 

material 

Crossbar 

contact 

Gold alloy 

Silver alloy 

Processing 

method 

Welding or 

riveting 

Main application 

Crossbar contacts are used for ensuring high contact reliability for 

switching micro loads. 

The moving contact and fixed contact come in contact with each 

other at a right angle. Crossbar contacts are made with materials 

that environment-resistant, such as gold alloy. 

In order to ensure excellent contact reliability, bifurcated crossbar 

contacts may be used. 

Needle Silver Needle contacts are used for ensuring improvement in contact 

reliability for switching loads, such as relays. 

A needle contact is made from a rivet contact by reducing the 

bending radius of the rivet contact to approximately 1 mm for the 

purpose of improving the contact pressure per unit area. 

Rivet 

Silver 

Silver plated 

Silver alloy 

Gold plated 

Rivet contacts are used in a wide application range from standard 

to high-capacity loads. 

The fixed rivet contact is usually processed so that it has a groove 

to eliminate compounds that may be generated as a result of 

switching. Furthermore, to prevent the oxidation or sulfidization of 

the silver contacts while the switch is stored, the contacts may be 

gold-plated. 

Contacts made with silver alloy are used for switching high current, 

such as the current supplied to TV sets. 

Contact Gap 

The contact gap is either 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, or 1.8 mm. The contact gap 

is a design goal. Check the contact gap of the switch to be used if a 

minimum contact gap is required. The standard contact gap is 

0.5 mm. Even for the same switch configuration, the smaller the 

contact gap of a switch mechanism is, the less the movement differential 

(MD) is and the more sensitivity and longer durability the 

switch has. Such a switch cannot ensure, however, excellent 

switching performance, vibration resistance, or shock resistance. 

A switch becomes less sensitive when the movement differential 

(MD) increases along with the contact gap due to the wear and tear 

of the contacts as a result of current switching operations. If a switch 

with a contact gap of 0.25 mm is used for its high sensitivity, it will be 

necessary to minimize the switching current in order to prevent the 

wear and tear of the contacts as a result of current switching operations. 

A switch with a wide contact gap excels in vibration resistance, 

shock resistance, and switching performance. 

NC contact 

Moving 

contact 

Contact gap 

NO contact 

Character 

displayed 

Contact gap 

DC 

switching 

MD 

Accuracy and 

durability 

Vibration and 

shock resistance 

Feature 

H 0.25 mm Inferior Minimal Excellent Inferior High precision and 

long durability 

G 0.50 mm Ordinary Short Good Ordinary General-purpose 

F 1.00 mm Good Medium Ordinary Good Performance level 

between G and E 

E 1.80 mm Excellent Long Inferior Excellent Highly vibration and 

shock resistive 

22


Terms Related to Operating Characteristics 

Definitions of Operating Characteristics 

V 

Operating 

position 

Releasing position 

Free 

position 

Total travel 

position 

Center of switch mounting hole 

Term 

Operating 

Force 

Releasing 

Force 

Total Travel 

Force 

RF 

TTF 

Unit 

N 

{gf, kgf} 

N 

{gf, kgf} 

N 

{gf, kgf} 

Travel Pretravel PT mm or 

degrees 

Overtravel OT mm or 

degrees 

Movement 

Differential 

MD 

mm or 

degrees 

Total Travel TT mm or 

degrees 

Position Free Position FP mm or 

degrees 

Operating 

Position 

Releasing 

Position 

Total Travel 

Position 

OP 

RP 

TTP 

mm or 

degrees 

mm or 

degrees 

mm or 

degrees 

Classification 

Force 

Abbreviation 

OF 

Dispersion 

Max. 

Min. 


Definition 

The force applied to the actuator required to operate the 

switch contacts from the free position to the operating 

position. 

The value to which the force on the actuator must be 

reduced to allow the contacts to return to the normal 

position. 

--- The force required for the actuator to reach the total 

travel position from the free position. 

Max. The distance or angle through which the actuator moves 

from the free position to the operating position. 

Min. The distance or angle of the actuator movement beyond 

the operating position to the total travel position. 

Max. The distance or angle of the actuator from the operating 

position to the releasing position. 

--- The distance or angle of the actuator movement from 

the free position to the total travel position. 

Max. The initial position of the actuator when no external 

force is applied. 

± The position of the actuator at which the contacts snap 

to the operated contact position when external force is 

applied from the free position. 

--- The position of the actuator at which the contacts snap 

from the operated contact position to their free position. 

--- The position of the actuator when it reaches the stopper. 

Example of Fluctuation: 

V-21-16 with max. operating force of 3.92 N 

The above means that each switch sample operates with a maximum operating force (OF) of 3.92 N when increasing the OF imposed on the 

actuator from 0. Refer to page 28, Operating Stroke Setting. 

Terminal Symbol and Contact Form 

COM 

NC 

NO 

Contact 

Terminal Types 

Solder terminal 

Common terminal 

Normally closed terminal 

Normally open terminal 

Type 

Terminal symbol 

Shape 

Contact Form 

Symbol 

Name 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

Split contacts 

Z-10FY-B 

Quick-connect terminal (#110, #187, and #250) 

Screw terminal 

Maintained 

contacts 

Z-15ER 

PCB terminal 

Angle terminal 

DPDT 

DZ 

Note: 

In addition to the above, molded terminals with lead wires 

and snap-on mounting connectors are available. 

23


Terms Related to EN61058-1 Standards 

Electric Shock Protective Class: Indicates the electric shock preventive 

level. The following classes are provided. 

Class 0: Electric shocks are prevented by basic insulation only. 

Class I: Electric shocks are prevented by basic insulation and 

grounding. 

Class II: Electric shocks are prevented by double insulation or enforced 

insulation with no grounding required. 

Class III: No countermeasures against electric shocks are required 

because the electric circuits in use operate in a 

low-enough voltage range (50 VAC max. or 70 VDC 

max.) 

Proof Tracking Index (PTI): Indicates the index of tracking resistance, 

that is, the maximum dielectric strength with no short-circuiting 

between two electrodes attached to the switch sample while 50 

drops of 0.1% ammonium chloride solution are dropped between 

the electrodes drop by drop. Five levels are provided. The following 

table indicates the relationship between these PTI levels and CTI 

values according to the UL Plastics Recognized Directory. 

PTI 

CTI Classified by UL 

500 PLC level 1: 400 CTI 600 

(Check with material manufacturer if the 

material meets CTI 500) 

375 PLC level 2: 250 CTI 400 



300 PLC level 2: 250 CTI 400 



250 PLC level 2: 250 CTI 400 

175 PLC level 3: 175 CTI 250 


seconds by using a soldering iron, the tip temperature of which is 

350°C. 

Solder Terminal Type 2: A type of solder terminal classified by heat 

resistance under the following test conditions. 

Dip soldering bath applied: The terminal must not wobble or 

make any change in insulation distance after the terminal is 

dipped for a specified depth and period into a dip soldering bath 

at a temperature of 260°C at specified speed. 

Soldering iron applied: The terminal must not wobble or make 

any change in insulation distance after the terminal is soldered 

by applying wire solder that is 0.8 mm in diameter for 5 seconds 

by using a soldering iron, the tip temperature of which is 350°C. 

Clearance distance: The minimum space distance between two 

charged parts or between a charged part and a metal foil stuck to the 

non-metal switch housing. 

Creepage distance: The minimum distance on the surface of the 

insulator between two charged parts or between a charged part and 

a metal foil stuck to the non-metal switch housing. 

Distance through insulation: The minimum direct distance between 

the charged part and a metal foil stuck to the insulative switch 

housing through air plus any other insulator thickness including the 

housing itself. The distance through insulation will be the insulator 

thickness when there is no distance through air. 

Number of Operations: Indicates the operation number of durability 

test provided by the standard. They are classified into the following 

levels and the switch must bear the corresponding symbol. A 

switch with high switching frequency must withstand 50,000 switching 

operations and that with low switching frequency must withstand 

10,000 operations to satisfy IEC standards. 

Number of operations 

Symbol 

100,000 1E5 

50,000 5E4 

25,000 25E3 

10,000 No symbol required 

6,000 6E3 

3,000 3E3 

1,000 1E3 

300 3E2 

Ambient Temperature: Indicates the operating temperature range 

of the switch. The table indicates the meaning of symbol for reference. 

Symbol T85 25T85 

Temperature range 0°C to 85°C –25°C to 85°C 

Solder Terminal Type 1: A type of solder terminal classified by heat 

resistance under the following test conditions. 

Dip soldering bath applied: The terminal must not wobble or 

make any change in insulation distance after the terminal is 

dipped for a specified depth and period into a dip soldering bath 

at a temperature of 235°C at specified speed. 

Soldering iron applied: The terminal must not wobble or make 

any change in insulation distance after the terminal is soldered 

by applying wire solder that is 0.8 mm in diameter for two to three 

24



Cautions 

Note: Always observe the following cautions to ensure safety. 

Mounting 

Before mounting, dismounting, wiring, or inspecting a switch, be 

sure to turn OFF the power supply to the switch, otherwise an electric 

shock may be received or the switch may burn. 

Wiring 

Do not perform wiring when power is being supplied to a switch. 

Also, do not touch any of the charged terminals when power is being 

supplied. Otherwise, electric shock may be received. 

Follow the instructions provided in Correct Use for all wiring and soldering 

work. Using a switch with improper wiring or soldering may 

result in abnormal heating when power is supplied, possibly resulting 

in burning. 

Contact Load 

Select suitable switch ratings after confirming contact load. If the 

contact load is excessive for the contacts, the contacts may weld or 

shift, possibly resulting in short-circuits or burning when power is 

supplied. 

Load Types 

Some types of load have a large difference between steady-state 

current and inrush current, as shown in the following diagram. 

Select a switch with ratings suitable for the type of load. The higher 

the inrush current in the closed circuit is, the more the contact abrasion 

or shift there will be. Consequently, contact welding or shifting 

may occur, possibly resulting in short-circuits or burning. 

Types of Load vs. Inrush Current 

I 

(A) 

Solenoid 

(× 10 to 20) 

Incandescent 

lamp 

(× 10 to 15) 

Motor 

(× 5 to 10) 

Relay 

(× 4 to 5) 

Operating Atmosphere 

Do not use switches in atmospheres containing combustible or 

explosive gases. Arc or heat generated by switching may cause 

fires or explosions. 

Shock on Individual Switches 

Do not drop or disassemble switches. Not only will characteristics 

be jeopardized, but also damage, electric shock, or burning may 

result. 

Durability 

The durability of a switch greatly varies with switching conditions. 

Before using a switch, be sure to test the switch under actual conditions 

in the actual application and to use the switch within the switching 

operations causing no problem. If a deteriorated switch is used 

continuously, insulation failures, contact welding, contact failures, 

switch damage, or switch burnout may result. 

t 

25


Correct Use 

No. Area No. Item Page 

1 Using Switches 26 

2 Selecting Correct Switch 

3 Electrical 

Conditions 

4 Mechanical 

Conditions 

1 Load 

2 Application of Switch to 

Electronic Circuits 

3 Switches for Micro Loads 

4 Contact Protective 

Circuit 

27 

1 Operating Stroke Setting 28 

2 Switching Speed and 

Frequency 

3 Operating Condition 

4 Operating Method 

5 Mounting 1 Securing 29 

2 Terminal Connections 

3 Soldering Precautions 

6 Operation 

1 Handling 30 

and dStorage 

2 Operating Environment 

Environment 

3 Storage Environment 

7 Switch Trouble and Corrective Action 31 

Using Switches 

• When switches are actually used, unforeseen accidents may 

occur. Before using a switch, perform all possible testing in 

advance. 

• Unless otherwise specified, ratings and performances given in 

this catalog are for standard test conditions (i.e., 15 to 35C, 

25% to 75% humidity, and 86 to 106 kPa atmospheric pressure). 

When performing testing in the actual application, always use 

the same conditions as will be used in actual usage conditions for 

both the load and the operating environment. 

• Reference data provided in this catalog represents actual 

measurements from production samples in graph form. All 

reference data values are nominal. 

• All ratings and performance values provided in this catalog are 

the results of a single test each rating and performance value 

therefore may not be met for composite conditions. 

Selecting Correct Switch 

Select an appropriate switch for the operating environment and load 

conditions. 

• Use the Selection Guide to select a suitable switch for the rated 

current, operating load, actuator type, and operating environment. 

• It is not recommended to use a switch for a large current to switch 

a micro current, in terms of contact reliability. Select a switch that 

is suitable for the current actually being switched. 

• Use a sealed switch in environments subject to water, other 

liquids and excessive dirt or dust. 


Electrical Conditions 

Load 

The switching capacity of a switch significantly differs depending on 

whether the switch is used to break an alternating current or a direct 

current. Be sure to check both the AC and DC ratings of a switch. 

The control capacity will drop drastically if it is a DC load. This is because 

a DC load, unlike an AC load, has no current zero cross point. 

Therefore, if an arc is generated, it may continue for a comparatively 

long time. Furthermore, the current direction is always the same, 

which results in contact relocation phenomena, and the contacts 

hold each other with ease and will not separate if the surfaces of the 

contacts are uneven. 

If the load is inductive, counter-electromotive voltage will be generated. 

The higher the voltage is, the higher the generated energy is, 

which increase the abrasion of the contacts and contact relocation 

phenomena. Make sure to use a switch within the rated conditions. 

If a switch is used for switching both micro and high-capacity loads, 

be sure to connect relays suitable to the loads. 

The rated loads of a switch are according to the following conditions: 

Inductive Load: A load having a minimum power factor of 0.4 (AC) or 

a maximum time constant of 7 ms (DC). 

Lamp Load: A load having an inrush current ten times the 

steady-state current. 

Motor Load: A load having an inrush current six times the steadystate 

current. 

Note: It is important to know the time constant (L/R) of an inductive 

load in a DC circuit. 

Inrush Current 

I 

(A) 

i (Inrush current) 

io (Steadystate 

current) 

Application of Switch to Electronic Circuits 

The Basic switch may have contact bouncing or chattering in 

switching, thus generating noise or pulse signals that may interfere 

the operation of electronic circuits or audio equipment. To prevent 

this, take the following countermeasures. 

• Design the circuits so that they include appropriate CR circuits to 

absorb noise or pulse signals. 

• Use switches with gold-plated contacts for micro loads, which 

are more resistive to environmental conditions. 

Switches for Micro Loads 

If a switch for a general load is used for switching a micro load, it may 

cause contact failures. Be sure to select a switch within the permissible 

range. Even if a switch for a micro load is used within the permissible 

range, the inrush current of the load may deteriorate the 

contacts, thus decreasing the durability of the switch. Therefore, if 

necessary, insert a proper contact protective circuit. 

t 

26



Contact Protective Circuit 

Apply a contact protective circuit (surge killer) to extend contact durability, 

prevent noise, and suppress the generation of carbide or nitric 

acid due to arc. Be sure to apply the contact protective circuit 

properly, otherwise an adverse effect may result. Some typical 

examples of contact protective circuit are described in the following 

table. 

Typical Examples of Contact Protective Circuits (Surge Killers) 

Circuit example 

Applicable 

current 

Feature 

AC DC 

CR 

circuit 

Diode 

method 

Diode 

and 

Zener 

diode 

method 

Power supply 

Power supply 

Power supply 

Power 

supply 

Inductive 

load 

Inductive 

load 

Inductive 

load 

Inductive 

load 

See 

note. 

Yes Note: When AC is switched, the 

load impedance must be lower 

than the C and R impedance. 

Yes Yes The operating time will increase if the 

load is a relay or solenoid. 

It is effective to connect the CR circuit 

in parallel to the load when the power 

supply voltage is 24 or 48 V and in 

parallel to the contacts when the 

power supply voltage is 100 to 200 V. 

No Yes Energy stored in the coil is changed 

into current by the diode connected in 

parallel to the load. Then the current 

flowing to the coil is consumed and 

Joule heat is generated by the 

resistance of the inductive load. The 

reset time delay in this method is 

longer than that of the CR method. 

No Yes This method will be effective if the 

reset time delay caused by the diode 

method is too long. 

When a switch is used under high humidity, arcs resulting from certain 

types of load (e.g., inductive loads) will generate nitrious oxides 

and, with mater the nitrious oxides will become nitric acid, which will 

corrode internal metal parts and may cause malfunctions. Always 

use a contact protective circuit according to information provided in 

the following table when using a switch under circuit conditions of 

frequent switching and arcing. 

The use of a contact protective circuit may delay the response time 

of the load. 

Element selection 

C: 0.5 to 1 µF per switching current (1 A) 

R: 0.5 to 1 Ω per switching voltage (1 V) 

The values may change according to the 

characteristics of the load. 

The capacitor suppresses the spark 

discharge of current when the contacts are 

open. The resistor limits the inrush current 

when the contacts are closed again. 

Consider these roles of the capacitor and 

resistor and determine the ideal 

capacitance and resistance values from 

experimentation. 

Use a capacitor with a dielectric strength 

between 200 and 300 V. When AC is 

switched, make sure that the capacitor has 

no polarity. 

If, however, the ability to control arcs 

between contacts is a problem for high DC 

voltage, it may be more effective to 

connect a capacitor and resistor between 

the contacts across the load. Check the 

results by testing in the actual application. 

The diode must withstand a peak inverse 

voltage 10 times higher than the circuit 

voltage and a forward current as high as or 

higher than the load current. 

Zener voltage for a Zener diode must be 

about 1.2 times higher than the power 

source since the load may not work under 

some circumstances. 

Varistor 

method 

Power supply 

Inductive 

load 

Yes Yes This method makes use of 

constant-voltage characteristic of the 

varistor so that no high-voltage is 

imposed on the contacts. This method 

causes a reset time delay more or 

less. It is effective to connect varistor 

in parallel to the load when the supply 

voltage is 24 to 48 V and in parallel to 

the contacts when the supply voltage 

is 100 to 200 V. 

Select the varistor so that the following 

condition is met for the cut voltage Vc. For 

AC currents, the value must be multiplied 

by √2. 

Vc > (Current Voltage x 1.5) 

If Vc is set too high, however, the voltage 

cut for high voltages will no longer be 

effective, diminishing the effect. 

Do not apply contact protective circuit as shown below. 

Incorrect 

Power 

supply 

Load 

This circuit effectively suppresses arcs when 

the contacts are OFF. The capacitance will be 

charged, however, when the contacts are OFF. 

Consequently, when the contacts are ON again, 

short-circuited current from the capacitance 

may cause contact weld. 

Incorrect 

Power 

supply 

Load 

This circuit effectively suppresses 

arcs when the contacts are OFF. 

When the contacts are ON again, 

however, charge current flows to 

the capacitor, which may result in 

contact weld. 

27


Mechanical Conditions 

Operating Stroke Setting 

The setting of stroke is very important for a switch to operate with 

high reliability. 

The chart below shows the relationship among operating force, 

stroke, and contact force. To obtain high reliability from a switch, a 

switch actuator must be manipulated within an appropriate range of 

operating force. 

Be sure to pay the utmost attention when mounting a switch. 

Operating force 

Contact force 

FP 

Release 

Release 

TTP 

Stroke 

Stroke 

Make sure that the operating body is set so that the actuator should 

return to the free position when the operating body has moved if a 

switch is used to form a normally closed (NC) circuit. If a switch is 

used to form a normally open (NO) circuit, the operating body must 

move the switch actuator to the distance of 70% to 100% of the rated 

overtravel (OT) of the switch. 

Operating 

body 

Install a stopper. 

PT (Pretravel) 

FP (Free position) 

OP (Operating position) 


Switching Speed and Frequency 

The switching frequency and speed of a switch have a great influence 

on the performance of the switch. Pay attention to the following. 

• If the actuator is operated too slowly, the switching operation 

may become unstable, causing contact failures or contact 

welding. 

• If the actuator is operated too quickly, the switch may be 

damaged by shock. 

• If the switching frequency is too high, the switching of the 

contacts cannot catch up with the operating speed of the 

actuator. 

• If the operating frequency is extremely low (i.e., once a month or 

less frequent), a film may be generated on the surface of the 

contacts, which may cause contact failures. 

The permissible switching speed and switching frequency of a 

switch indicate the operational reliability of the switch. The durability 

of a switch is based on operation under specific conditions regarding 

the switching speed and switching frequency. The durability of a 

switch may not meet the durability due to conditions even if the 

switch is operated within the permissible switching speed and frequency 

ranges. Test a switch sample under the actual conditions to 

ascertain its durability. 

Operating Condition 

Do not leave a switch with the actuator depressed for a long time, 

otherwise the parts of the switch may soon deteriorate and the 

changes of its characteristics operating may result. 

Operating Method 

The operating method has a great influence on the performance of a 

switch. Consider the following before operating a switch. 

• Design the operating body (i.e., cam or dog) so that it will operate 

the actuator smoothly. If the actuator snaps backwards quickly or 

receives shock due to the shape of the operating body, its 

durability may be deteriorated. 

Incorrect 

OT (Overtravel) 

TTP 

(Total travel position) 

Snap-back 

Shock operation 

Correct 

If stroke is set in the vicinity of the operating position (OP) or the releasing 

position (RP), contact force may become unstable. As a result, 

the switch cannot ensure high reliability. Furthermore, the 

switch may malfunction due to vibration or shock. 

If stroke is set exceeding the total travel position (TTP), the moment 

of inertia of the operating body may damage the actuator or the 

switch itself, and the stress applied to the moving spring inside the 

switch will increase and then, the durability of the switch may be deteriorated. 

Incorrect 

Correct 

28



Incorrect 

Correct 

Snap-back 

Shock operation 

• Make sure that no improper force is applied to the actuator, 

otherwise the actuator may incur local abrasion. As a result, the 

actuator may become damaged or its durability may be 

deteriorated. 

• Do not modify the actuator. If the actuator is modified, excessive 

external force may be applied to the internal switch mechanism, 

characteristics may change, and the switch may stop 

functioning. 

• If an external actuator is used as an operating object, check the 

material and thickness of the lever to make sure that the force 

applied to the lever is within the permissible range. 

Mounting 

Securing 

When mounting a switch, be sure to use the specified mounting 

screws and tighten the screws with flat washers or spring washers 

securely. 

However, the switch housing may incur crack damage if it comes 

into contact with the spring washers directly. In that case make sure 

that the flat washers come into contact with the switch housing as 

shown below. Do not subject the switch to excessive shock or highfrequency 

vibrations when mounting (e.g., do not use an impact 

driver) as it may cause contacts stick or switch damage. 

Incorrect 

Screw 

Correct 

Incorrect 

Roller 

Correct 

Flat washer 

Spring washer 

Resin 

Dog 

Operating 

body 

Operating 

body 

: Correct 

: Incorrect 

• Make sure that the operating body moves in a direction where 

the actuator moves. If the actuator is a pin plunger type, make 

sure that the operating body presses the pin plunger vertically. 

• Operate the actuator of a hinge roller lever or simulated hinge 

lever type in the direction shown below. 

Incorrect 

Correct 

• Set the angle of the cam or dog (θ) for roller levers and similar 

actuators to the range between 30 and 45. If the angle is too 

large, an abnormally large horizontal stress will be applied to the 

lever. 

Do not modify the switch in any way, for example, by widening the 

mounting holes. 

Locking Agent 

If glue or locking agent is applied, make sure that it does not stick to 

the moving parts or intrude into the inside of the switch, otherwise 

the switch may have operating failure or contact failure. Some types 

of glue or locking agent may generate gas that has a bad influence 

on the switch. Pay the utmost attention when selecting glue or locking 

agent. 

Wiring 

Make sure that the lead wires are connected with no inappropriate 

pulling force. 

Mounting Location 

Be sure not to mount a switch in locations where the switch may be 

actuated by mistake. 

Maintenance and Inspection 

Make sure that a switch is mounted in locations that allow easy 

inspection or replacement of the switch. 

Mounting Direction 

When using a switch with a low operating force mounted with a long 

lever, make sure that the switch is mounted in the direction where 

the weight of the lever is not applied to the pushbutton directly, 

otherwise the switch may have releasing failures. 

Terminal Connections 

Solder Terminals 

When soldering lead wires to a switch, make sure that the temperature 

of the iron tip is 380°C maximum. Improper soldering may 

cause abnormal heat radiation from the switch and the switch may 

burn. 

Complete soldering within 5 seconds at 350°C or within 3 seconds 

at 380°C. If heat is applied for longer period of time, switch characteristics 

will be deteriorated, e.g., the case will melt and lead wire 

insulation will scorch. 

Soldering conditions are even more strict for ultra subminiature 

switches. Refer to the Precautions for individual models for details. 

Quick-Connect Terminals 

Use the specified receptacles to connect to quick-connect terminals. 

Do not apply excessive force horizontally or vertically to the 

29


terminals, otherwise the terminal may be deformed or the housing 

may be damaged. 

Wiring Work 

When wiring a switch, check the insulation distance between the 

switch and the mounting plate. If the insulation distance is insufficient, 

use an insulation guard or separator. Be particularly careful 

when mounting a switch to metal. 

Use wire sizes suitable for the applied voltage and carrying current. 

Do not wire a switch while power is being supplied. 

Using Separators 

If providing sufficient insulation distance is a problem or there are 

metal components or copper wire near a switch, use a switch with 

an insulation guard or use a separator (order separately) to provide 

sufficient insulation distance. 

Separator for SS 

Separator 

Separator for Z 

Separator 

Separator for V 

Separator 

Soldering Precautions 

When soldering by hand, place the terminal horizontal to the 

ground, use a soldering iron with a suitable heat capacity and a suitable 

amount of solder, and complete soldering quickly. Prevent flux 

from entering a switch by exhausting flux gas with an exhaust fan 

and by avoiding the contact of the tip of the soldering iron and the 

switch body. Flux gas inside a switch may cause contact failure. Do 

not apply any force to the terminal or wire immediately after soldering. 


Operation and Storage Environment 

Handling 

Do not apply oil, grease, or other lubricants to the sliding parts of a 

switch. The intrusion of oil, grease, or other lubricants into the internal 

part may cause operating failure or contact failure. 

Operating Environment 

A general switch is not water-resistant. Protect the switch appropriately 

when using the switch in places with water or oil spray. 

Do not use a switch under the condition where vibration or shock is 

continuously applied to the switch. If continuous vibration or shock 

is applied to a switch, contact failure, malfunction, or decrease in durability 

may be caused by abrasive powder generated from the internal 

parts. If excessive vibration or shock is applied to a switch, the 

contacts may malfunction, stick, or be damaged. 

Mount a switch in the location where vibration and shock is not applied 

to the switch and in the direction where they do not resonate. 

Do not use a switch in the atmosphere of corrosive gas, such as 

sulfuric gas (H 2 S or SO 2 ), ammonium gas (NH 3 ), nitric gas (HNO 3 ), 

or chlorine gas (Cl 2 ), or in the atmosphere of high temperature and 

humidity. Otherwise, contact failure or corrosion damage may result. 

If a switch is used in the atmosphere of silicon gas, arc energy may 

attract silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ) to the contacts and contact failure may 

result. If there is silicon oil, silicon sealant, a wire covered with silicon, 

or any other silicon-based product near the switch, attach a 

contact protective circuit to suppress the arcing of the switch or eliminate 

the source of silicon gas generation. Even for a sealed switch, 

it may not be possible to prevent all of the gas from penetrating the 

seal rubber, and contact failure may result. 

Be sure to use a switch at a temperature and humidity within the 

specified ranges. If a switch is exposed to radical temperature changes 

or intense heat, the characteristics of the switch may change. 

Separate the switch as far as possible from sources of heat to eliminate 

the influence. 

Storage Environment 

When storing a switch, consider countermeasures (e.g., storing in a 

plastic bag) to prevent discoloration resulting from sulfidization of 

terminals (silver-plated). Make sure that the location is free of corrosive 

gas or dust with no high temperature or humidity. It is recommended 

that a switch be inspected before use if it is stored for three 

months or more after the production, depending on the location. 

Tip of soldering 

iron 

Incorrect 

Correct 

When soldering automatically, adjust the amount of solder so that 

flux does not float onto the top of PCB. If flux enters the switch, it can 

cause contact failure. 

30



Switch Trouble and Corrective Action 

Type 

Failures 

related to 

electrical 

characteristics 

Failures 

related to 

mechanical 

characteristics 

ti 

Location 

of failure 

Contact 

Actuator 

Mounting 

section 

Failure Possible cause Corrective action 

Contact 

failure 

Malfunction 

Contact 

welding 

Insulation 

degradation 

(burning) 

Operating 

failure 

Low 

durability 

Dust and dirt on the contacts. 

Water or other liquid has penetrated into a 

switch. 

Chemical substances have been generated 

on the contact surface due to the 

atmosphere containing chemical corrosive 

gas. 

Chemical substances have been generated 

on the contact surface when the switch 

switches a very low load. 

Solder flux has penetrated into the switch. 

Silicon gas exists near the switch. 

The contacts are separated from each other 

by vibration or shock. 

The load connected to the switch is too high. 

Contacts have been melted and scattered 

by arc. 

Water has penetrated into the switch 

because the switch has been used in an 

extremely hot environment. 

Liquid has penetrated into the switch and 

been carbonized by arc heat. 

The sliding part of the actuator has been 

damaged because an excessive force was 

applied on the actuator. 

Foreign material like dust, dirt and oil has 

penetrated into the switch. 

The actuator does not release because the 

operating body is too heavy. 

The switch is loosely installed and thus does 

not operate even when the actuator is at the 

rated OP. 

The shape of the dog or cam is improper. 

The operating method is improper. 

The operating speed is too high. 

Remove the cause of the problem, place 

the switch in a box, or use a sealed 

switch. 

Use a switch having contacts with high 

environmental resistivity (such as gold or 

alloy contacts). 

Review the soldering method or use a 

sealed or flux-tight switch. 

Remove the material generating gas, or 

adjust contact capacity to prevent 

formation of silicon compounds on the 

contacts. 

Use a switch having a high contact force 

(generally a high OF). 

Switch the load with a high-capacity relay 

or magnetic relay or insert a contact 

protection circuit. 

Switch the load with a high-capacity relay 

or magnetic relay. 

Remove the cause of the problem, place 

the switch in a box, or use a sealed 

switch. 

Make sure that no excessive force is 

applied to the actuator, or use an auxiliary 

actuator mechanically strong. 

Remove the cause of the problem or place 

the switch in a box. 

Use a switch having a higher OF. 

Secure the switch. 

Change the design of the dog or cam. 

Review the operating stroke and operating 

speed. 

Damage A shock has been applied to the actuator. Remove the cause of problem or use a 

switch mechanically strong. 

The caulked part is not good enough or the 

assembled condition is poor. 

Replace the switch with a new one. 

Deformation or drop-out 

Actuator was subjected to an excessive 

force and force from an inappropriate 

direction. 

Review the handling and operating 

method. 

Damage Screws have not been inserted straight. Check and correct screw insertion 

method. 

The mounting screws were tightened with 

too much torque. 

The mounting pitch is wrong. 

The switch is not installed on a flat surface. 

Terminal Damage An excessive force was applied to the 

terminal while being wired. 

The plastic part has been deformed by 

soldering heat. 

Tighten the screws with an appropriate 

torque. 

Correct the pitch. 

Install the switch on a flat surface. 

Do not apply an excessive force. 

Reduce the soldering time or soldering 

temperature. (Refer to the information 

given under Precautions for that model.) 

31

General-purpose Basic Switch 

Z 

Best-selling Basic Switch Boasting High 

Precision and Wide Variety 

• A large switching capacity of 15 A with high repeat accuracy. 

• A wide range of variations in contact form for your selection: 

basic, split-contact, maintained-contact, and adjustable 

contact gap types. 

• A series of standard models for micro loads is available. 

• A series of molded terminal-type models incorporating 

safety terminal protective cover is available. 

Model Number Structure 

■ Configuration 

Basic models 

General-purpose 

Refer to page 34. 

Drip-proof 

Without terminal protective cover 

With terminal protective cover 

Molded terminal 

Refer to individual datasheets. 

(Contact your OMRON representative). 

Refer to individual datasheets. 

(Contact your OMRON representative). 


Split-contact models 



Maintained-contact models 

Basic Models 


A variety of actuators is available for a wide range of application. 

The contact mechanism of models for micro loads is a crossbar 

type with gold-alloy contacts, which ensures highly reliable operations 

for micro loads. 

Contact Gap: 

H2: 0.15 mm (extra-high-sensitivity) 

H: 0.25 mm (high-sensitivity, micro voltage current load) 

G: 0.5 mm (standard) 

E: 1.8 mm (high-capacity) 

F: 1.0 mm (split-contact models) 

Drip-proof Models 


These Switches use a rubber boot on the actuator and adhesive 

fill between the case and cover to increase resistance to drips. 

Models with drip-proof terminal protective covers and molded terminals 

with resin filling are also available. 


Split-contact Models 

This type is identical in construction to the general-purpose basic 

switch except that it has two pairs of simultaneous acting contacts 

by splitting moving contacts. 

Since the moving contacts are connected to a common terminal, 

either parallel or series connection is possible. 

Highly reliable micro load switching is ensured if the model is 

used as a twin-contact switch. 

Maintained-contact Models 

The maintained-contact type has a reset button at the bottom of 

the switch case, in addition to the pushbutton (plunger) located on 

the opposite side of the reset button. Use these buttons alternately. 

Since the Switch has greater pretravel than overtravel, it is suitable 

for use in reversible control circuits, manual reset circuits, 

safety limit circuits, and other circuits which are not preferable for 

automatic resetting. (For further details, refer to individual 

datasheets.) 

32 General-purpose Basic Switch Z

■ Model Number Legend 


Z-@@@@-@ 

1 2 3 4 5 

1. Ratings 

01: 0.1 A (for micro load) 

15: 15 A 

2. Contact Gap 

H2: 0.15 (extra-high-sensitivity) 

H: 0.25 mm (high-sensitivity, micro load) 

G: 0.5 mm (standard) 

E: 1.8 mm (high-capacity) 

3. Actuator 

None: Pin plunger 

S: Slim spring plunger 

D: Short spring plunger 

K: Spring plunger (medium OP) 

K3: Spring plunger (high OP) 

Q3: Panel mount plunger (low OP) 

Q: Panel mount plunger (medium OP) 

Q8: Panel mount plunger (high OP) 

Q22: Panel mount roller plunger 

Q21: Panel mount cross roller plunger 

L: Leaf spring (high OF) 

L2: Roller leaf spring 

W21: Short hinge lever 

W: Hinge lever (low OF) 

W3: Hinge lever (medium OF) 

W32: Hinge lever (high OF) 

W4: Low-force hinge lever 

W44: Long hinge lever 

W78: Low-force wire hinge lever (low OF) 

W52: Low-force wire hinge lever (high OF) 

W22: Short hinge roller lever 

W2: Hinge roller lever 

W25: Hinge roller lever (large roller) 

W49: Short hinge cross roller lever 

W54: Hinge cross roller lever 

W2277: Unidirectional short hinge roller lever (Low OF) 

M: Reverse hinge lever 

M22: Reverse short hinge roller lever 

M2: Reverse hinge roller lever 

NJ: Flexible rod (high OF) 

NJS: Flexible rod (low OF) 

4. Degree of Protection 

None: General-purpose 

55: Drip-proof 

A55: Drip-proof (including the terminals) 

5. Terminals 

None: Solder terminal 

B: Screw terminal (with toothed washer) 

B5V: Screw terminal with terminal cover (for Z-15G@A55 only) 

Note: For combinations of models, refer to the following pages. 

Standard Models (Drip-proof Type/ 

Molded Terminals) 

Z-@55-M@@ @M 

1 2 3 4 

1. Drip-proof Type 

2. Lead Outlets 

None: VSF 

19: VCT 

3. Directions of Lead Outlets (See following diagrams.) 

L: Left 

R: Right 

D: Descending 

L Type D Type R Type 

4. Length of Lead Outlets 

1: 1 m 

3: 3 m 


Z-10F@Y-B 

1 2 3 4 5 

1. Ratings 

10: 10 A 


F: 1 mm (high-capacity) 

3. Actuator 




Q: Panel mount plunger 


W: Hinge lever 




4. Construction 

Y: Split-contact models 

5. Terminals 




Z-15-E@R 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

15: 15 A 


E: 1.8 mm (High capacity) 

3. Actuator 




4. Structure 

R: Maintained-contact models 

General-purpose Basic Switch Z 33

Ordering Information 

■ List of Models 

Basic Models (General-purpose) 

Pin plunger 

Slim spring plunger 

Short spring 

plunger 

Panel mount 

plunger 

Panel mount roller 

plunger 

Panel mount cross 


Leaf spring 


Actuator Standard High-sensitivity High-capacity Micro load Extra-highsensitivity 

G (0.5 mm) H (0.25 mm) E (1.8 mm) H (0.25 mm) H2 (0.15 mm) 

Solder terminal Z-15G Z-15H Z-15E Z-01H Z-15H2 

Screw terminal Z-15G-B Z-15H-B Z-15E-B Z-01H-B Z-15H2-B 

Solder terminal Z-15GS Z-15HS --- Z-01HS --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GS-B Z-15HS-B --- Z-01HS-B --- 

Solder terminal Z-15GD Z-15HD Z-15ED Z-01HD --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GD-B Z-15HD-B Z-15ED-B Z-01HD-B --- 

Low OP Solder terminal Z-15GQ3 --- --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GQ3-B 

Medium Solder terminal Z-15GQ Z-15HQ Z-15EQ Z-01HQ --- 

OP Screw terminal Z-15GQ-B Z-15HQ-B Z-15EQ-B Z-01HQ-B --- 

High OP Solder terminal Z-15GQ8 --- --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GQ8-B 

Solder terminal Z-15GQ22 Z-15HQ22 Z-15EQ22 --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GQ22-B Z-15HQ22-B Z-15EQ22-B --- --- 

Solder terminal Z-15GQ21 Z-15HQ21 Z-15EQ21 --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GQ21-B Z-15HQ21-B Z-15EQ21-B --- 

Solder terminal Z-15GL --- --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GL-B 

Solder terminal Z-15GL2 --- --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GL2-B 

Short hinge lever 

Solder terminal Z-15GW21 --- --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GW21-B 

Hinge lever 

Low OF Solder terminal Z-15GW Z-15HW --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GW-B Z-15HW-B --- --- --- 

Medium Solder terminal Z-15GW3 --- --- --- --- 

OF Screw terminal Z-15GW3-B 

High OF Solder terminal Z-15GW32 --- --- --- --- 


Low-force hinge lever Solder terminal Z-15GW4 Z-15HW24 --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GW4-B Z-15HW24-B --- --- 

Low-force wire Low OF Solder terminal --- Z-15HW78 --- --- --- 

hinge lever 

Screw terminal Z-15HW78-B --- --- 

High OF Solder terminal --- Z-15HW52 --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15HW52-B --- --- 

Short hinge roller lever Solder terminal Z-15GW22 Z-15HW22 Z-15EW22 Z-01HW22 --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GW22-B Z-15HW22-B Z-15EW22-B Z-01HW22-B --- 

Short hinge cross 

roller lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 



Standard Solder terminal Z-15GW2 Z-15HW2 --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GW2-B Z-15HW2-B --- --- --- 

Large roller 




Hinge cross 

roller lever 

Unidirectional short 

hinge roller lever 

Actuator Standard High-sensitivity High-capacity Micro load Extra-highsensitivity 

G (0.5 mm) H (0.25 mm) E (1.8 mm) H (0.25 mm) H2 (0.15 mm) 





Reverse hinge lever 

(see note) 

Reverse short hinge 

roller lever (see note) 

Reverse hinge roller lever 

(see note) 

Solder terminal Z-15GM --- --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GM-B 

Solder terminal Z-15GM22 --- --- --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GM22-B 

Solder terminal Z-15GM2 --- --- --- --- 


Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin 

plungers are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers 

are normally pressed. 

Minimum Order Lot 

The following models are available at the minimum order lot specified below. Orders must be placed per lot. 

Actuator Standard High-sensitivity Minimum order lot (pcs) 

G (0.5 mm) 

H (0.25 mm) 

Short spring plunger Z-15GD-B --- 10 

Panel mount plunger 

Z-15GQ 

Z-15GQ-B 

Z-15GQ8-B 

--- 

Panel mount roller plunger Z-15GQ22 

--- 

Z-15GQ22-B 

Panel mount cross roller plunger Z-15GQ21-B --- 

Short hinge lever Z-15GW21-B --- 

Hinge lever 

Z-15GW 

--- 

Z-15GW-B 

Low-force hinge lever Z-15GW4-B Z-15HW24-B 

Low-force hinge wire lever --- Z-15HW78-B 

Short hinge roller lever 

Z-15GW22 

--- 

Z-15GW22-B 


Z-15GW2 

--- 

Z-15GW2-B 

Reverse short hinge roller lever Z-15GM22-B --- 

Reverse hinge roller lever Z-15GM2-B --- 


Pin plunger 


Short spring plunger 


Actuator 

Solder terminal --- 

Screw terminal Z-10FY-B 


Screw terminal Z-10FSY-B 


Screw terminal Z-10FDY-B 

Medium OP Solder terminal --- 

Screw terminal Z-10FQY-B 

F (1.0 mm) 



plunger 

Hinge lever 

Short hinge roller 

lever 


Reverse short 


Actuator 


Screw terminal Z-10FQ22Y-B 

Low OP Solder terminal --- 

Screw terminal Z-10FWY-B 


Screw terminal Z-10FW22Y-B 


Screw terminal Z-10FW2Y-B 


Screw terminal Z-10FM22Y-B 

F (1.0 mm) 





Actuator 

Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 

Z-15ER 

Z-15ESR 

Z-15EWR 

Maintained-contact model 

Basic Models (Drip-proof Models) 

Actuator 

Without drip-proof 

terminal protective cover 

Basic model (drip-proof) 

Standard 

G (0.5 mm) 

With drip-proof 

terminal protective 

cover 

Pin plunger 

Solder terminal Z-15G55 --- Z-01H55 

Screw terminal Z-15G55-B Z-15GA55-B5V Z-01H55-B 


Solder terminal Z-15GD55 --- Z-01HD55 

Screw terminal Z-15GD55-B Z-01HD55-B 

Spring plunger Medium OP Solder terminal Z-15GK55 --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GK55-B 

HIgh OP Solder terminal Z-15GK355 --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GK355-B Z-15GK3A55-B5V 

Panel mount Medium OP Solder terminal Z-15GQ55 --- --- 

plunger 

Screw terminal Z-15GQ55-B Z-15GQA55-B5V 

Panel mount 

Solder terminal Z-15GQ2255 --- --- 


Screw terminal Z-15GQ2255-B Z-15GQ22A55-B5V 


Solder terminal --- --- --- 


Screw terminal Z-15GQ2155-B Z-15GQ21A55-B5V 

Leaf spring 

Solder terminal Z-15GL55 --- --- 



Solder terminal Z-15GL255 --- --- 


Micro load 

H (0.25 mm) 




Long hinge lever 

Hinge lever 

Short hinge 

roller lever 

Solder terminal Z-15GW2155 --- --- 



Screw terminal Z-15GW4455-B Z-15GW44A55-B5V 


Screw terminal Z-15GW55-B Z-15GWA55-B5V 

Solder terminal Z-15GW2255 --- Z-01HW2255 

Screw terminal Z-15GW2255-B Z-15GW22A55-B5V Z-01HW2255-B 



Actuator 



Basic model (drip-proof) 

Standard 

G (0.5 mm) 

With drip-proof 

terminal protective 

cover 

Parallel Solder terminal Z-15GW255 --- --- 


Micro load 

H (0.25 mm) 



Unidirectional short 


Reverse hinge lever 

(see note 1) 

Reverse short hinge 

roller lever (see note 1) 

Reverse hinge roller 

lever (see note 1) 

Flexible rod (coil spring) 

(see note 2) 



Solder terminal Z-15GM55 --- --- 






Solder terminal Z-15GNJ55 --- --- 

Screw terminal Z-15GNJ55-B 

Note: 1. The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the 

pin plungers are freed by operating the levers. 

2. The tip is made of resin. 

Minimum Order Lot 

The following models are available at the minimum order lot specified below. Orders must be placed per lot. 

Actuator Standard High-sensitivity Minimum order lot 

G (0.5 mm) 

H (0.25 mm) 

Short spring plunger Z-15GD55-B --- --- 10 

Spring plunger Z-15GK55-B --- --- 

Hinge lever 

Z-15GW4455-B 

Z-15GW55 

Z-15GW55-B 

--- --- 

Short hinge roller lever Z-15GW2255 

--- --- 

Z-15GW2255-B 

Hinge roller lever Z-15GW255-B --- --- 

Flexible rod (coil spring) Z-15GNJ55-B --- --- 

Flexible rod (steel wire) --- --- Z-15HNJS55-B 

Basic Models (Drip-proof High-sensitivity Models) 

Actuator 

Flexible rod (steel wire) 


Screw terminal 

Z-15HNJS55 

Z-15HNJS55-B 

High-sensitivity 

H (0.25 mm) 


Specifications 

■ Approved Standards 

Agency Standard File No. 

UL UL508 E41515 

CSA CSA C22.2 No. 55 LR21642 

TÜV Rheinland EN61058-1 R9451585 

■ Approved Standard Ratings 

UL508 (File No. E41515) 

CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642) 

Rated voltage Z-15 Z-10F Z-01H 

125 VAC 15 A 1/8 HP 6 A 1/10 HP 0.1 A 

250 VAC 15 A 1/4 HP 6 A 1/8 HP --- 

480 VAC 15 A 6 A --- 

30 VDC --- --- 0.1 A 

125 VDC 0.5 A 0.6 A --- 

250 VDC 0.25 A 0.3 A --- 

Note: Consult with OMRON about approved part numbers by standards. 

■ Ratings 

TÜV (EN61058-1) 

Z-15 (Except Micro Load and Flexible Rod Models) 

Note: Z-15H2 Series models are not approved. 

Note: Figures in parentheses are for the Z-15HW52 and Z-15HW78(-B) models, the AC ratings of these models are 125 and 250 V only. 

Z-15 (Flexible Rod Models) 

Rated voltage Z-15H@-B Z-15G@-B Z-01H@-B 

250 VAC 15 A 15 A --- 

125 VAC --- --- 0.1 A 

30 VDC --- --- 0.1 A 

Item Non-inductive load Inductive load 

Resistive load Lamp load Inductive load Motor load 

Model Rated voltage NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO 

G, H, E 125 VAC 

250 VAC 

500 VAC 

G 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

H 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

E 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

15 (10) A (see note) 

15 (10) A (see note) 

10 A 

15 A 

15 A 

6 A 

0.5 A 

0.25 A 

15 A 

15 A 

2 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

15 A 

15 A 

15 A 

0.75 A 

0.3 A 

3 A 

2.5 A 

1.5 A 

3 A 

3 A 

3 A 

0.5 A 

0.25 A 

3 A 

3 A 

2 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

3 A 

3 A 

3 A 

0.75 A 

0.3 A 

1.5 A 

1.25 A 

0.75 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

0.5 A 

0.25 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.4 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

0.75 A 

0.3 A 

15 (10) A (see note) 

15 (10) A (see note) 

6 A 

15 A 

10 A 

5 A 

0.05 A 

0.03 A 

15 A 

10 A 

1 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

15 A 

15 A 

10 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

Rated voltage Non-inductive load Inductive load 


NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

15 A 2 A 

1 A 

15 A 

15 A 

2 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

2 A 

2 A 

2 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

1 A 

0.5 A 

1 A 

1 A 

1 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

7 A 

5 A 

7 A 

7 A 

1 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

2.5 A 

1.5 A 

3 A 

3 A 

1 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

5 A 

3 A 

1.5 A 

5 A 

5 A 

5 A 

0.05 A 

0.03 A 

5 A 

5 A 

1 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

5 A 

5 A 

5 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

2 A 

1 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

0.5 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

2.5 A 

1.5 A 

0.75 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

0.05 A 

0.03 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

1 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 


Z-15H2 




125 VAC 

250 VAC 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

Z-01H 

Z-10F 

10 A 3 A 

2.5 A 

15 A 

15 A 

2 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

Rated voltage Resistive load 

NC NO 

125 VAC 0.1 A 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

0.1 A 

0.1 A 

0.1 A 

3 A 

3 A 

2 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

1.5 A 

1.25 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.4 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

10 A 5 A 

3 A 

15 A 

10 A 

1 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

5 A 

5 A 

1 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

Note: 1. The above current ratings are the values of the steady-state current. 

2. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC). 

3. Lamp load has an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current. 

4. Motor load has an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current. 

5. The normally closed and normally open ratings of reverse hinge lever models are opposite to each other. 

6. The AC ratings of molded terminals are 125 and 250 V only. 

7. The ratings values apply under the following test conditions: 


Ambient humidity: 65±5% 

Operating frequency: 20 operations/min 

2.5 A 

1.5 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

1 A 

0.03 A 

0.02 A 

Model Rated voltage Non-inductive load Inductive load 



Series 

connection 

Parallel 

connection 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

10 A 

10 A 

10 A 

1 A 

0.6 A 

6 A 

6 A 

6 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

4 A 

2.5 A 

4 A 

1 A 

0.6 A 

3 A 

2.5 A 

4 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

2 A 

1.5 A 

2 A 

1 A 

0.6 A 

1.5 A 

1.25 A 

2 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

6 A 5 A 

3 A 

6 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

4 A 

4 A 

4 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

6 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

4 A 

2 A 

6 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

2.5 A 

1.5 A 

3 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

2 A 

1 A 

3 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 


■ Characteristics 

Item 

Operating speed 

(see note) 

Operating frequency 

Insulation resistance 

Contact resistance 

Dielectric strength 

Vibration resistance 

Shock resistance 

Durability 

Basic 

(except micro 

load and flexible 

rod)/ maintained 

contact 

Z-15 


(micro load) 

Z-01H 


(flexible rod) 

Z-15 

Split-contact 

Z-10F 

0.01 mm to 1 m/s (see note 1) 1 mm to 1 m/s 0.1 mm to 1 m/s (see note 1) 

Mechanical: 240 operations/min 

Electrical: 20 operations/min 

100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC) 

15 mΩ max. (initial 

value) 

50 mΩ max. (initial 

value) 

Between contacts of same polarity 

Contact gap G: 1,000 VAC, 50/60 

Hz for 1 min 

Contact gap H, H2: 600 VAC, 50/60 Hz 

for 1 min 

Contact gap E: 1,500 VAC, 50/60 

Hz for 1 min 

Between current-carrying metal parts 

and ground, and between each terminal 

and non-current-carrying metal parts 

2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min 

Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double 

amplitude (see note 5) 

Destruction: 1,000 m/s 2 max. 

Malfunction: 300 m/s 2 max. 

(see note 2, 5) 

Mechanical: 

Contact gap G, H, H2: 20,000,000 operations 

min. 

(see note 4) 

Contact gap E: 300,000 operations 

Electrical: 

Contact gap G, H, H2: 500,000 operations 

min. 

Contact gap E: 100,000 operations 

min. 

Degree of protection General-purpose: IP00 

Drip-proof: Equivalent to IP62 

Degree of protection Class I 

against electric shock 

Proof tracking index 175 

(PTI) 

Switch category D (IEC335-1) 

Ambient temperature Operating: 

General-purpose: −25°C to 80°C (with no icing) 

Drip-proof: −15°C to 80°C (with no icing) 





15 mΩ max. (initial value) 25 mΩ max. (initial value) 


Contact gap G: 1,000 VAC, 50/ 

60 Hz for 1 min 

Contact gap H: 600 VAC, 50/ 


Between current-carrying metal 

parts and ground, and between 

each terminal and non-current-carrying 

metal parts 

2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min 

Malfunction: 10 to 20 Hz, 1.5-mm 

double amplitude (see note 5) 



(see note 5) 

Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations 

min. 

Electrical: 100,000 operations 

min. 


Contact gap F: 1,500 VAC, 50/ 


Between current-carrying metal 

parts and ground, and between 

each terminal and non-current-carrying 

metal parts 

2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min 

Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm 

double amplitude (see note 5) 



(see note 3, 5) 

Mechanical: 500,000 operations 

min. (see note 1) 

Electrical: 100,000 operations 

min. 

Ambient humidity Operating: 

General-purpose: 35% to 85% 

Drip-proof: 35% to 95% 

Weight Approx. 22 to 58 g Approx. 42 to 48 g Approx. 34 to 61 g 

Note: 1. The values are for the plunger models. (For the lever models, the values are at the plunger section.) (Consult your OMRON representative 

for other models.) 

2. The values are for the Z-15G pin plunger. 

3. The values are for the Z-10FY-B. 

4. The values are for the pin plunger. The durability for models other than the pin plunger is 10,000,000 min. 

5. Malfunction: 1 ms max. 


■ Contacts Specification 

Item Z-15 Z-01H Z-10F 

Contacts Shape Rivet Single crossbar Rivet 

Material Silver alloy Gold alloy Silver alloy 

Inrush current NC 30 A max. 0.1 A max. 40 A max. 

NO 15 A max. 0.1 A max. 20 A max. 

■ Contact Form 



Contact Form (SPDT) 

COM 

NC 

NO 

Note: The Z-15GM is a reversible model and the NO and 

NC positions are reversed. 


Contact Form (Split-contact) 

COM 

NC 

NO 

NC 

NO 

Note: The NO and NC terminal arrangement is reversed for Models 

with reverse operation (Z-10FM). 

Connection Example 

Series Connection 

Parallel Connection 

L 

L 

L 

L 

L 

L 


Contact Form (Maintained-contact) 

COM 

NC 

NO 

Pushbutton for resetting 


Engineering Data 

■ Mechanical Durability 

Durability (x10 6 operations) 

Z-15G 

100 

70 

50 

30 

20 

10 

7 

5 

3 

2 

1 



Without load 


0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 

Overtravel (mm) 

■ Electrical Durability 

Z-15G 


10 

5 

1 

0.5 

0.1 



Operating frequency: 20 operations/min. 

125 VAC cosφ = 1 

125 VAC cosφ = 0.4 


250 VAC 

cosφ = 0.4 


500 VAC cosφ = 0.4 

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 

Switching Current (A) 

Nomenclature 

■ Drip-proof Construction 

Without Terminal Protective Cover 

Rubber boot Fixed contact (b) 

Movable spring 

Glued surface 

(adhesive is 

filled between 

case and cover) 

Movable contact 

Spring pivot 

Fixed contact (a) 

With Terminal Protective Cover 

Rubber boot (weather-resistive 

chloroprene is used) 

Stainless-steel stopper 

(improves sealing) 

Rubber packing (improves 

sealing between switch 

housing and terminal cover) 

Terminal protective covers are sold separately 

for maintenance purposes, which can be, however, 

used with the Z-@-B5V models only. 


Dimensions 

Note: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, all units are in millimeters. 

2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions. 

■ Dimensions and Operating Characteristics 

Basic Models (General-purpose) & Split-contact Models 

The models, illustrations, and graphics are for screw-terminal models (-B). The “-A” at the end of the model number for solder terminal models 

has been omitted. For details of the terminals, refer to Terminals on page 59. 

Pin Plunger 

Z-15G-B, Z-15E-B 

Z-15H-B, Z-15H2-B 

Z-01H-B, Z-10FY-B 

PT 

OP 

23.3±0.25 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

2.3 dia. 

2.3SR (see note) 

24.2 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

9.2 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

Note: Stainless-steel plunger 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Z-15G-B Z-15H-B Z-15H2-B Z-15E-B Z-01H-B Z-10FY-B 

2.45 to 3.43 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.05 mm 

15.9±0.4 mm 

1.96 to 2.75 N 

1.12 N 

0.3 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.025 mm 

1.96 to 2.5 N 

1.12 N 

0.3 mm 

0.1 mm 

0.005 to 0.008 mm 

6.12 to 7.85 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.13 mm 

2.45 N max. 

0.78 N 

0.5 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.04 mm 

4.46 to 7.26 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.1 mm 

Slim Spring Plunger 

Z-15GS-B, Z-15HS-B, 

Z-01HS-B, Z-10FSY-B 

PT 

OP 

23.3±0.25 

(see 

note) 

9 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

5.2 dia. 

4 dia. 

24.2 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 


(flat, 1R chamfered) 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

2.45 to 3.43 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.05 mm 

28.2±0.5 mm 

Z-15GS-B Z-15HS-B Z-01HS Z-10FSY-B 

1.96 to 2.79 N 

1.12 N 

0.3 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.025 mm 

2.45 N max. 

0.78 N 

0.5 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.05 mm 

4.46 to 7.26 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.1 mm 

Short Spring Plunger 

Z-15GD-B, Z-01HD-B 

Z-15HD-B, Z-10FDY-B 

Z-15ED-B 

PT 

OP 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

23.3±0.25 

12SR 

(see 

note) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

12.3 dia. 

10 dia. 

7.15 dia. 

24.2 

9.2 

Note: Plated iron plunger 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

2.45 to 3.43 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.05 mm 

21.5±0.5 mm 

Z-15GD-B Z-15HD-B Z-15ED-B Z-01HD-B Z-10FDY-B 

1.96 to 2.79 N 

1.12 N 

0.3 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.025 mm 

6.13 to 7.85 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.13 mm 

2.45 N max. 

0.78 N 

0.5 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.05 mm 

4.46 to 7.26 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.1 mm 


Panel Mount Plunger 

Z-15GQ-B, Z-01HQ-B 

Z-15HQ-B, Z-10FQY-B 

Z-15EQ-B 

PT 

OP 

13.1 

16.3 

(See 

note 2) 

23.3±0.25 

11.9SR 

(see 

note 1) 

16 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

8.35 dia. 

M12 × 1 mounting screw 

Two hexagonal nuts (2 t × 14 

width across flats) 

Two lock nuts (2 t × 15.6 width across flats) 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 

Note: 1. Stainless-steel plunger 

2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum 

length of 1.5 mm. 

49.2 

Z-15GQ3-B 

23.3±0.25 

PT 

11.9SR 

(see 

note 1) 

8.35 dia. 

M12 × 1 

mounting screw 

OP 

13.1 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 



16.3 

(See 

note 2) 

16 dia. 


4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

9.2 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

17.45±0.2 




49.2 

Z-15GQ8-B 

23.3±0.25 

PT 

OP 

13.1 

16.3 

(See 

note 2) 

8SR 

(see 

note 

1) 

16 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

8.35 dia. 

M3 × 10 (depth) 

M12 × 1 





4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

9.2 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

Note: 1. Plated brass plunger 



OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

Z-15GQ-B Z-15HQ-B Z-15EQ-B Z-01HQ-B Z-10FQY-B Z-15GQ3-B Z-15GQ8-B 

2.45 to 3.43 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.05 mm 

1.96 to 2.79 N 

1.12 N 

0.3 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.025 mm 

6.13 to 7.85 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.13 mm 

2.45 N max. 

0.78 N 

0.5 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.05 mm 

4.46 to 7.26 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.1 mm 

2.45 to 3.43 N 

1.12 N 

4.2 mm 

2.5 mm 

2.2 mm 

2.45 to 3.43 N 

1.12 N 

0.5 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.05 mm 

OP 21.8±0.8 mm 18.8±0.8 mm 32.5±1 mm 

Note: 1. Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or excessive pulling force will be imposed on 

the Switch and the case and cover may be damaged. 

2. On the model Z-15GQ3-B, PT can be set to a value larger than that for the Z-15GQ. 

3. On the model Z-15GQ8-B, operating position can be adjusted by providing a screw in the plunger section. 

The M3 hole with a depth of 10 mm is a through hole. Take precautions so that no water or screw lock agent penetrates into the 

hole. 


Panel Mount Roller Plunger 

Z-15GQ22-B, Z-15EQ22-B 

Z-15HQ22-B, Z-10FQ22Y-B 

PT 

23.3±0.25 

12.7 dia. × 4.8 (stainless-steel roller) 

OP 

15.5 

16.3 

(See 

note) 

16 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 



M12 × 1 mounting 

screw 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 

Note: Imperfect screw part with a 

maximum length of 1.5 mm. 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Z-15GQ22-B Z-15HQ22-B Z-15EQ22-B Z-10FQ22Y-B 

2.45 to 3.43 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.05 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

1.96 to 2.79 N 

1.12 N 

0.3 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.025 mm 

6.13 to 7.85 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.13 mm 

4.46 to 7.26 N 

1.12 N 

1 mm 

3.55 mm 

0.1 mm 

Note: Do not use the M12 mounting screw and the case mounting hole at the same time, or the case may be damaged. 

Panel Mount Cross Roller Plunger 

Z-15GQ21-B, Z-15HQ21-B, 

Z-15EQ21-B 

PT 

23.3±0.25 


OP 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 



15.5 

16.3 

(See 

note) 

16 dia. 


screw 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 



OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Z-15GQ21-B Z-15HQ21-B Z-15EQ21-B 

2.45 to 3.43 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.05 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

1.96 to 2.79 N 

1.12 N 

0.3 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.025 mm 


6.13 to 7.85 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.13 mm 


Leaf Spring 

Z-15GL-B 

FP 

OP 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

49.6±0.8 

t = 0.3 (stainless-steel spring lever) 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

dia. hole 

4.8 

17.45±0.2 

23.9 

9.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.38 N 

0.14 N 

1.6 mm (see note) 

1.3 mm 

20.6 mm 

17.4±0.8 mm 

Note: When operating, be sure not to 

exceed 1.6 mm. 

Roller Leaf Spring 

Z-15GL2-B 

FP 

OP 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

46±0.8 

t = 0.3 

(see note) 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic toller) 

17.45±0.2 

23.9 

9.2 

Note: Stainless-steel spring lever 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.38 N 

0.14 N 


1.3 mm 

31.8 mm 

28.6±0.8 mm 



Short Hinge Lever 

Z-15GW21-B 

20.2 

16.9 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

26.2 

28.2R 

t = 1 (stainless-steel lever) 

OP 

13.9 

FP 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.9 

9.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.57 N 

0.27 N 

2 mm 

1 mm 

24.8 mm 

19±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

Hinge Lever 

Z-15GW-B, Z-15GW32-B 

Z-15HW-B, Z-10FWY-B 

Z-15GW3-B (Lever Length: 56R) 

(see note) 

20.2 

16.9 

26.2 

63.5R 

13.9 


OP FP 4.9 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

9.2 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

Note: The external dimensions of the actuator vary. 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.69 N 

0.14 N 

5.6 mm 

1.27 mm 

Z-15GW-B Z-15HW-B Z-15GW32-B Z-10FWY-B Z-15GW3-B 

0.66 N 

0.14 N 

5.6 mm 

0.63 mm 

1.47 to 1.96 N 

0.92 N 

5.6 mm 

1.27 mm 

0.88 N 

0.14 N 

5.6 mm 

2.4 mm 

0.78 N 

0.15 N 

4.8 mm 

1.12 mm 

FP max. 28.2 mm 27.4 mm 28.2 mm 29.8 mm 27.2 mm 

OP 19±0.8 mm 


Low-force Hinge Lever 

Z-15GW4-B 

20.2 

16.9 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

26.2 

63.5R 

13.9 


PT 

OP 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.9 

9.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

274 mN 

34.3 mN 

10 mm 

5.6 mm 

1.27 mm 

19±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

Z-15HW24-B 

26.2 

t = 0.8 (stainless-steel lever) 

5 

120R 

2 

PT 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

58.8 mN 

4.90 mN 

19.8 mm 

10 mm 

2 mm 

19.8±1.6 mm 

20.2 

16.9 

13.9 

OP 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 

Low-force Wire Hinge Lever 

Z-15HW52-B 

3 max. 

20.2 

16.9 

26.2 

63.5R 

1 dia. (stainless-steel wire lever) 

13.9 

PT 

OP 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

58.8 mN 

4.90 mN 

8.3 mm 

5.6 mm 

0.65 mm 

19±1 mm 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

9.2 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

Z-15HW78-B 

3 max. 

26.2 

110R 

1 dia. (stainless-steel wire lever) 

PT 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

39.2 mN 

2.94 mN 

10 mm 

6 mm 

3 mm 

20±1 mm 

20.2 16.9 

OP 

13.9 

Note: The AC rating is 10 A at 125 or 250 V. 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 


Short Hinge Roller Lever 

Z-15GW22-B, Z-01HW22-B 

Z-15HW22-B, Z-10FW22Y-B (see note) 

Z-15EW22-B, Z-15GW2-B 

Z-15HW2-B (see note), Z-10FW2Y-B (see note) 

(Lever Length: 48.5R) (see note) 

t=1 (stainless-steel lever) 

26.6R 

9.5 dia. × 4 

(plastic roller) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

Z-15GW22-B Z-15HW22-B Z-15EW22-B Z-01HW22-B Z-10FW22Y-B Z-15GW2-B Z-15HW2-B Z-10FW2Y-B 

1.57 N 

0.41 N 

2.4 mm 

0.5 mm 

32.5 mm 

30.2±0.4 mm 

1.47 N 

0.41 N 

2.4 mm 

0.45 mm 

1.94 N 

0.41 N 

2.4 mm 

1.3 mm 

35.1 mm 

30.2±0.4 mm 

1.57 N 

0.27 N 

2.4 mm 

0.5 mm 

32.5 mm 

30.2±0.4 mm 

2.45 N 

0.34 N 

2.4 mm 

1 mm 

34.8 mm 

30.2±0.4 mm 

0.98 N 

0.22 N 

4 mm 

1.02 mm 

36.5 mm 

30.2±0.8 mm 

0.84 N 

0.22 N 

4 mm 

0.6 mm 

1.27 N 

0.22 N 

4 mm 

2 mm 

37.4 mm 

30.2±0.8 mm 

Short Hinge Cross Roller Lever 

Z-15GW49-B 

Z-15GW54-B (Lever Length: 48.7R) 

(see note) 

T=1 (stainless-steel lever) 

27.1R 

9.5 dia. × 4 


Model Z-15GW49-B Z-15GW54-B 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.67 N 

0.41 N 

2.4 mm 

0.51 mm 

33.3 mm 

31±0.4 mm 

0.98 N 

0.22 N 

4 mm 

1 mm 

37.3 mm 

31±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 

−0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 


Z-15GW25-B 

20.2 

16.9 

t = 1 

(stainlesssteel 

lever) 

26.2 

50R 

13.9 

FP 

OP 

2R 

20 dia. × 4 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.98 N 

0.21 N 

4 mm 

1.6 mm 

47.5 mm 

41.2±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 −0.05 

+0.1 dia. 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 


Unidirectional Short Hinge Roller Lever 

Z-15GW2277-B 

34.1 max. 

t = 1 


lever) 

Operating direction 

31.9R 

26.2 

11.1R 

FP 

OP 

9.5 dia. × 4 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.67 N 

0.41 N 

2.4 mm 

0.51 mm 

43.6 mm 

41.3±0.8 mm 

13.9 

Reverse Hinge Lever 

Note: The pin plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the actuator levers with compression coil springs and the pin plungers 

are freed by operating the levers. Reverse-type models are highly vibration- and shock-resistive because the pin plungers are normally 

pressed. 

Z-15GM-B 

Reverse Short Hinge Roller Lever 



pressed. 

Z-15GM22-B, 

Z-10FM22Y-B 

20.2 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

Reverse Hinge Roller Lever 

20.2 

16.9 

11.9 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

56R 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

20.2 

FP 

17.4 13.9 OP 

17.4 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

18.65 

18.5R 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

18.65 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 



11.9 

13.9 

FP 

OP 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

17.45±0.2 

17.45±0.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.67 N 

0.27 N 

5.6 mm 

0.89 mm 

23.8 mm 

19±0.8 mm 

Model Z-15GM22-B Z-10FM22Y-B 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

5.28 N 

1.67 N 

2 mm 

0.28 mm 

31.8 mm 

29.4±0.4 

mm 

6.37 N 

1.67 N 

2 mm 

0.56 mm 

33 mm 

29.4±0.4 mm 



pressed. 

4.9 

9.2 

9.2 

9.5 dia. × 4 


9.2 

Z-15GM2-B 

20.2 

17.4 

18.65 

40.6R 


13.9 

FP 

OP 

9.5 dia. × 4 


9.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

2.35 N 

0.55 N 

4 mm 

0.64 mm 

35 mm 

30.2±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 


Basic Models (Drip-proof) without Terminal Protective Cover 

Pin Plunger 

Z-15G55-B 

Z-01H55-B 

6SR 

(see note) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

3.9 dia. 

Model Z-15G55-B Z-01H55-B 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

2.45 to 4.22 N 

1.12 N 

2.2 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.06 mm 

3.43 N max. 

0.78 N 

2.2 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.06 mm 

OP 

15.9±0.4 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 



Z-15GD55-B 

Z-01HD55-B 

11.9SR 

(see note) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

15 dia. 

7.15 dia. 

Model Z-15GD55-B Z-01HD55-B 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

1.8 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.06 mm 

3.63 N 

0.78 N 

1.9 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.06 mm 

OP 

21.5±0.5 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 


Spring Plunger 

Z-15GK55-B 

11.9SR 

(see note) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17 dia. 

7.15 dia. 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

2.3 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.06 mm 

OP 

28.2±0.5 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 


Z-15GK355-B 

11.9SR 

(see note) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17 dia. 

8.35 dia. 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

2.4 mm 

3.5 mm 

0.06 mm 

OP 

37.8±1.2 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 




Z-15GQ55-B 

(see 

note 2) 

16 dia. 

11.9SR 

(see note 1) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

8.35 dia. 

M12 × 1 

Mounting screw 

Two hexagonal nuts 

(2 t × 14 width across flats) 

Two lock nuts 

(2 t × 15.6 width 

across flats) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

1.8 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.06 mm 

21.8±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 






Z-15GQ2255-B 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

12.7 dia. × 4.8 

(stainless-steel roller) 


(3 t × 17 width 

across flats) 

M12 × 1 


OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

1.8 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.06 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

(see note) 

16 dia. 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 





Z-15GQ2155-B 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 




M12 × 1 


OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

1.8 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.06 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

(see note) 

16 dia. 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 





Leaf Spring 

Z-15GL55-B 

t = 0.3 (stainless-steel spring lever) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.96 N 

0.14 N 

1.6 mm 

1.3 mm 

20.6 mm 

17.5±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 




Z-15GL255-B 

t = 0.3 

(stainless-steel lever) 

9.5 dia. × 4 (plastic roller) 

4.2 +0.075 −0.025 dia. hole 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.96 N 

0.14 N 

1.6 mm 

1.3 mm 

31.8 mm 

28.6±0.8 mm 



4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 


Z-15GW2155-B 

28.2R 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.86 N 

0.27 N 

2 mm 

1 mm 

25 mm 

19±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

Long Hinge Lever 

Z-15GW4455-B 

100R 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.88 N 

0.14 N 

5.6 mm 

3.5 mm 

33 mm 

19±1.2 mm 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

Hinge Lever 

Z-15GW55-B 

63.5R 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.98 N 

0.14 N 

5.6 mm 

2 mm 

28.2 mm 

19±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 



Z-15GW2255-B 

Z-01HW2255-B 

26.6R 



Model Z-15GW2255-B Z-01HW2255-B 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.96 N 

0.41 N 

2.4 mm 

0.8 mm 

32.9 mm 

30.2±0.4 mm 

1.96 N 

0.27 N 

2.4 mm 

0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

Hinge Roller Lever 

Z-15GW255-B 

48.5R 

t = 1 (see note) 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.27 N 

0.21 N 

4 mm 

1.6 mm 

36.5 mm 

30.2±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

Note: Stainless-steel lever 


Z-15GW227755-B 

Operating direction 

t = 1 


lever) 

31.9R 

11.1R 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.77 N 

0.49 N 

2.4 mm 

0.8 mm 

43.6 mm 

41.3±0.8 mm 

34.1 max. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 





Z-15GM55-B 

20.2 

17.4 

4 max. 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

18.65±0.4 

56R 

5.6 

9.2 

OP 

FP 

11.9 4.2 +0.075 −0.025 dia. 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.96 N 

0.27 N 

5.6 mm 

0.89 mm 

23.8 mm 

19±0.8 mm 


Reverse Short Hinge Roller Lever 




Z-15GM2255-B 

20.2 

17.4 

4 max. 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

18.65 

18.5R 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

5.6 

9.2 

OP 

FP 

4.2 +0.075 dia. 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

5.69 N 

1.67 N 

2 mm 

0.28 mm 

31.8 mm 

29.4±0.4 mm 





Z-15GM255-B 

4 max. 

18.65 

40.6R 

OP 

FP 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

2.65 N 

0.55 N 

4 mm 

0.64 mm 

20.2 

17.4 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

5.6 

9.2 

4.2 +0.075 dia. 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 


FP max. 

OP 

35 mm 

30.2±0.8 mm 


Flexible Rod (Coil Spring) 

Z-15GNJ55-B 

6.1 dia. 

3.2 dia. 

(see note 1) 

OF max. 

PT max. 

OT 

0.49 N 

(20 mm) 

42 to 60 mm 

Nylon rod 

30 Operating range (see note 2) 

Rubber cap 

12 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

Note: 1. Operation is possible in any direction other than the axial direction (indicated by the arrow ↓). 

2. Use only the area within the top 30 mm of the rod as the operating part. (Do not use the area that falls within 80 mm from the 

mounting hole as the operating part. Using this area may cause damage to the nylon rod. 

) 

Flexible Rod (Steel Wire) 

Z-15HNJS55-B 

OF max. 

PT max. 

0.15 N 

(25 mm) 

(see note 1) 

1-dia. stainless steel 

wire (see note 3) 

Operating range 

(see note 2) 

Four, M3 set screws 

with hexagonal 

holes 

Rubber cap 

12 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 

-0.05 dia. 

Note: 1. Operation is possible in any direction other than the axial direction (indicated by the arrow ↓). 

2. Use only the area within the top 30 mm of the rod as the operating part. (Do not use the area that falls within 100 mm from the 

mounting hole as the operating part. Using this area may cause damage to the steel wire.) 

3. The steel wire can be replaced if damaged. (Model: Lever for HNJS55) 


Basic Models (Drip-proof) with Terminal Protective Cover 

Pin Plunger 

Z-15GA55-B5V 

6SR (stainless-steel plunger) 

3.9 dia. 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

2.45 to 4.22 N 

1.12 N 

2.2 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.06 mm 

15.9±0.4 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

Z-15GK3A55-B5V 

11.9SR (stainless-steel plunger) 

17 dia. 

8.35 dia. 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

2.4 mm 

3.5 mm 

0.06 mm 

37.8±1.2 mm 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 


Z-15GQA55-B5V 

16 dia. 


8.35 dia. 

Two hexagonal 

nuts (2 t × 14 

width across flat 

Two lock nuts 

(2 t × 15.6 

width across 

flats) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

1.8 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.06 mm 

21.8±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 



Z-15GQ22A55-B5V 

12.7 dia. × 4.8 



(3 t × 17 width 

across flats) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

1.8 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.06 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

16 dia. 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 



Panel Mount Cross-roller Plunger 

Z-15GQ21A55-B5V 


Two hexagonal 

nuts (3 t × 17 


OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.30 N 

1.12 N 

1.8 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.06 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

16 dia. 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 



Z-15GW44A55-B5V 

100R 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.88 N 

0.14 N 

5.6 mm 

3.5 mm 

33 mm 

19±1.2 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

Hinge Lever 

Z-15GWA55-B5V 

63.5R 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.98 N 

0.14 N 

5.6 mm 

2 mm 

28.2 mm 

19±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 


Z-15GW22A55-B5V 

26.6R 



OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.96 N 

0.41 N 

2.4 mm 

0.8 mm 

32.9 mm 

30.2±0.4 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 


Z-15GW2A55-B5V 

48.5R 

(see note) 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.27 N 

0.21 N 

4 mm 

1.6 mm 

36.5 mm 

30.2±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

Note: t = 1 (stainless-steel lever) 



Z-15GW2277A55-B5V 


31.9R 

11.1R 

34.1 max. 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.77 N 

0.49 N 

2.4 mm 

0.8 mm 

43.6 mm 

41.3±0.8 mm 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 

dia. 

4.2 +0.075 −0.025 

dia. hole 


Pin Plunger 

Z-15ER 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

Reset button 

(plastic plunger) 

2.3 dia. 

2.3SR (stainless steel plunger) 

Reset position 

7.1 min. 

6.4 dia. Reset free position 

9.5 max. 

Plunger 

OF max. 1.96 to 2.50 N 

PT max. 0.4 mm 

OT min. 0.13 mm 

OP 15.9±0.4 mm 

Reset Button 

OF max. 

OT min. 

0.55 to 2.79 N 

0.4 mm 


Z-15ESR 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

9 dia. 

(See note.) 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

Note: Stainless steel plunger (tip only, flat, R1 bevel). 

Reset button 

(plastic plunger) 

5.2 dia. 

4 dia. 


7.1 min. 

6.4 dia. Reset free 

position 

9.5 max. 

Plunger 

OF max. 2.65 N 



OP 28.2±0.5 mm 

Reset Button 

OF max. 

OT min. 

2.79 N 

0.4 mm 

Hinge Lever 

Z-15EWR 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

63.5R 

t=1 (stainless steel lever) 

4.2 +0.075 −0.025 dia. hole 

Reset button 

(plastic button) 


7.1 min. 

6.4 dia. Reset free position 

9.5 max. 

Lever Tip 

OF max. 

OT min. 

FP max. 

OP 

Reset Button 

OF max. 

OT min. 

0.54 N 

5.6 mm 

28.2 mm 

19±0.8 mm 

2.94 N 

0.4 mm 


■ Terminals 


Screw Terminals (-B) 

Basic (General-purpose) Models 

Solder Terminal 


Screw Terminals (Y-B) 

5.6 

9.2 

6.4 

11.9 

20 

49.2 

20 

17.45±0.2 

Three, 

M4 × 5.5 

Terminal 

screws (with 

toothed 

washer) 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

17.45±0.2 

23 17.1 

17.45±0.2 

Five, 

M3.5 × 5.5 

terminal 

screws (with 

toothed 

washer) 

Appropriate terminal screw tightening torque: 

0.49 to 0.78 N⋅m. 

Appropriate terminal screw tightening 

torque: 0.78 to 1.18 N⋅m. 

Note: With reverse action models (Z-15GM), the positions of NO and NC terminals are 

reversed. 


Without Terminal Protective Cover 

Note: With reverse action models (Z-10FM), the 

positions of NO and NC terminals are reversed. 

9.2 

20 

20 

17.45±0.2 

49.2 

Three, M4 × 5.5 

Terminal screws 

(with toothed 

washer) 

Note: With reverse action models (Z-15GM), the positions of NO and NC terminals are reversed. 

Mounting 

Use M4 screws with plane washers and spring washers to mount the Switch. Tighten each mounting screw securely to a torque of 1.18 to 

1.47 N·m. 


Two, 4.2 dia. mounting 

holes or M4 


12.5 +0.2 dia. 0 


12.5 +0.2 dia. 0 

25.4±0.1 



holes or M4 


12.5 +0.2 dia. 0 


12.5 +0.2 dia. 0 

25.4±0.1 


Molded Terminals (Drip-proof Type/Molded Terminal) 


COM (Black) 

NC (Red) 

NO (White) 

■ Dimensions 

Note: With the reverse action 

model (Z-15GM), the positions 

of NO and NC terminals 

are reversed. 

L/R Type 

(The following illustration is the R type.) 

D Type 

Lead wire a b d 

VSF 12 4 13 

VCT 19 11 20 Lead wire a b d 

VSF 12 4 12 

VCT 19 11 16 

Lead Wire Specifications 

Lead wire 

Nominal crosssectional 

area (mm 2 ) 

Finished outer diameter 

(mm) 

Connection to 

terminal 

VSF (single-core, vinyl cord) 1.25 Approx. 3.1 dia. Black: COM 

VCT (vinyl-insulated cable) 

Three-core: approx. 10.5 dia. White: NO 

Red: NC 

1, 3 

Length (m) 

Note: No models with molded terminals are approved by UL, CSA, or TÜV. 


Precautions 

Refer to pages 25 to 30 of General Information for details. 

■ Correct Use 

Panel Mount Switch (Z-15@Q@, Z-01@Q@) 

When mounting the panel mount plunger model with screws on a 

side surface, be careful of the dog angle and operation speed. 

Excessive dog angle or operation speed may damage the Switch. 

The Switch can be panel mounted, provided that the hexagonal 

nut of the actuator is tightened to a torque of 2.94 to 4.9 N·m. 

When using the panel mount plunger model mounted with screws 

on a side surface, be careful not to apply a large shock. Applying 

a shock exceeding 100G may damage the Switch. 

When using the panel mount plunger model mounted with screws 

on a side surface, remove the hexagonal nuts from the actuator. 

High-sensitivity Switch (Z-15H)/ 

Extra-high-sensitivity Switch (Z-15H2) 

When using the Switch in a DC circuit, be sure to provide an arc 

suppressor as well because the small contact gap of the Switch 

may result in contact troubles. 

In an application where a high repeat accuracy is required, limit 

the current that flows through the Switch to within 0.1 A. Also, use 

a relay to control a high-capacity load if the Switch is connected to 

such a load. (In this case, the exciting current of the relay coil is 

the load of the Switch.) 

Do not apply a force of 19.6 N or higher to the pin plunger. 

Exercise care that the environment conditions such as temperature 

and humidity do not change abruptly. 

Models with Drip-proof Terminal Cover 

(Z-@A55-B5V) 

Wiring 

To attach the Protective Cover to the case, hold the cover in 

almost parallel to the case and then push it to the case. If the 

cover is pushed diagonally, the rubber packing may slip off, 

degrading the sealability of the Switch. 

Terminal with 

toothed washer 

Incorrect 

Rubber packing 

Use the terminal shown below. 

20 max. 

A cable 8.5 to 10.5 mm in diameter can be applicable to the sealing 

rubber of the lead outlet of the Switch. A two-core or threecore 

VCT cable having a cross-sectional area of 1.25 mm 2 is 

especially suitable for this. 

Use M4 small screws with spring toothed washer are used as the 

terminal screws. 

Drip-proof Switch (Z@55) 

4.3 dia. 

The Switch is not perfectly oil-tight; so do not dip it in oil or water. 

The rubber boots are made from weather-resistive chloroprene 

rubber. 

Do not use Basic Switches in places with radical changes in temperature. 

Rubber boots and rubber caps will tend to harden at lower ambient 

temperatures. If an Actuator is used in a pressed state for an 

extended period of time at low temperatures, it may return slowly 

or it may not return at all. 

OMRON can provide special Actuators for use at low temperature 

with rubber boots or rubber caps made of silicon rubber, which 

has superior resistance to cold. Ask you OMRON representative 

for details. 

Split-contact Switch (Z-10F@Y) 

The applicable current varies depending on how the contacts are 

used. If the Switch is connected in series, the Switch can endure 

a current 1.5 to 2 times higher than the current that can be 

applied in parallel connection. 

Flexible Rod Switch (Z-15@NJ@55, Dripproof) 

When the rod is fully swung, the Switch may operate when the 

lever returns, causing chattering. Use a circuit that compensates 

for chattering wherever possible. 

Do not switch the rod to the fullest extent when the Switch is to 

break a power circuit because such a practice may cause metal 

deposition to occur between the mating contacts of the Switch. 

8 

Correct 

Use round solderless terminals having the following dimensions 

to connect leads to the terminals. Tighten the screws of terminals 

to a torque of 0.78 to 1.18 N·m. 


Micro Load Applicable Range 

Using a model for ordinary loads to open or close the contact of a 

micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that 

operate in the following range. However, even when using micro 

load models within the operating range shown here, if inrush current 

occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase 

contact wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact 

protection circuit where necessary. 

The minimum applicable load is the N-level reference value. This 

value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability 

level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5×10 −6 /operations indicates 

that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000 

operations with a reliability level of 60%. 

Item Z-01H Z-15@, Z-10FY 

Minimum applicable 1 mA at 5 VDC 160 mA at 5 VDC 

load 

Others 

Do not apply an excessive force to the mounting bracket with a 

screwdriver or a similar object when attaching or detaching the 

protective cover; otherwise, the cover will be deformed. 

Screwdriver 

DC voltage (V) 


for micro load 

models Z-01H 

0.8 W 

26 mA 100 mA 

Operating 

range for 

generalload 

models 

Z-15H, H2 

Z-15G 

Z-15E 

Z-10FY 

Z-15ER 

This terminal protective cover cannot be used with models whose 

model number does not have the prefix “-B5V.” 

Terminal protective covers can be ordered separately for maintenance 

use. 

■ Accessories (Order Separately) 

Refer to Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories for details about Terminal 

Covers, Separators, and Actuators. 

1 mA 100 mA 160 mA 

Current (mA) 

ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS. 

To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527. 

Cat. No. B001-E1-12A 

In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. 



A 

High-capacity Switch Capable of 

Handling 20 A Loads with Large Inrush 

Currents 

• Same shape as OMRON Z Basic Switches except in pin 

plunger position, yet endures inrush currents as large as 

75 A. 



A-20G@-@ 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

20: 20 A (250 VAC) 


G: 0.5 mm 

3. Actuator 






V: Hinge lever 

V2: Hinge roller lever 

V21: Short hinge lever 

V22: Short hinge roller lever 

4. Terminals 



General-purpose Basic Switch A 63



Actuator Solder terminal Screw terminal (-B) 

Pin plunger 

A-20G 

A-20G-B 


A-20GD 

A-20GD-B 


A-20GQ 

A-20GQ-B 


plunger 




Hinge lever 

A-20GQ22 

A-20GQ22-B 

--- A-20GQ21-B 

A-20GV21 

A-20GV21-B 

A-20GV 

A-20GV-B 


lever 


A-20GV22 

A-20GV2 

A-20GV22-B 

A-20GV2-B 

Note: Refer to Terminals in Model Z for solder and screw terminals. 




UL UL508 E41515 

CSA CSA C22.2 No. 55 LR21642 


UL508 (File No. E41515) 


Rated voltage 

A-20G 

125 VAC 1 HP 10 A “L” 

250 VAC 2 HP 

480 VAC 20 A 

125 VDC 0.5 A 

250 VDC 0.25 A 

64 General-purpose Basic Switch A

■ Ratings 




125 VAC 

250 VAC 

500 VAC 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

20 A 

20 A 

15 A 

20 A 

20 A 

6 A 

0.5 A 

0.25 A 

Note: 1. The above values are for steady-state current. 









Note: 1. The value is for the pin plunger. (Contact your OMRON representative for other models.) 


■ Contact Form (SPDT) 

7.5 A 

7.5 A 

4 A 

3 A 

3 A 

3 A 

0.5 A 

0.25 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

20 A 

20 A 

10 A 

20 A 

15 A 

5 A 

0.05 A 

0.03 A 

12.5 A 

8.3 A 

2 A 

12.5 A 

12.5 A 

5 A 

0.05 A 

0.03 A 

Operating speed 0.01 mm to 1 m/s (see note 1) 

Operating frequency Mechanical: 240 operations/min 

Electrical: 20 operations/min (under rated load) 

Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC) 

Contact resistance 15 mΩ max. (initial value) 

Dielectric strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity 

2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between the current-carrying metal parts and the ground, and between each 

terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts 

Vibration resistance Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude (see note 2) 



Malfunction: 300 m/s 2 max. (see note 1, 2) 

Durability 

Mechanical: 1,000,000 operations min. 

Electrical: 500,000 operations min. 

Degree of protection IP00 



Proof tracking index (PTI) 175 

Switch category 

D (IEC335-1) 

Ambient temperature Operating: −25°C to 80°C (with no icing) 

Ambient humidity Operating: 35% to 85% 

Weight 

Approx. 23 to 58 g 

COM 

NC 

NO 


■ Contact Specification 

Item A-20 

Contacts Shape Rivet 

Material 

Silver alloy 

Gap (standard value) 0.5 mm 

Inrush current NC 75 A max. 

NO 

75 A max. 




A-20G 


10 

7 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.7 

0.5 

0.3 

0.2 



Without load 


A-20G 


10 

7 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.7 

0.5 

0.3 

0.2 

250 VAC, 

cosφ = 1 




125 VAC, cosφ = 1 

250 VAC, cosφ = 0.4 

125 VAC, 

cosφ = 0.4 

0.1 

0 

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 


0.1 0 5 10 15 20 25 

Switching current (A) 

Dimensions 

Note: 1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. 



The models, illustrations, and graphics are for screw-terminal models. (The dimensions for models that are omitted here are the same as 

for pin-plunger models.) 

Pin Plunger 

A-20G-B 

PT 

OP 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

: Anchored Frames in table above. 


19.05±0.25 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 −0.025 dia. hole 

17.45+0.2 

15 dia. 

A-20GD-B 19.05±0.25 

11.2 

dia. 

PT 

7.15 

dia. 

OP 

2.3 dia. 2.3SR (stainless-steel plunger) 

9.2 

24.2 

11.9SR (stainlesssteel 

plunger) 

7.5 

24.2 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

3.92 to 6.13 N 

2.79 N 

1.3 mm 

0.25 mm 

0.2 mm 

16.3±0.4 mm 

3.92 to 6.13 N 

2.79 N 

1.3 mm 

3 mm 

0.2 mm 

26.2±0.5 mm 



A-20GQ-B 

PT 

OP (See note 2) 

13.1 

16.3 

19.05±0.25 

16 dia. 

8.35 dia. 


M12 × 1 mounting screw (see note 1) 

Two hexagon nuts 


Two lock nuts 

(2 t × 15.6 width across flats) 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

3.92 to 6.13 N 

2.79 N 

1.3 mm 

5.6 mm 

0.2 mm 

21.8±0.8 mm 

Note: 1. Do not use both M12 mounting screw and mounting holes at the same time. 

2. Imperfect screw part with a maximum length of 1.5 mm. 


A-20GQ22-B 

PT 

OP 

15.5 

(See 

note 2) 

19.05±0.25 

12.7 dia. × 4.8 





(see note 1) 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

6.18 N max. 

2.75 N 

1.3 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.35 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

16.3 

16 dia. 




A-20GQ21-B 

PT 

OP 

15.5 

(See 

note 2) 

19.05±0.25 

12.7 dia. × 4.8 


roller) 



OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

6.18 N max. 

2.75 N 

1.3 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.35 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

16.3 

16 dia. 


screw (see note 1) 




A-20GV21-B 

20.2 

17.9 

24.56±0.25 

28.3R 

t = 1 


lever) 

14.7 

PT 

OP 

4.9 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.57 N max. 

0.41 N 

6.5 mm 

1.2 mm 

1.2 mm 

19±0.8 mm 

Hinge Lever 

A-20GV-B 

20.2 

17.9 

24.56±0.25 63.5R 


14.7 

4.9 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.69 N max. 

0.14 N 

15.9 mm 

4 mm 

2.4 mm 

19±0.8 mm 


. 


A-20GV22-B 

20.2 

17.9 

t = 1 


lever) 

24.56±0.25 

26.2R 

14.7 

PT 

OP 


OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.57 N 

0.41 N 

6.3 mm 

1.2 mm 

1.2 mm 

29.8±0.8 mm 


A-20GV2-B 

20.2 

t = 1 


lever) 

17.9 

24.56±0.25 

48.4R 

14.7 

OP 

PT 


OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.88 N 

0.14 N 

12 mm 

2.4 mm 

2.2 mm 

30.2±0.8 mm 

■ Terminals 



9.2 

6.4 

20 

20 

17.45±0.2 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

17.45±0.2 

49.2 

Three, M4 × 5.5 


(with toothed 

washer) 


0.78 to 1.18 N⋅m. 

49.2 

Mounting 

Use M4 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers 

to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 

1.18 to 1.47 N·m. 



Mounting Holes 


holes or M4 


12.5 +0.2 dia. 0 


12.5 +0.2 dia. 0 

25.4+0.1 


Precautions 



Panel-mounting (A-20GQ@) 

If a Switch is side-mounted with screws, remove the hexagonal 

nut of the actuator. 

If a Switch is side-mounted and secured with screws, make sure 

that the angle or speed of the actuating object is not excessively 

large or too high, otherwise the Switch may be damaged. 

If a Switch is panel-mounted, pay utmost attention to make sure 

that the actuating speed or OT distance is not excessively high or 

large. Not doing so may damage the Switch. 

■ Accessories (Order 

Separately) 





Cat. No. B002-E1-07A 




X 

Direct Current Switch with Built-in 

Magnetic Blowout 

• Incorporates a small permanent magnet in the contact 

mechanism to deflect the arc to effectively extinguish it. 

• Same shape and mounting procedures as the Z Basic 

Switches. 



X-10G@-@ 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

10: 10 A (125 VDC) 


G: 0.9 mm 

3. Actuator 







L: Leaf spring 



W21: Short hinge lever 


W4: Low-force hinge lever 

M: Reverse hinge lever 

M2: Reverse hinge roller lever 


4. Terminals 



70 General-purpose Basic Switch X



Actuator Solder Screw 

Pin plunger 

X-10G X-10G-B 

Slim spring 

X-10GS X-10GS-B 

plunger 

Short spring 

plunger 

Panel mount 

plunger 

Panel mount 




Leaf spring 


X-10GD 

X-10GQ 

X-10GQ22 

X-10GQ21 

X-10GL 

X-10GW21 

X-10GD-B 

X-10GQ-B 

X-10GQ22-B 

X-10GQ21-B 

X-10GL-B 

X-10GW21-B 

Actuator Solder Screw 

Hinge lever 

X-10GW X-10GW-B 

Low-force hinge 

lever 


lever 


Reverse hinge 

lever 

Reverse short 


Reverse hinge 

roller lever 

X-10GW4 

X-10GW22 

X-10GW2 

X-10GM 

X-10GM22 

X-10GM2 

X-10GW4-B 

X-10GW22-B 

X-10GW2-B 

X-10GM-B 

X-10GM22-B 

X-10GM2-B 

Note: The plungers of reverse-type models are continuously pressed by the compression coil springs and the plungers are freed by operating 

the levers. 




UL UL508 E41515 

CSA CSA C22.2 No. 55 LR21642 


UL508 (File No. E41515) 


Rated voltage 

125 VDC 10 A 

250 VDC 3 A 

X-10G 

General-purpose Basic Switch X 71

■ Ratings 



NC NO NC NO NC NO 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

10 A 

10 A 

10 A 

10 A 

3 A 

Note: 1. The above values are for the steady-state current. 




5. The above electrical ratings also apply to the AC voltage. 

6. With the reverse-type models (X-10GM@), the normally closed circuits and normally open circuits are reversed. 






Note: 1. The values are for the pin plunger models. (Contact your OMRON representative for other models.) 


■ Contact Specification 

■ Contact Form (SPDT) 

3 A 

3 A 

3 A 

3 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

0.75 A 


Operating frequency Mechanical: 240 operations/min 


Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min. (at 500 VDC) 

Contact resistance 15 mΩ max. (initial value) 

Dielectric strength 1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity, between current-carrying metal parts 

and the ground, and between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts 




Malfunction: 300 m/s 2 max. (see note 1, 2) 

Durability 



Degree of protection IP00 




Switch category 

D (IEC335-1) 


Ambient humidity 

Operating: 35% to 85% max. 

Weight 


Item X-10 

Contacts Material Silver alloy 



NO 

15 A max. 

10 A 

10 A 

10 A 

7.5 A 

2 A 

10 A 

10 A 

10 A 

6 A 

1.5 A 

5 A 

5 A 

5 A 

5 A 

2 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

1.5 A 

COM 

NC 

NO 

Note: With the reverse-type models (X-10GM@), the NC and NO 

terminal arrangements are reversed. 




(Pin Plunger) 


50,000 

30,000 

10,000 

7,000 

5,000 

3,000 

2,000 

1,000 

700 

500 

300 

200 



Without load 


100 

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 



(Pin Plunger) 


5,000 

3,000 

2,000 

1,000 

700 

500 

300 

200 

100 

70 

50 




125 VDC 

L/R = 7 ms 

125 VDC L/R = 0 

30 

20 

10 

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 


Dimensions 




The models, illustrations, and graphics are for screw-terminal models. (The dimensions for models that are omitted here are the same as 

for pin-plunger models.) 

Pin Plunger 

X-10G-B 


X-10GS-B 

PT 23.3±0.25 

OP 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 −0.05 

+0.1 dia. 

11.9 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

PT 23.3±0.25 

See 

note 1 

OP 

9 dia. 

4.2 +0.075 dia. 

−0.025 

2.3 dia. 

17.45±0.2 

9.2 

2.3SR (see note 1) 

(see note 2) 

24.2 

Note: 1. Stainless-steel pin plunger 

2. Three vent holes 

5.2 dia. 

4 dia. 

(see note 2) 

24.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.00 N 

1.12 N 

0.9 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.18 mm 

15.9±0.4 mm 

5.00 N 

1.12 N 

0.9 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.18 mm 

28.2±0.5 mm 

Note: 1. Stainless-steel pin plunger (flat, 1R chamfering) 

2. Vent holes (3 places) 


X-10GD-B 

12SR (see note 1) 

PT 23.3±0.25 

OP 

7.15 dia. 

12.3 dia. 

10 dia. 

(see note 2) 

24.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.00 N 

1.12 N 

0.9 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.18 mm 

21.2±0.5 mm 

Note: 1. Plated iron plunger 




X-10GQ-B 

PT 23.3±0.25 

OP See note 3 

13.1 

16.3 

11.9SR 

(see 

note 1) 

16 dia. 

8.35 dia. 




Two lock nuts 

(2 t × 15.6 width across flats) 

(see note 2) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.00 N 

1.12 N 

0.9 mm 

5.5 mm 

0.18 mm 

21.8±0.8 mm 





X-10GQ22-B 

PT 23.3±0.25 

OP 

See note 3 

15.5 

12.7 dia. × 4.8 (see note 1) 




OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.00 N 

1.12 N 

0.9 mm 

3.6 mm 

0.18 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

16.3 

16 dia. 

(see note 2) 

Note: 1. Stainless-steel roller 




X-10GQ21-B 

PT 23.3±0.25 

OP 

See note 3 

15.5 

12.7 dia. × 4.8 (see note 1) 




OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

5.00 N 

1.12 N 

0.9 mm 

3.6 mm 

0.18 mm 

33.4±1.2 mm 

16.3 

16 dia. 

(see note 2) 

Note: 1. Stainless-steel roller 



Leaf Spring 

X-10GL-B 

FP OP 

49.6±0.8 

t = 0.3 (see note 1) 

4.8 

(see note 2) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.96 N 

0.14 N 


2.3 mm 

22.1 mm 

17.4±0.8 mm 


X-10GW21-B 

20.2 17.4 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

Note: 1. Stainless-steel spring lever 


4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

26.2 

28.2 R 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

49.2 

t = 1 (see note 1) 4.9 

14.4 OP FP 

(see note 2) 

9.2 

17.45±0.2 

4.2 −0.025 

+0.075 dia. holes 

Note: 1. Stainless-steel lever 


Note: 1. Reference value 

2. Be sure to use the switch at 

the rated OT value of 1.6 mm. 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

2.45 N 

0.31 N 

2.1 mm 

1.7 mm 

25.5 mm 

20.7±0.8 mm 


Hinge Lever 

X-10GW-B 

20.2 17.4 

26.2 

63.5R 

14.4 

t = 1 (see note 1) 

4.9 

OP FP 

(see note 2) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.08 N 

0.14 N 

4.8 mm 

3.9 mm 

34.6 mm 

21.1±0.8 mm 



Low-force Hinge Lever 

X-10GW4-B 

20.2 17.4 

26.2 

t= 1 (see note 1) 

63.5R 

4.9 (see note 2) 

PT 

14.4 OP 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.25 N 

0.05 N 

14.3 mm 

4.8 mm 

3.9 mm 

21.1±0.8 mm 




X-10GW22-B 

20.2 

17.4 

26.2 

26.6R 


14.4 

OP FP 

9.5 dia. × 4 (see note 1) 

(see note 2) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

2.16 N 

0.34 N 

2.4 mm 

1.7 mm 

37.1 mm 

32.2±0.8 mm 

Note: 1. Plastic roller 


3. Stainless-steel spring lever 


X-10GW2-B 

20.2 

17.4 

26.2 

48.5R 


14.4 

OP FP 

9.5 dia. × 4 (see note 1) 

(see note 2) 




OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.42 N 

0.21 N 

4 mm 

3 mm 

40.5 mm 

32.2±0.8 mm 


X-10GM-B 


20.2 

17.4 

18.65 

56R 

14.4 OP FP 4.9 

(see note 2) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

2.16 N 

0.25 N 

5.5 mm 

2.1 mm 

26.8 mm 

21.1±0.8 mm 

Reverse Short Hinge Lever 




X-10GM22-B 

18.65 

9.5 dia. × 4 (see note 1) 

20.2 17.4 

18.5R 

14.4 

OP FP 

(see note 2) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

6.86 N 

1.52 N 

2 mm 

0.75 mm 

36.1 mm 

32.2±0.8 mm 






X-10GM2-B 

20.2 

17.4 

18.65 

40.6R 


14.4 

OP 

FP 

9.5 dia. × 4 (see note 1) 

(see note 2) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

3.14 N 

0.49 N 

4 mm 

1.5 mm 

37.4 mm 

32.2±0.8 mm 




■ Terminals 



9.2 

9.2 

6.4 

20 

20 

17.45±0.2 

25.4±0.1 11.9 

17.45±0.2 

49.2 

Three, M4 × 5.5 


(with toothed 

washer) 

49.2 


0.78 to 1.18 N⋅m. 

Note: 1. Tighten the terminal screws to a torque of 0.78 to 1.18 N·m. 

2. In case of DC voltage, set the COM to the positive terminal. 

Mounting 



1.18 to 1.47 N·m. 




Two, 4.2-dia. mounting 

holes or M4 screw holes 


12.5 +0.2 dia. 0 


12.5 +0.2 dia. 0 

25.4±0.1 


Precautions 



Handling 

Set the common (COM) terminal to the positive terminal. If it is set 

to the negative terminal, the Switch will not turn OFF. 

When using the Switch under an inductive load, the arc suppression 

capability varies depending on current. If the current 

becomes 0.6 to 1.2 A or of the time constant L/R exceeds 7 ms, 

be sure to provide an arc suppressor. 

Since the Switch incorporates a permanent magnet, attention 

must be paid to the following points: 

• Avoid mounting the Switch directly onto a magnetic substance. 

• Do not subject the Switch to severe shocks. 

• Avoid placing the Switch in a strong magnetic field. 

• Be sure to prevent iron dust or iron chips from adhering to 

the built-in magnet or the magnetic blowout function of the 

Switch will be adversely affected. 

• Do not apply thermal shock to the Switch, or the magnetic 

flux will be diminished. 

Since a ventilation hole is provided to avoid abnormal corrosion 

due to operating conditions, provide a dustproofing device in locations 

where the Switch is exposed to dust. 

Do not change operating positions for the actuator. Changing the 

position may cause malfunction. 

Panel-mounted Model (X-10GQ@) 

To side-mount the panel-mount Switch to the panel with screws, 

remove the hexagonal nut from the actuator. 

Too large a dog angle and too fast operating speed may damage 

the Switch when the Switch is side-mounted on the panel. 

Too fast operating speed and too long overtravel of the roller 

plunger Switch may result in damage to the Switch. 

■ Accessories 

(Order separately) 





Cat. No. B003-E1-08A 



Special-purpose Basic Switch 

DZ 

DPDT Basic Switch for Two Independent 

Circuit Control 

• Incorporates two completely independent built-in switches. 

• Ideal for switching the circuits operating on two different 

voltages, and for controlling two independent circuits. 

• Interchangeable with OMRON Z Basic Switches, as both 

switches are identical in mounting hole dimensions, 

mounting pitch and pin plunger position. 



DZ-10G@-1@ 

1 2 3 4 5 

1. Ratings 

10: 10 A (250 VAC) 


G: 0.5 mm 

3. Actuator 








4. Contact Form 

1: DPDT 

5. Terminals 

A: Solder terminal 

B: Screw terminal 



Actuator OT Solder terminal Screw terminal 

Pin plunger 

0.13 mm min. DZ-10G-1A DZ-10G-1B 

Hinge lever 

1.6 mm min. DZ-10GW-1A DZ-10GW-1B 

0.4 mm min. DZ-10GV-1A DZ-10GV-1B 


0.9 mm min. DZ-10GW22-1A DZ-10GW22-1B 

0.13 mm min. DZ-10GV22-1A DZ-10GV22-1B 


1.2 mm min. DZ-10GW2-1A DZ-10GW2-1B 

0.26 mm min. DZ-10GV2-1A DZ-10GV2-1B 

78 Special-purpose Basic Switch DZ




UL UL508 E41515 

CSA CSA C22.2 No. 55 LR21642 

■ Ratings 


UL508 (File No. E41515)/ 

CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642) 

Rated voltage 

DZ-10G 

125 VAC 10 A 1/3 HP 

250 VAC 10 A 1/4 HP 

480 VAC 2 A 

125 VDC 0.5 A 

250 VDC 0.25 A 

Rated voltage Non-inductive load Inductive load Inrush current 


NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO NC NO 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

10 A 

10 A 

10 A 

10 A 

10 A 

Note: 1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC). 




2 A 

1.5 A 

3 A 

3 A 

3 A 

1 A 

0.7 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

1.5 A 

125 VAC 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.05 A 0.05 A 

250 VDC 0.25 A 0.25 A 0.03 A 0.03 A 

6 A 

4 A 

6 A 

6 A 

4 A 

3 A 

2 A 

5 A 

5 A 

3 A 

1.5 A 

1 A 

2.5 A 

2.5 A 

1.5 A 

30 A max. 15 A max. 








Durability 

Ambient temperature 

Ambient humidity 

Weight 

0.1 mm to 1 m/s (at pin plunger) 




15 mΩ max. (initial value) 

1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between non-continuous terminals 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and non-current-carrying metal 

part, and between current-carrying metal part and ground and between switches 

Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude 


Malfunction: 300 m/s 2 max. (See notes 1 and 2.) 



Operating: −25°C to 80°C (with no icing) 

Operating: 35% to 85% max. 


Note: 1. The values are for pin plunger models. (Contact your OMRON representative for other models.) 


■ Contact Form (DPDT) 

COM1 

NC1 

NO1 

COM2 

NC2 

NO2 

Special-purpose Basic Switch DZ 79



(Pin Plunger) 


(Pin Plunger) 


100,000 

70,000 

50,000 

30,000 

10,000 

7,000 

5,000 

3,000 

2,000 

Without load 

Operating frequency: 

240 operations/minute 


10,000 

7,000 

5,000 

3,000 

1,000 

700 

500 

300 



20 operations/minute 

Overtravel: 0.13 mm 

cosφ = 1 


1,000 

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 

Dimensions 




3. The solder terminal model has a suffix “-1A” in its model number and its omitted dimensions are the same as the corresponding 

dimensions of the pin plunger model. 

Pin Plunger 

DZ-10G-1B 

Hinge Lever 

DZ-10GW-1B 


OP 

PT 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

4.36 +0.1 −0.05 dia. 

19.7 

23.3±0.25 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

17.7 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

28.4 

63.5R 

100 

0 5 10 

15 

17.45±0.2 

14.5 

8.2 


2.5SR (stainless-steel pin plunger) 

3 dia. 

0.4 


14.5 

8.2 

OP 

FP 

4.9 

* 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

5.59 N 

0.56 N 

1.7 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.4 mm 

15.6±0.4 mm 

1.67 N 

0.27 N 

1.6 mm 

4 mm 

46.3 mm 

21.8±1 mm 

4.36 +0.1 dia. −0.05 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

DZ-10GV-1B 

PT 

OP 14.5 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

63.5R 


1.1 

17.7 19.7 

8.2 

4.9 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.96 N 

0.13 N 

6 mm 

0.4 mm 

1.7 mm 

18.3±1 mm 

4.36 +0.1 dia. −0.05 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 



DZ-10GW22-1B 

19.7 17.7 


28.4 

26.2R 

FP 

OP 

14.5 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

3.92 N 

0.83 N 

0.9 mm 

2.4 mm 

39.7 mm 

30.2±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

8.2 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

DZ-10GV22-1B 

PT 

OP 

14.5 

t = 1 (Stainless-steel lever) 

30.2R 1.1 

17.7 

19.7 


OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

4.22 N 

0.41 N 

3 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.6 mm 

29.4±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

8.2 

4.36 −0.05 

+0.1 dia. 

25.4±0.1 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

49.2 


DZ-10GW2-1B 


19.7 17.7 

28.4 

48.4R 

14.5 

OP 

FP 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

2.09 N 

0.41 N 

1.2 mm 

3.3 mm 

47.6 mm 

31.8±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

8.2 

4.36 +0.1 dia. −0.05 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

DZ-10GV2-1B 

PT 

OP 

14.5 

48.4R 


1.1 

17.7 19.7 


OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

2.65 N 

0.33 N 

4 mm 

0.26 mm 

1.1 mm 

29.4±0.8 mm 

4.2 +0.075 

−0.025 

8.2 

4.36 +0.1 dia. 

−0.05 

25.4±0.1 

49.2 

11.9 

4.2 +0.075 dia. hole 

−0.025 

17.45±0.2 

Special-purpose Basic Switch DZ 81

■ Terminals 

Solder Terminals (-1A) 

Screw Terminals (-1B) 

Six M3 pan head screws 

(with toothed washer) 

Mounting 



1.18 to 1.47 N·m. 


Two, 4.2 dia. mounting holes or 

M4 screw holes 

25.4 ± 0.1 

Precautions 


■ Cautions 

Terminal Connection 

When soldering lead wires to the Switch, make sure that the 

capacity of the soldering iron is 60 W maximum. Do not take more 

than 5 s to solder any part of the Switch. Improper soldering may 

cause abnormal heat radiation from the Switch and the Switch 

may burn. 

The characteristics of the Switch will deteriorate if a soldering iron 

with a capacity of more than 60 W is applied to any part of the 

Switch for 6 s or more. 

Operation 

Make sure that the switching frequency or speed is within the 

specified range. 

If the switching speed is extremely slow, the contact may not be 

switched smoothly, which may result in a contact failure or contact 

welding. 

If the switching speed is extremely fast, switching shock may 

damage the Switch soon. If the switching frequency is too high, 

the contact may not catch up with the speed. 

The rated permissible switching speed and frequency indicate the 

switching reliability of the Switch. 

The life of a Switch is determined at the specified switching 

speed. The life varies with the switching speed and frequency 

even when they are within the permissible ranges. In order to 

determine the life of a Switch model to be applied to a particular 

use, it is best to conduct an appropriate durability test on some 

samples of the model under actual conditions. 

Make sure that the actuator travel does not exceed the permissible 

OT position. The operating stroke must be set to 70% to 100% 

of the rated OT. 

■ Accessories (Order 

separately) 





Cat. No. B060-E1-07A 



High-temperature Basic Switch 

TZ 

Stable Operation at an Ambient 

Temperature of 400°C 

• Incorporates a ceramic insulator, cobalt-alloy spring, and 

special-alloy contact, thus ensuring high contact reliability 

at high ambient temperature. 

• Smoothly operates at an ambient temperature of 400°C. 



TZ-1G@ 

1 2 3 

1. Rating 

1: 1 A, 250 VAC 


G: 0.5 mm 

3. Actuator 






■ List of Model 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Actuator 

Model 

TZ-1G 

TZ-1GV 


TZ-1GV22 


TZ-1GV2 

High-temperature Basic Switch TZ 83


■ Ratings 

Rated 

voltage 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

8 VDC 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0.4 

Non-inductive load (A) 

Inductive load (A) 



0.9 

0.45 

0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

0.05 

0.45 

0.3 

0.45 

0.45 

0.45 

0.05 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0.4 

1.5 

0.45 

1.5 

1.5 

1.5 

0.05 

0.75 

0.3 

1.5 

1.5 

1.5 

0.05 





5. The above ratings are tested under the following conditions. 

1. Ambient temperature: 20±2 °C 

2. Ambient humidity: 65±5% 

3. Switching frequency: 20 times/min 









100 mΩ max. (initial value) 


1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground and between 

each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts 



Destruction: 500 m/s 2 max. 

Malfunction: 300 m/s 2 max. (see note 2) 

Durability 

Mechanical: 100,000 operations min. 


Degree of protection 

IP00 

Electric shock protection 

Class I 


Ambient humidity Operating: 35% to 85% max. 

Weight 


Note: 1. This operating speed applies to switches with pin-type pushbuttons. 

2. This refers to a malfunction period of 1 ms max. 

■ Contact Specifications 

Item 

Contact Specification Cross bar 

Material 

Platinum alloy 



NO 

4.5 A max. 

84 High-temperature Basic Switch TZ

Nomenclature 

Ceramic 

pushbutton 

Fixed contact 

Bracket 

Movable spring 

COM 

NC 

NO 

Movable contact 

Fixed contact 

Ceramic terminal block 

Dimensions 



2. Each dimension has a tolerance of ±0.4 mm unless otherwise specified. 

Pin Plunger 

TZ-1G 

(Ceramic pushbutton) 

8.2 dia. 

3 dia. 

Two, 3.56-dia. holes 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

4.9 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 mm 

0.13 mm 

0.15 mm 

15.6±0.6 mm 

11.4 

Three, M3.5 

Hinge Lever 

TZ-1GV 

63.5R 

(Stainless-steel lever) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.98 N 

0.14 N 

3.5 mm 

4.6 mm 

1.3 mm 

18±1.2 mm 

Two, 3.56-dia. 

holes 

11.4 

Three, M3.5 


TZ-1GV22 

26.2R 


9.5 dia. 4 (stainless-steel roller) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

2.35 N 

0.34 N 

1.5 mm 

1.9 mm 

0.6 mm 

28.6±1.2 mm 


holes 

11.4 

Three, M3.5 

High-temperature Basic Switch TZ 85


TZ-1GV2 

48.4R 


9.5 dia. 4 (stainless-steel roller) 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.27 N 

0.2 N 

2.6 mm 

3.5 mm 

1 mm 

28.6±1.2 mm 


holes 

11.4 

Three, M3.5 

Precautions 



Handling 

The Switch has a ceramic casing. Do not drop the Switch from a 

height of 30 cm or more. Doing so will break the casing. 

Mounting 

Be sure to turn OFF the power supply to the Switch before mounting, 

dismounting, wiring, or working on the Switch for maintenance. 

Not doing so may result in an electric shock or the Switch 

may burn. 

Mount the switch with M3.5 stainless-steel screws with plane 

washer and spring washers securely. 

Use M3.5 stainless-steel mounting screws with plane washers or 

spring washers to securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws 

to a torque of 0.69 to 0.98 N·m. 


Two, 3.56-dia. mounting holes or 

M3.5 screw holes 

25.4 ± 0.1 

Connect nickel-plated solderless terminals to the TZ. Each terminal 

must be secured on the TZ with M3.5 nut. 

Make sure that the ceramic case is free of metal powder or other 

impurities. 

Operation 

Do not modify the Actuator and change the operating position. 

Make sure that the switching speed is not extremely slow or do 

not use the Switch so that the pushbutton will be set to a position 

between the FP and OP. 

Make sure that the pin-type pushbutton and the switching stroke 

are on the same vertical line. 

Make sure that the switching frequency or speed is within the 

specified range. 

• If the switching speed is extremely slow, the contact may not be 

switched smoothly, which may result in a contact failure or contact 

welding. 

• If the switching speed is extremely fast, switching shock may 

damage the Switch soon. If the switching frequency is too high, 

the contact may not catch up with the speed. 

The rated permissible switching speed and frequency indicate the 

switching reliability of the Switch. 

The life of a Switch is determined at the specified switching 

speed. The life varies with the switching speed and frequency 

even when they are within the permissible ranges. In order to 

determine the life of a Switch model to be applied to a particular 

use, it is best to conduct an appropriate durability test on some 

samples of the model under actual conditions. 

Make sure that the actuator travel does not exceed the permissible 

OT position. The operating stroke must be set to 70% to 100% 

of the rated OT. 



Cat. No. B102-E1-02 


86 High-temperature Basic Switch TZ

Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories 

Z/A/X/DZ 



Terminal Covers (Sold Separately) 

Common to Z, A, X, and DZ Models 

The Terminal Cover is secured with mounting screws and protects the casing and terminal wires from dust, vibration, or fingers, thus preventing 

terminal short-circuiting, ground faults, wire disconnection or improper connection, and electric shock accidents. 

Terminal Covers made of phenol resin have five or six thin wall sections. These sections can be torn open for providing holes for lead cables 

at desired points. 

Application Soldering terminal use Screw terminal use Remarks 

Material Mounting direction Model 

Phenol resin Side mounting AP-A AP-B --- 

Metal press mold Side mounting AP1-A AP1-B Used for AP-A and AP-B 

Vinyl chloride Side mounting AP-Z --- 

Note: Use the screw-terminal use Terminal Cover for DZ-series soldering-terminal models. 

Separator (Sold Separately) 

Common to Z, A, X, and DZ Models 

Model: Separator for Z 

Actuators (Sold Separately) 

Common to Z and X Models 

A Switch can be actuated by a cam or an appropriate object, in which case, use one of the following Actuators according to the application. 

Hinge lever 

Actuator 

Common to Z and X models 

XAA-1 


ZAA-2 

Panel mount plunger Short 

Medium 

Long 

Panel mount roller plunger 

ZAQ-3 

ZAQ-2 

ZAQ-1 

ZAQ-22 

Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories Z/A/X/DZ 87

Dimensions 


Terminal Covers 

AP-A 

Soldering Terminal Use 

(Phenol Resin) 

AP-B 

Screw Terminal Use 

(Phenol Resin) 

2.15R 

2.15R 

6.5 

Note: The Cover has five thin, easy-to-separate portions 

for easy lead wire connections. 

Note: The Cover has six thin, easy-to-separate portions 

for easy lead wire connections. 

AP1-A 

Soldering Terminal Use 

(Metal Press Mold) 

AP1-B 

Screw Terminal Use 

(Metal Press Mold) 

2.15R 2.15R 

Note: 1. The Cover has five holes for easy 

lead wire connections. 

2. AP1-A should be used with AP-A. 

AP-Z 

Soldering or Screw Terminal Use 

(Vinyl Chloride) 

Pressure plate 

(t1 steel) 

Two, 4.2 dia. 

Note: 1. The Cover has six holes for easy 

lead wire connections. 

2. AP1-B should be used with AP-B. 

Cable Pull-out Dimension 

A-A' cross-section 

B-B' cross-section 

8 dia. 6 dia. 

Nut 

M3 × 20 Phillips screw 

(with plane washer and 

nut) 

Note: Each dimension has a tolerance of ±0.4 mm unless otherwise specified. (±0.8 mm for the AP-Z) 

Note: A 6-dia. or 8-dia. cable can be used by 

cutting the cable pull-out hole to the size 

of the cable to be used. 

88 Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories Z/A/X/DZ

Separator 

Two, 4.5 dia. 

t = 0.38 

Note: 1. Each dimension has a tolerance of +0.4 mm unless 

otherwise specified. 

2. The material is EAVTC (Epoxide Alkyd Varnished 

Tetron Cloth) and its heat-resisting temperature is 

130°C. 

Actuators 

Note: These Actuators are not provided with Switches. 

Hinge Lever 

XAA-1 

Two, M4 

Stainless steel 

Two, M4 30 

60R 

Model Z-15G-B X-10G-B 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

4.90 N 

1.67 N 

6 mm 

12.7 mm 

2.2 mm 

32.9±1.6 mm 

4.90 N 

1.67 N 

6 mm 

12.7 mm 

3.3 mm 

Note: This Actuator can be used with the 

Z-15G(-B) and ZX-10G(-B). When 

mounting the Switch, set the 

overtravel to between 32% and 

100%, taking into consideration the 

operating body and the distance 

between the Actuator and the dog. 


ZAA-2 

Two, M4 Two, M4 30 

Stainless steel 

58.5R 

9.5 dia. × 4.8 (stainlesssteel 

roller) 

Model Z-15G-B X-10G-B 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

4.90 N 

1.67 N 

6 mm 

12.7 mm 

2.2 mm 

44.5±1.6 mm 

4.90 N 

1.67 N 

6 mm 

12.7 mm 

3.3 mm 

Note: This Actuator can be used with the 

Z-15G(-B) and ZX-10G(-B). When 

mounting the Switch, set the 

overtravel to between 32% and 

100%, taking into consideration the 

operating body and the distance 

between the Actuator and the dog. 

Note: Each dimension has a tolerance of ±0.4 mm unless otherwise specified. 


Short Panel Mount Plunger 

ZAQ-3 

(Note 3) 

23.3 

12SR 

(Note 1) 

14.5 

dia. 

7.9 dia. 


screw 

2 t × 14 width across 

flats 

2 t × 15.6 width 

across flats 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

ZAQ-3 

Z-15E-B X-10G-B 

8.34 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

4.8 mm 

0.15 mm 

27.8±1.5 mm 

5.39 N 

1.12 N 

1 mm 

4.5 mm 

0.2 mm 

(Note 2) 

Two M4 nuts 

Two M4 × 25 ± round 

head screw 


2. Bronze frame 

3. Incomplete screw section 

part with a maximum of 

1.5 mm 

Note: This Actuator (pin plunger) can be used with Standard Pin Plungers (Z-15G(-B), Z-15E(-B), X-10G(-B), DZ-10G-1A(-1B)) for the Z, 

X, and DZ models. 

Medium Panel Mount Plunger 

ZAQ-2 

(Note 3) 

(Note 2) 

23.3 

12SR 

(Note 1) 

14.5 

dia. 

7.9 dia. 


screw 


flats 

2 t × 15.6 width 

across flats 

Two M4 × 25 

screw 

Two M4 nuts 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

ZAQ-2 

Z-15E-B X-10G-B 

8.34 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

4.8 mm 

0.15 mm 

53.2±1.5 mm 

5.39 N 

1.12 N 

1 mm 

4.5 mm 

0.2 mm 




part with a maximum of 

1.5 mm 



Long Panel Mount Plunger 

ZAQ-1 

23.3 

12SR 

(Note 1) 

7.9 dia. 


screw 


flats 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

ZAQ-1 

Z-15E-B X-10G-B 

8.34 N 

1.12 N 

0.8 mm 

20.6 mm 

0.15 mm 

69.1±1.5 mm 

5.39 N 

1.12 N 

1 mm 

20.4 mm 

0.2 mm 

(Note 3) 

14.5 

dia. 

2 t × 15.6 width 

across flats 

Two, M4 × 25 screws 

Note:1. Stainless-steel pin plunger 



part with a maximum of 1.5 

mm 

(Note 2) 

Two, M4 nuts 



90 Z/A/X/DZ Common Accessories Z/A/X/DZ


ZAQ-22 

Model 

ZAQ-22 

PT 

OP 

1.6 

(Note 3) 

48 

23.3±0.25 

14.5 

dia. 

12.7 dia. (Note 1) 

18.9 

4.8 

Two hex nuts 

5-mm thickness, 19 mm 

between opposing edges 

With groove for roller 

penetration 


screw 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Z-15E-B 

8.34 N 

1.12 N 

2 mm 

3.58 mm 

0.15 mm 

DZ-10G-B 

11.1 N 

1.12 N 

2 mm 

1 mm 

0.46 mm 

37±0.8 mm 35.4±1.2 mm 

20.7 

(Note 2) 

11.9 

25.4±0.2 

49.2 

23.9 

Two, M4 × 25 

screws 

20.7 

Spring washer 

Note: This Actuator (roller plunger) 

can be used with standard 

pin plungers (Z-15G(- 

B), Z-15E(-B), and DZ- 

10G-1A(-1B)). 

It cannot be used with X 

models. 



3. Incomplete screw section part 

with a maximum of 1.5 mm. 



Cat. No. B106-E1-01A 



Miniature Basic Switch 

D3V 

Reliable Basic Switch with External 

Lever 

• Available by 0.1 A, 6 A, 11 A, 16 A and 21 A models, all 

with self-cleaning contacts. 

• Available with internally or externally fitted levers, and 2 

fixing positions for external levers. 

• Conforms to EN61058-1 and UL1054. 



D3V-@@@@-@@@-@-@ 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

1. Ratings 

21: 20 (4) A at 250 VAC 

16: 16 (3) A at 250 VAC 

11: 11 (3) A at 250 VAC 

6: 6 (2) A at 250 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 125 VAC 


None: 1 mm (F gap) 

G: 0.5 mm (G gap) 

3. Actuator 


1: Short hinge lever 

2: Hinge lever 

3: Long hinge lever 

4: Simulated roller lever 

5: Short hinge roller lever 

6: Hinge roller lever 

4. Hinge Position 

None: Internal/Far from plunger 

M: External/Far from plunger 

K: External/Near plunger 


1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

6. Terminals 

A: Solder terminals 

C2: Quick-connect terminals (#187) 

C: Quick-connect terminals (#250) 

7. Maximum Operating Force 

5: 1.96 N {200 gf} 

4A: 1.23 N {125 gf} 

4: 0.98 N {100 gf} 

3: 0.49 N {50 gf} 

2: 0.25 N {25 gf} 

Note: These values are for the pin plunger models. 

8. Mounting Hole Size 

None: 3.1 mm 

K: 2.9 mm 

9. Special Code 

None: Standard 

H: High temperature (125°C) 

E: Special rating: 21 (8) A 

92

D3V 

D3V 

■ Available Combinations 

Heat 

resistance 

Standard 

(85°C) 

Standard 

(105°C) 

High temperature 

(125°C) 

Model D3V-21 D3V-16 D3V-11 D3V-6 D3V-01 

Rated current 21 A 16 A 11 A 6 A 0.1 A 

OF max. 1.23 N 

{125 gf} 

1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

0.98 N 

{100 gf} 

1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

0.98 N 

{100 gf} 

0.49 N 

{50 gf} 

1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

0.98 N 

{100 gf} 

0.49 N 

{50 gf} 

0.49 N 

{50 gf} 

0.25 N 

{25 gf} 

Contact 

gap 

Terminals 

G F G F/G F G F G G F/G F G G F F 

#187 ● ● 

#250 ● ❍ ❍ 

#187 ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ● 

#250 ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ● 

#187 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 

#250 ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 

Note: 

1. ●: Standard 

❍: Semi-standard 

2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with standard approvals. 

93

D3V 

D3V 


• 21 A (OF: 1.23 N {125 gf}) 

Actuator Hinge position Contact form 

SPDT SPST-NC SPST-NO 

Pin plunger 

--- D3V-21G-1@4A-∆ D3V-21G-2@4A-∆ D3V-21G-3@4A-∆ 


Internal D3V-21G1-1@4A-∆ D3V-21G1-2@4A-∆ D3V-21G1-3@4A-∆ 

M D3V-21G1M-1@4A-∆ D3V-21G1M-2@4A-∆ D3V-21G1M-3@4A-∆ 

Hinge lever 






Simulated roller lever 









• 16 A (OF: 1.96 N {200 gf}) 



Pin plunger 

--- D3V-16-1@5-∆ D3V-16-2@5-∆ D3V-16-3@5-∆ 


Internal D3V-161-1@5-∆ D3V-161-2@5-∆ D3V-161-3@5-∆ 

M D3V-161M-1@5-∆ D3V-161M-2@5-∆ D3V-161M-3@5-∆ 

Hinge lever 


M D3V-162M-1@5-∆ D3V-162M-2@5-∆ D3V-162M-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-163M-1@5-∆ D3V-163M-2@5-∆ D3V-163M-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-164M-1@5-∆ D3V-164M-2@5-∆ D3V-164M-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-165M-1@5-∆ D3V-165M-2@5-∆ D3V-165M-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-166M-1@5-∆ D3V-166M-2@5-∆ D3V-166M-3@5-∆ 

Note: 

The @ in the model number is for the terminal code. 




The ∆ in the model number is for the mounting hole size. 

None: 3.1 mm 

K: 2.9 mm 

94

D3V 

D3V 

• 16 A (OF: 0.98 N {100 gf}) 



Pin plunger 

--- D3V-16-1@4-∆ D3V-16-2@4-∆ D3V-16-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-161M-1@4-∆ D3V-161M-2@4-∆ D3V-161M-3@4-∆ 

Hinge lever 


M D3V-162M-1@4-∆ D3V-162M-2@4-∆ D3V-162M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-163M-1@4-∆ D3V-163M-2@4-∆ D3V-163M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-164M-1@4-∆ D3V-164M-2@4-∆ D3V-164M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-165M-1@4-∆ D3V-165M-2@4-∆ D3V-165M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-166M-1@4-∆ D3V-166M-2@4-∆ D3V-166M-3@4-∆ 

• 11 A (OF: 1.96 N {200 gf}) 



Pin plunger 

--- D3V-11-1@5-∆ D3V-11-2@5-∆ D3V-11-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-111M-1@5-∆ D3V-111M-2@5-∆ D3V-111M-3@5-∆ 

Hinge lever 


M D3V-112M-1@5-∆ D3V-112M-2@5-∆ D3V-112M-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-113M-1@5-∆ D3V-113M-2@5-∆ D3V-113M-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-114M-1@5-∆ D3V-114M-2@5-∆ D3V-114M-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-115M-1@5-∆ D3V-115M-2@5-∆ D3V-115M-3@5-∆ 



M D3V-116M-1@5-∆ D3V-116M-2@5-∆ D3V-116M-3@5-∆ 

Note: 






None: 3.1 mm 

K: 2.9 mm 

95

D3V 

D3V 

• 11 A (OF: 0.98 N {100 gf}) 



Pin plunger 

--- D3V-11-1@4-∆ D3V-11-2@4-∆ D3V-11-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-111M-1@4-∆ D3V-111M-2@4-∆ D3V-111M-3@4-∆ 

Hinge lever 


M D3V-112M-1@4-∆ D3V-112M-2@4-∆ D3V-112M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-113M-1@4-∆ D3V-113M-2@4-∆ D3V-113M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-114M-1@4-∆ D3V-114M-2@4-∆ D3V-114M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-115M-1@4-∆ D3V-115M-2@4-∆ D3V-115M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-116M-1@4-∆ D3V-116M-2@4-∆ D3V-116M-3@4-∆ 

• 11 A (OF: 0.49 N {50 gf}) 



Pin plunger 

--- D3V-11G-1@3-∆ D3V-11G-2@4-∆ D3V-11G-3@3-∆ 


Internal D3V-11G1-1@3-∆ D3V-11G1-2@4-∆ D3V-11G1-3@3-∆ 

M D3V-11G1M-1@3-∆ D3V-11G1M-2@3-∆ D3V-11G1M-3@3-∆ 

Hinge lever 















Note: 






None: 3.1 mm 

K: 2.9 mm 

96

D3V 

D3V 

• 6 A (OF: 0.98 N {100 gf}) 



Pin plunger 

--- D3V-6-1@4-∆ D3V-6-2@4-∆ D3V-6-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-61M-1@4-∆ D3V-61M-2@4-∆ D3V-61M-3@4-∆ 

Hinge lever 

Internal D3V-62-1@4-∆ D3V-62-2@4−∆ D3V-62-3@4-∆ 

M D3V-62M-1@4-∆ D3V-62M-2@4-∆ D3V-62M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-63M-1@4-∆ D3V-63M-2@4-∆ D3V-63M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-64M-1@4-∆ D3V-64M-2@4-∆ D3V-64M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-65M-1@4-∆ D3V-65M-2@4-∆ D3V-65M-3@4-∆ 



M D3V-66M-1@4-∆ D3V-66M-2@4-∆ D3V-66M-3@4-∆ 

• 6 A (OF: 0.49 N {50 gf}) 



Pin plunger 

--- D3V-6G-1@3-∆ D3V-6G-2@3-∆ D3V-6G-3@3-∆ 




Hinge lever 















Note: 






None: 3.1 mm 

K: 2.9 mm 

97

D3V 

D3V 

• 01 A (OF: 0.49 N {50 gf}) 



Pin plunger 

--- D3V-01-1@3-∆ D3V-01-2@3-∆ D3V-01-3@3-∆ 



M D3V-011M-1@3-∆ D3V-011M-2@3-∆ D3V-011M-3@3-∆ 

Hinge lever 


M D3V-012M-1@3-∆ D3V-012M-2@3-∆ D3V-012M-3@3-∆ 



M D3V-013M-1@3-∆ D3V-013M-2@3-∆ D3V-013M-3@3-∆ 



M D3V-014M-1@3-∆ D3V-014M-2@3-∆ D3V-014M-3@3-∆ 



M D3V-015M-1@3-∆ D3V-015M-2@3-∆ D3V-015M-3@3-∆ 



M D3V-016M-1@3-∆ D3V-016M-2@3-∆ D3V-016M-3@3-∆ 

• 01 A (OF: 0.25 N {25 gf}) 

Pin plunger 



--- D3V-01-1@2-∆ D3V-01-2@2-∆ D3V-01-3@2-∆ 

Note: 






None: 3.1 mm 

K: 2.9 mm 

98

D3V 

D3V 


■ Ratings 

Type Rated voltage Non-inductive load Inductive load 



D3V-21 250 VAC 21 A 3 A 12 A 4 A 

8 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

21 A 

14 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

5 A 

5 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

12 A 

12 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

7 A 

5 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

D3V-16 250 VAC 16 A 2 A 10 A 3 A 

8 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

16 A 

10 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

4 A 

4 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

10 A 

10 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

6 A 

4 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

D3V-11 250 VAC 11 A 1.5 A 6 A 2 A 

8 VDC 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

11 A 

6 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

3 A 

3 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

6 A 

6 A 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

3 A 

3 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

D3V-6 250 VAC 6 A 3 A 4 A --- 

8 VDC 

6 A 

3 A 

4 A 

--- 

30 VDC 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

6 A 

0.4 A 

0.3 A 

3 A 

0.1 A 

0.05 A 

4 A 

0.4 A 

0.2 A 

D3V-01 125 VAC 0.1 A --- --- --- 

8 VDC 

30 VDC 

0.1 A 

0.1 A 

--- --- --- 

Note: 

1. The above current values are the normal current values of models with a contact gap of 1 mm (gap F), which vary with the normal 

current values of models with a contact gap of 0.5 mm (gap G). 








99

D3V 

D3V 





Contact resistance (initial values) 

Dielectric strength (see note 2) 

Vibration resistance (see note 3) 

Shock resistance (see note 3) 

Note: 

1. The data given above are initial values. 

2. The dielectric strength values shown in the table are for models with a Separator. 

3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, 

they apply at the total travel position. 

4. For testing conditions, contact your OMRON sales representative. 


0.1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models) 

Mechanical: 600 operations/min max. 

Electrical: 30 operations/min max. 


D3V-21: 50 mΩ max. 

D3V-16, D3V-11, D3V-6: 30 mΩ max. 

D3V-01, 0.49 N {50 gf}:50 mΩ max. 

0.25 N {25 gf}:100 mΩ max. 


UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No.55 (File No. LR21642) 

EN 61058-1: 1992+A1: 1993 (License No. 119151L) 

1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity 

2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between 



Destruction:400 m/s 2 {approx. 40G} max. 

Malfunction:100 m/s 2 {approx. 10G} max. 

Durability (see note 4) 


Electrical: D3V-21: 50,000 operations min. 

D3V-16: 100,000 operations min. 

D3V-11: 200,000 operations min. 

D3V-6, D3V-01: 500,000 operations min. 


IEC IP40 

Degree of protection against electric Class I 

shock 


Ambient operating temperature D3V-21, D3V-01: –25°C to 85°C (with no icing) 

D3V-16, D3V-11, D3V-6: –25°C to 105°C (with no icing) 

Ambient operating humidity 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Weight 

Approx. 6.2 g (pin plunger models) 

Rated voltage D3V-21G D3V-16 D3V-16G D3V-11 D3V-11G D3V-6 D3V-6G D3V-01 

125 VAC --- 16 A, 1/2 HP 16 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/2 HP 6 A, 1/4 HP 6 A, 1/4 HP 0.1 A 

250 VAC 20.1 A 16 A, 1/2 HP 16 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/2 HP 6 A, 1/4 HP 6 A, 1/4 HP --- 

125 VDC --- 0.6 A 0.1 A 0.6 A 0.1 A --- --- --- 

250 VDC --- 0.3 A --- 0.3 A --- --- --- --- 

Rated voltage D3V-21G D3V-16 D3V-11 D3V-6 D3V-01 

125 VAC --- --- --- --- 0.1 A 

250 VAC 20 (4) A 16 (3) A 11 (3) A 6 (2) A --- 

Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C) for D3V-21/D3V-01, T105 (0°C to 105°C) for D3V-16/D3V-11/D3V-6 

Rated voltage D3V-21G 

250 VAC 21 (8) A 

Testing conditions: 10,000 operations, T85 (0°C to 85°C) 

100

D3V 

D3V 


Item D3V-21 D3V-16 D3V-11 D3V-6 D3V-01 

Contact Specification Rivet Crossbar 

Material Silver alloy Gold alloy 

Gap 

0.5 mm 1 mm (F gap type) or 0.5 mm (G gap type) 1.0 mm 

(standard value) 

Inrush current NC 50 A max. 40 A max. 24 A max. 15 A max. --- 

NO 

Minimum applicable load (see note) 160 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 5 VDC 

Note: For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer to Using Micro Loads on page 109. 



NC 

NC 

NO 

NO 

COM 

COM 

COM 

Dimensions 

■ Terminals 

Note: 

1. All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. 

2. The table below is for the SPDT contact specifications. Two terminals will be available for SPST-NO or SPST-NC contact specifications. 

For terminal positions, refer to the above Contact Form. 

Terminal 

type 

COM 

Solder Terminals(A) 

(5.5) 

(6.5) 

Quick-connect Terminals 

(#187) (C2) 

(5.5) 

(6.5) 

Quick-connect Terminals 

(#250) (C) 

(4.9) 

(7.7) 

2.9 

2.9 

3.2 

t = 0.5 (10) 

Three, solder terminals 

t = 0.5 (10) 

Three, quick-connect 

terminals (#187) 

(12.0) 

t = 0.8 



Terminal 

dimensions 

6.35 

3.2 (see note) 

6.35 

3.2 

3.95 

8 

4.75±0.1 

2.4 dia. 1.6 dia. 

Note: Indicates the length to the center of the 

1.6-dia. holes 

4.75±0.1 

1.6-dia. terminal hole 

6.35±0.1 


■ Mounting Holes 



10.3±0.1 

22.2±0.1 

101

D3V 

D3V 


Note: 



3. The following illustrations and drawings are for quick-connect terminals (#187) (terminals C2). D3V models incorporate terminals 

A and C. These models are different from #187 models in terminal size only. Terminals A and C are omitted from the following 

drawings. Refer to Terminals on page 101 for these terminals. 

4. The @ in the model number is for the terminal code. 

5. The ∆ in the model number is for the mounting hole size. 

The hole size in the following illustrations of models with a suffix “K” in the ∆ is 2.9 mm. 

6. The operating characteristics are for operation in the A direction ( ). 

➡ 

Pin Plunger Models 

D3V-21G-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-16-1@5-∆ 

D3V-11-1@5-∆ 

D3V-11-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G-1@3-∆ 

D3V-01-1@2-∆ 

D3V-01-1@3-∆ 

t=0.5 



A 

➡ 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Model D3V-21G-1@4A-∆ D3V-16-1@5-∆ 

D3V-11-1@5-∆ 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

1.2 mm 

1.0 mm 

0.3 mm 

14.7±0.4 mm 

1.96 N {200 gf} 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

D3V-11-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6-1@4-∆ 

0.98 N {100 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

1.2 mm 

1.0 mm 

0.4 mm (F gap type) or 0.3 mm (G gap type) 

D3V-6G-1@3-∆ D3V-01-1@3-∆ D3V-01-1@2-∆ 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

1.2 mm 

1.0 mm 

0.4 mm 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

102

D3V 

D3V 

Short Hinge Lever Models 

D3V-21G1-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-161-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111-1@4-∆ 

D3V-61-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G1-1@3-∆ 

D3V-011-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 

−0.03 

dia. hole 

18.7 15.9 7.2 

t=0.5 

Three, #187 series tab 

0.7 

4 

1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

22.1 

8.1 

t=0.5 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

A 

➡ 

2.8 

PT 

10.3±0.1 OP 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

2.85 

4.2 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Model D3V-21G1-1@4A-∆ D3V-161-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111-1@5-∆ 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.5 mm 

15.2±0.5 mm 

1.96 N {200 gf} 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

D3V-111-1@4-∆ 

D3V-61-1@4-∆ 

0.98 N {100 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 


D3V-6G1-1@3-∆ 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.6 mm 

D3V-011-1@3-∆ 

D3V-21G1M-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-161M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-61M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G1M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-011M-1@3-∆ 

A 

➡ 

t=0.5 




OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Model D3V-21G1M-1@4A-∆ D3V-161M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111M-1@5-∆ 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.5 mm 

15.2±0.5 mm 

1.96 N {200 gf} 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

D3V-111M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-61M-1@4-∆ 

0.98 N {100 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 


D3V-6G1M-1@3-∆ 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.6 mm 

D3V-011M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-21G1K-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-161K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-61K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G1K-1@3-∆ 

D3V-011K-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 

−0.03 

dia. hole 

4 

7.2 

0.7 

1.6 

27.9±0.8 

14.3 t=0.5 

8.5 

A 

➡ 

2.8 

10.3±0.1 

PT 

OP 

2.85 

4.5 

18.7 15.9 2.8 

t=0.5 


(10) 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Model D3V-21G1K-1@4A-∆ D3V-161K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-111K-1@5-∆ 

0.83 N {85 gf} 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

3.5 mm 

1.1 mm 

1.1 mm 

15.2±1.2 mm 

1.27 N {130 gf} 

0.16 N {16 gf} 

D3V-111K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-61K-1@4-∆ 

0.64 N {65 gf} 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

3.5 mm 

1.1 mm 


D3V-6G1K-1@3-∆ 

0.34 N {35 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

3.5 mm 

1.1 mm 

1.2 mm 

D3V-011K-1@3-∆ 

103

D3V 

D3V 

Hinge Lever Models 

D3V-21G2-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-162-1@5-∆ 

D3V-112-1@5-∆ 

D3V-112-1@4-∆ 

D3V-62-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G2-1@3-∆ 

D3V-012-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 −0.03 dia. hole 

0.7 

4 

7.2 

18.8 15.9 

t=0.5 


1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

8.1 

35.6±0.8 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

A 

➡ 

t=0.5 

2.8 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

PT 

OP 

2.85 4.2 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Model D3V-21G2-1@4A-∆ D3V-162-1@5-∆ 

D3V-112-1@5-∆ 

0.78 N {80 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

15.2±1.2 mm 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.14 N {14 gf} 

D3V-112-1@4-∆ 

D3V-62-1@4−∆ 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 


D3V-6G2-1@3-∆ 

D3V-012-1@3-∆ 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

--- 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

D3V-21G2M-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-162M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-112M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-112M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-62M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G2M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-012M-1@3-∆ 

A 

➡ 

t=0.5 




OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-112M-1@5-∆ 

0.78 N {80 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

15.2±1.2 mm 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.14 N {14 gf} 

D3V-112M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-62M-1@4−∆ 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 


D3V-6G2M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-012M-1@3-∆ 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

--- 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

D3V-21G2K-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-162K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-112K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-112K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-62K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G2K-1@3-∆ 

D3V-012K-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 

−0.03 

dia. hole 

18.7 15.9 7.2 

0.7 

4 

1.6 

14.3 

8.5 

41.4±0 

t=0.5 

A 

➡ 

2.8 

PT 

10.3±0.1 OP 

2.85 

4.5 

t=0.5 


2.8 

(10) 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 −0.03 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-112K-1@5-∆ 

0.44 N {45 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

6.0 mm 

2.5 mm 

1.3 mm 

15.2±2.0 mm 

0.69 N {70 gf} 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

D3V-112K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-62K-1@4−∆ 

0.34 N {35 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

6.0 mm 

2.5 mm 


D3V-6G2K-1@3-∆ 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

--- 

6.0 mm 

2.5 mm 

2.0 mm 

D3V-012K-1@3-∆ 

104

D3V 

D3V 

Long Hinge Lever Models 

D3V-21G3-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-163-1@5-∆ 

D3V-113-1@5-∆ 

D3V-113-1@4-∆ 

D3V-63-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G3-1@3-∆ 

D3V-013-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 −0.03 dia. hole 

0.7 

4 

18.7 15.9 7.2 

t=0.5 


1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

59.4±0.8 

t=0.5 

8.1 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

A 

➡ 

2.8 

PT 

10.3±0.1 OP 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

2.85 4.2 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

Model D3V-21G3-1@4A-∆ D3V-163-1@5-∆ 

D3V-113-1@5-∆ 

0.44 N {45 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

9.0 mm 

2.0 mm 

2.0 mm 

0.69 N {70 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

9.0 mm 

2.0 mm 


D3V-113-1@4-∆ 

D3V-63-1@4-∆ 

0.34 N {35 gf} 

--- 

D3V-6G3-1@3-∆ 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

--- 

9.0 mm 

3.2 mm 


D3V-013-1@3-∆ 

9.0 mm 

3.2 mm 

2.8 mm 

OP 

+2.6 

15.2 −3.2 mm 

15.2±2.6 mm 

D3V-21G3M-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-163M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-113M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-113M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-63M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G3M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-013M-1@3-∆ 

A 

➡ 

t=0.5 




OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 


D3V-113M-1@5-∆ 

0.44 N {45 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

9.0 mm 

2.0 mm 

2.0 mm 

0.69 N {70 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

9.0 mm 

2.0 mm 


D3V-113M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-63M-1@4-∆ 

0.34 N {35 gf} 

--- 

D3V-6G3M-1@3-∆ 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

--- 

9.0 mm 

3.2 mm 


D3V-013M-1@3-∆ 

9.0 mm 

3.2 mm 

2.8 mm 

OP 

+2.6 

15.2 −3.2 mm 

15.2±2.6 mm 

A 

D3V-21G3K-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-163K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-113K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-113K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-63K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G3K-1@3-∆ 

D3V-013K-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 

−0.03 

dia. hole 

0.7 

4 

18.7 15.9 7.2 

t=0.5 


1.6 

14.3 

8.5 

65.2±0.8 

t=0.5 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

2.8 

22.2±0.1 

(10) 27.8 

37.8±0.8 

➡ 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

2.8 

PT 

10.3±0.1 OP 

2.85 

4.5 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-113K-1@5-∆ 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

--- 

15.0 mm 

4.0 mm 

3.0 mm 

15.2±3.0 mm 

0.34 N {35 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

15.0 mm 

4.0 mm 


D3V-113K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-63K-1@4-∆ 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

--- 

D3V-6G3K-1@3-∆ 

0.10 N {10 gf} 

--- 

D3V-013K-1@3-∆ 

15.0 mm 

4.0 mm 

3.8 mm 

105

D3V 

D3V 

Simulated Roller Lever Models 

A 

D3V-21G4-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-164-1@5-∆ 

D3V-114-1@5-∆ 

D3V-114-1@4-∆ 

D3V-64-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G4-1@3-∆ 

D3V-014-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 −0.03 dia. hole 

18.8 15.9 7.2 

0.7 

4 

1.6 

8.1 

32.5±0.8 

t=0.5 

➡ 

PT 

2.8 

10.3±0.1 OP 

2.85 

4.2 

t=0.5 


2.8 

(10) 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Model D3V-21G4-1@4A-∆ D3V-164-1@5-∆ 

D3V-114-1@5-∆ 

0.83 N {85 gf} 

0.07 N {7 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.4 mm 

18.7±1.2 mm 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.14 N {14 gf} 

D3V-114-1@4-∆ 

D3V-64-1@4-∆ 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 


D3V-6G4-1@3-∆ 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

--- 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

D3V-014-1@3-∆ 

D3V-21G4M-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-164M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-114M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-114M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-64M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G4M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-014M-1@3-∆ 

A 

➡ 

t=0.5 




OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-114M-1@5-∆ 

0.83 N {85 gf} 

0.07 N {7 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.4 mm 

18.7±1.2 mm 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.14 N {14 gf} 

D3V-114M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-64M-1@4-∆ 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 


D3V-6G4M-1@3-∆ 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

--- 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

D3V-014M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-21G4K-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-164K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-114K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-114K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-64K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G4K-1@3-∆ 

D3V-014K-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 −0.03 dia. hole 

0.7 

4 

18.7 15.9 7.2 

1.6 

14.3 

8.5 

38.4±0.8 

t=0.5 

A 

➡ 

PT 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

2.85 

4.5 

t=0.5 


2.8 

(10) 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-114K-1@5-∆ 

0.54 N {55 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

8.0 mm 

1.5 mm 

3.0 mm 

18.7±1.2 mm 

0.74 N {75 gf} 

0.10 N {10 gf} 

D3V-114K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-64K-1@4-∆ 

0.39 N {40 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

8.0 mm 

1.5 mm 


D3V-6G4K-1@3-∆ 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

--- 

8.0 mm 

1.5 mm 

3.5 mm 

D3V-014K-1@3-∆ 

106

D3V 

D3V 

Short Hinge Roller Lever Models 

A 

D3V-21G5-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-165-1@5-∆ 

D3V-115-1@5-∆ 

D3V-115-1@4-∆ 

D3V-65-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G5-1@3-∆ 

D3V-015-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 −0.03 dia. hole 

0.7 

4 

18.8 15.9 7.2 

t=0.5 


1.6 

8.1 

20.1±0.8 

t=0.5 

➡ 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

2.8 22.2±0.1 

(10) 27.8 

37.8±0.8 

PT 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

5.1 

10.3 

4.8 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Model D3V-21G5-1@4A-∆ D3V-165-1@5-∆ 

D3V-115-1@5-∆ 

1.42 N {145 gf} 

0.2 N {20 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.5 mm 

20.7±0.6 mm 

2.35 N {240 gf} 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

D3V-115-1@4-∆ 

D3V-65-1@4-∆ 

1.18 N {120 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 


D3V-6G5-1@3-∆ 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.6 mm 

D3V-015-1@3-∆ 

D3V-21G5M-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-165M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-115M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-115M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-65M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G5M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-015M-1@3-∆ 

A 

➡ 

t=0.5 




2. Oilless polyacetar resin roller 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-115M-1@5-∆ 

1.42 N {145 gf} 

0.2 N {20 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.5 mm 

20.7±0.6 mm 

2.35 N {240 gf} 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

D3V-115M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-65M-1@4-∆ 

1.18 N {120 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 


D3V-6G5M-1@3-∆ 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.6 mm 

D3V-015M-1@3-∆ 

A 

D3V-21G5K-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-165K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-115K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-115K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-65K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G5K-1@3-∆ 

D3V-015K-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 −0.03 dia. hole 

18.8 15.9 7.2 

0.7 

4 

1.6 

25.9±0.8 

14.3 t=0.5 

8.5 

➡ 

2.8 

10.3±0.1 

PT 

OP 

5.1 

t=0.5 


2.8 

(10) 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-115K-1@5-∆ 

0.98 N {100 gf} 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

2.6 mm 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

20.7±1.0 mm 

1.57 N {160 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

D3V-115K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-65K-1@4-∆ 

0.78 N {80 gf} 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

2.6 mm 

1.0 mm 


D3V-6G5K-1@3-∆ 

0.39 N {40 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

2.6 mm 

1.0 mm 

0.9 mm 

D3V-015K-1@3-∆ 

107

D3V 

D3V 

Hinge Roller Lever Models 

A 

D3V-21G6-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-166-1@5-∆ 

D3V-116-1@5-∆ 

D3V-116-1@4-∆ 

D3V-66-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G6-1@3-∆ 

D3V-016-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 −0.03 dia. hole 

18.7 15.9 

t=0.5 


0.7 

4 

7.2 

1.6 

8.1 

33.0±0.8 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

2.8 

22.2±0.1 

(10) 27.8 

37.8±0.8 

t=0.5 

➡ 

PT 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

5.1 

10.3 

4.8 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Model D3V-21G6-1@4A-∆ D3V-166-1@5-∆ 

D3V-116-1@5-∆ 

0.79 N {80 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

20.7±1.2 mm 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.14 N {14 gf} 

D3V-116-1@4-∆ 

D3V-66-1@4-∆ 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 


D3V-6G6-1@3-∆ 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

--- 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

D3V-016-1@3-∆ 

D3V-21G6M-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-166M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-116M-1@5-∆ 

D3V-116M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-66M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G6M-1@3-∆ 

D3V-016M-1@3-∆ 

A 

➡ 

t=0.5 





OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-116M-1@5-∆ 

0.79 N {80 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

20.7±1.2 mm 

1.23 N {125 gf} 

0.14 N {14 gf} 

D3V-116M-1@4-∆ 

D3V-66M-1@4-∆ 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 


D3V-6G6M-1@3-∆ 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

--- 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

D3V-016M-1@3-∆ 

A 

D3V-21G6K-1@4A-∆ 

D3V-166K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-116K-1@5-∆ 

D3V-116K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-66K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-6G6K-1@3-∆ 

D3V-016K-1@3-∆ 

+0.13 

3.1 −0.03 dia. hole 

0.7 

4 

18.8 15.9 7.2 

t=0.5 


1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

14.3 

8.5 

39.8±0.8 

3.4±0.15 dia. hole 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

t=0.5 

3.1 +0.13 

−0.03 

➡ 

PT 

2.8 

10.3±0.1 OP 

5.1 

10.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


D3V-116K-1@5-∆ 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

7.2 mm 

2.0 mm 

2.0 mm 

20.7±2.2 mm 

0.74 N {75 gf} 

0.10 N {10 gf} 

D3V-116K-1@4-∆ 

D3V-66K-1@4-∆ 

0.39 N {40 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

7.2 mm 

2.0 mm 


D3V-6G6K-1@3-∆ 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

--- 

7.2 mm 

2.0 mm 

2.7 mm 

D3V-016K-1@3-∆ 

108

D3V 

D3V 

Precautions 

■ Cautions 

Handling 

Be careful not to drop the switch. Doing so may cause damage to 

the switch’s internal components because it is designed for a 

small load. 


Mounting 

Use two M3 mounting screws with an appropriate screwdriver to 

mount the switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to 

0.59 N • m {4 to 6 kgf • cm}. 


Mount lever-operated switches with a maximum operating force of 

0.49 N in a direction where the actuator weight will not be applied 

to the switch. Since the switch is designed for a small load, its 

resetting force is small. Therefore, resetting failure may occur if 

unnecessary load is applied to the switch. 

Insulation Distance 

According to EN61058-1, the minimum insulation thickness for 

this switch should be 1.1 mm and minimum clearance distance 

between the terminal and mounting plate should be 1.9 mm. If the 

insulation distance cannot be provided in the product incorporating 

the switch, either use a switch with insulation barrier or use a 

Separator to ensure sufficient insulation distance. 

Using Micro Loads 


micro load circuit may result faulty contact. Use models that operate 

in the following range. However, even when using micro load 

models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current 

occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase 

contact wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact 

protection circuit where necessary. 



level of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 × 10 −6 /operations 

indicates that the estimated malfunction rate is less than 

1/2,000,000 operations with a reliability level of 60%. 

Voltage (V) 



models D3V-01 

Operating 

range for 

generalload 

models 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 

Solder Terminal Approval Conditions 

Soldering iron can be used. 

Soldering hook hole available. 

Soldering terminal types 1 and 2 are met. 



Cat. No. B103-E1-02A 

109


V 

Reliable Basic Switches in a Wide 

Variation 

Wide variation of best-selling microswitches with 

switching currents of 10 to 21 A. 

Can be used for interrupting current when doors are 

opened or closed. 

Available in two types of cases: 

thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin. 

 


Model Number Legend 

V--- 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

1. Ratings 

21: 21 A at 250 VAC 

16: 16 A at 250 VAC 

15: 15 A at 250 VAC 

11: 11 A at 250 VAC 

10: 10 A at 250 VAC 


None: 1 mm (F gap) 

G: 0.5 mm (G gap) (for remodelling) 

3. Actuator 









1: SPDT (COM bottom terminal, double-throw) 

2: SPST-NC (COM bottom terminal, normally closed) 

3: SPST-NO (COM bottom terminal, normally open) 

4: SPDT (COM side terminal, double-throw) 

5: SPST-NC (COM side terminal, normally closed) 

6: SPST-NO (COM side terminal, normally open) 

5. Terminals 




B: Screw terminals 

6. Barrier (Models with Thermoplastic Case Only) 

None: Without barrier 

R: Right-hand barrier 

L: Left-hand barrier 


6: 3.92 N {400 gf} 

5: 1.96 N {200 gf} 

4: 0.98 N {100 gf} 


8. Special Purpose (Models with Thermosetting Case 

Only) 

T: Heat-resistive 

110

V 

V 

Available Combinations 

COM 

terminal 

position 

Terminal 

Thermoplastic case Thermosetting case 

Insulation 

barrier 

Heat 

resistance 

Bottom No Standard 

(80C) 

Yes 

Heat 

resistant it t 

(150C) 

Standard 

(80C) 

Side No Standard 

(80C) 

Note: 

1. : Standard 

: Semi-standard 

Terminal symbol 

Model V-21 V-16 V-11 V-15 V-10 

Rated current 21 A 16 A 11 A 15 A 10 A 

OF 

3.92 N 

{400 gf} 

3.92 N 

{400 gf} 

1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

0.98 N 

{100 gf} 

3.92 N 

{400 gf} 

1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

Solder terminals (A) --- 

Quick-connect terminals --- 

(#187) (C2) 

Quick-connect terminals 

(#250) (C) 

Screw terminals (B) --- --- --- 

 

(1.96 N) 

Solder terminals (A) --- --- --- --- 

Quick-connect terminals --- --- --- --- 

(#187) (C2) 

Quick-connect terminals --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 

(#250) (C) 

Screw terminals (B) --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 

Solder terminals (A) --- --- --- --- --- --- 

Quick-connect terminals --- --- --- --- --- --- 

(#187) (C2) 

Quick-connect terminals --- --- --- --- --- 

(#250) (C) 

Solder terminals (A) --- --- --- --- 

Quick-connect terminals --- --- --- --- 

(#187) (C2) 

Quick-connect terminals --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 

(#250) (C) 

2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for spacific models with standard approvals. 

List of Models 

General-purpose Models 

(Only combinations with standard terminals are shown.) 

Thermoplastic Case 

Actuator 

COM 

terminal 

position 

Contact 

form 

Terminals 

(see note) 

0.98 N 

{100 gf} 

21 A (OF: 3.92 N {400 gf}) 

Without barrier Right-hand barrier Left-hand barrier 

Pin plunger Bottom SPDT C V-21-1C6 V-21-1CR6 V-21-1CL6 

SPST-NC V-21-2C6 V-21-2CR6 V-21-2CL6 

SPST-NO V-21-3C6 V-21-3CR6 V-21-3CL6 

Short hinge lever SPDT V-211-1C6 V-211-1CR6 V-211-1CL6 

Hinge lever V-212-1C6 V-212-1CR6 V-212-1CL6 

Long hinge lever V-213-1C6 V-213-1CR6 V-213-1CL6 

Simulated roller lever V-214-1C6 V-214-1CR6 V-214-1CL6 

Short hinge 

roller lever 

V-215-1C6 V-215-1CR6 V-215-1CL6 

Hinge roller lever V-216-1C6 V-216-1CR6 V-216-1CL6 

Note: C: Quick-connect terminals (#250) 

111

V 

V 

Actuator 

COM 

terminal 

position 

Contact 

form 

Terminals 

(see note) 

16 A (OF: 1.96 N {200 gf}) 

Without barrier Right-hand barrier Left-hand barrier 

Pin plunger Bottom SPDT A V-16-1A5 V-16-1AR5 V-16-1AL5 

C2 V-16-1C25 V-16-1C2R5 V-16-1C2L5 

C V-16-1C5 --- --- 

SPST-NC A V-16-2A5 V-16-2AR5 V-16-2AL5 

C2 V-16-2C25 V-16-2C2R5 V-16-2C2L5 

C V-16-2C5 --- --- 

SPST-NO A V-16-3A5 V-16-3AR5 V-16-3AL5 

C2 V-16-3C25 V-16-3C2R5 V-16-3C2L5 

C V-16-3C5 --- --- 

Short hinge lever SPDT A V-161-1A5 V-161-1AR5 V-161-1AL5 

C2 V-161-1C25 V-161-1C2R5 V-161-1C2L5 

C V-161-1C5 --- --- 

Hinge lever A V-162-1A5 V-162-1AR5 V-162-1AL5 

C2 V-162-1C25 V-162-1C2R5 V-162-1C2L5 

C V-162-1C5 --- --- 

Long hinge lever A V-163-1A5 V-163-1AR5 V-163-1AL5 

C2 V-163-1C25 V-163-1C2R5 V-163-1C2L5 

C V-163-1C5 --- --- 

Simulated roller lever A V-164-1A5 V-164-1AR5 V-164-1AL5 

C2 V-164-1C25 V-164-1C2R5 V-164-1C2L5 

C V-164-1C5 --- --- 

Short hinge 

A V-165-1A5 V-165-1AR5 V-165-1AL5 

roller lever 

C2 V-165-1C25 V-165-1C2R5 V-165-1C2L5 

C V-165-1C5 --- --- 

Hinge roller lever A V-166-1A5 V-166-1AR5 V-166-1AL5 

Note: A: Solder terminals 



C2 V-166-1C25 V-166-1C2R5 V-166-1C2L5 

C V-166-1C5 --- --- 

112

V 

V 

Actuator 

COM terminal 

position 

Contact form Terminals (see note) 11 A (OF: 0.98 N {100 gf} 

Without barrier 

Pin plunger Bottom SPDT A V-11-1A4 

C2 

C 

V-11-1C24 

V-11-1C4 

Short hinge lever A V-111-1A4 

C2 

C 

V-111-1C24 

V-111-1C4 

Hinge lever A V-112-1A4 

C2 

C 

V-112-1C24 

V-112-1C4 

Long hinge lever A V-113-1A4 

C2 

C 

V-113-1C24 

V-113-1C4 

Simulated roller lever A V-114-1A4 

C2 

C 

V-114-1C24 

V-114-1C4 

Short hinge roller lever A V-115-1A4 

C2 

C 

V-115-1C24 

V-115-1C4 

Hinge roller lever A V-116-1A4 

Note: A: Solder terminals 



C2 

C 

V-116-1C24 

V-116-1C4 

113

V 

V 

Thermosetting Case 

Actuator 

COM Contact Terminals 

15 A 10 A 

terminal 

form 

(see note 

position 

1) OF: 1.96 N {200 gf} OF: 1.96 N {200 gf} OF: 0.98 N {100 gf} 

Pin plunger Bottom SPDT A V-15-1A5 V-10-1A5 V-10-1A4 

C2 V-15-1C25 V-10-1C25 V-10-1C24 

B V-15-1B5 V-10-1B5 V-10-1B4 

SPST-NC A V-15-2A5 V-10-2A5 V-10-2A4 

C2 V-15-2C25 V-10-2C25 V-10-2C24 

B V-15-2B5 V-10-2B5 V-10-2B4 

SPST-NO A V-15-3A5 V-10-3A5 V-10-3A4 

C2 V-15-3C25 V-10-3C25 V-10-3C24 

B V-15-3B5 V-10-3B5 V-10-3B4 

Side SPDT A V-15-4A5 V-10-4A5 V-10-4A4 

SPST-NC V-15-5A5 V-10-5A5 V-10-5A4 

SPST-NO V-15-6A5 V-10-6A5 V-10-6A4 

Short hinge lever Bottom SPDT A V-151-1A5 V-101-1A5 V-101-1A4 

C2 V-151-1C25 V-101-1C25 V-101-1C24 

B V-151-1B5 V-101-1B5 V-101-1B4 

Hinge lever A V-152-1A5 V-102-1A5 V-102-1A4 

C2 V-152-1C25 V-102-1C25 V-102-1C24 

B V-152-1B5 V-102-1B5 V-102-1B4 

Long hinge lever A V-153-1A5 V-103-1A5 V-103-1A4 

C2 V-153-1C25 V-103-1C25 V-103-1C24 

B V-153-1B5 V-103-1B5 V-103-1B4 

Simulated roller lever A V-154-1A5 V-104-1A5 V-104-1A4 

C2 V-154-1C25 V-104-1C25 V-104-1C24 

Short hinge 

roller lever 

B V-154-1B5 V-104-1B5 V-104-1B4 

A V-155-1A5 V-105-1A5 V-105-1A4 

C2 V-155-1C25 V-105-1C25 V-105-1C24 

B V-155-1B5 V-105-1B5 V-105-1B4 

Hinge roller lever A V-156-1A5 V-106-1A5 V-106-1A4 

C2 V-156-1C25 V-106-1C25 V-106-1C24 

B V-156-1B5 V-106-1B5 V-106-1B4 

Note: 1. A: Solder terminals 


B: Screw terminals 

2. OF values shown in the table are for the pin plunger models. 

114

V 

V 

Heat Resistant Models (Up to 150°C) 

Actuator 

COM Contact form Terminals 15 A 10 A 

terminal 

position OF: 1.96 N {200 gf} OF: 0.98 N {100 gf} 

Pin plunger Bottom SPDT Solder termi- 

V-15-1A5-T 

V-10-1A4-T 


nals (A) 

V-151-1A5-T V-101-1A4-T 

Hinge lever V-152-1A5-T V-102-1A4-T 

Long hinge lever V-153-1A5-T V-103-1A4-T 

Simulated roller lever V-154-1A5-T V-104-1A4-T 

Short hinge roller lever V-155-1A5-T V-105-1A4-T 

Hinge roller lever V-156-1A5-T V-106-1A4-T 

Barrier (V-21 and V-16 Models Only) 

Right-hand Barrier 

Left-hand Barrier 


Ratings 

Model 

Item 

Rated voltage 

V-21 250 VAC 21 A 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

Resistive load 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

V-16 250 VAC 16 A 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

V-15 250 VAC 15 A 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

V-11 250 VAC 11 A 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

V-10 250 VAC 10 A 

125 VDC 

250 VDC 

0.6 A 

0.3 A 

Note: 

The ratings values apply under the following test conditions: 




115

V 

V 

Switching Capacity per Load (Reference Values) 

Model Voltage Non-inductive load Inductive load 



V-21 250 VAC 21 A 3 A 12 A 4 A 

8 VDC 21 A 5 A 12 A 7 A 

30 VDC 14 A 5 A 12 A 5 A 

125 VDC 0.6 A 0.1 A 0.6 A 0.1 A 

250 VDC 0.3 A 0.05 A 0.3 A 0.05 A 

V-16 250 VAC 16 A 2 A 10 A 3 A 

8 VDC 16 A 4 A 10 A 6 A 

30 VDC 10 A 4 A 10 A 4 A 

125 VDC 0.6 A 0.1 A 0.6 A 0.1 A 

250 VDC 0.3 A 0.05 A 0.3 A 0.05 A 

V-15 250 VAC 15 A 2 A 10 A 3 A 

8 VDC 15 A 4 A 10 A 6 A 

30 VDC 10 A 4 A 10 A 4 A 

125 VDC 0.6 A 0.1 A 0.6 A 0.1 A 

250 VDC 0.3 A 0.05 A 0.3 A 0.05 A 

V-11 250 VAC 11 A 1.5 A 6 A 2 A 

8 VDC 11 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 

30 VDC 6 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 

125 VDC 0.6 A 0.1 A 0.6 A 0.1 A 

250 VDC 0.3 A 0.05 A 0.3 A 0.05 A 

V-10 250 VAC 10 A 1.5 A 6 A 2 A 

Note: 

8 VDC 10 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 

30 VDC 6 A 3 A 6 A 3 A 

125 VDC 0.6 A 0.1 A 0.6 A 0.1 A 

250 VDC 0.3 A 0.05 A 0.3 A 0.05 A 

1. The above current values are the normal current values of models with a contact gap of 1 mm (gap F), which vary with the normal 

current values of models with a contact gap of 0.5 mm (gap G). 




116

V 

V 

Characteristics 





(initial value) 


(see note 2) 


(see note 3) 


(see note 3) 





15 mΩ max. 


V-21, V-16, and V-11 models: 2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts 

and ground, and between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts 

V-15 and V-10 models: 1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and 

ground, and between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts 


Destruction: 1,000 m/s 2 {approx. 100G} max. 

Malfunction: V-21/V-16/V-15: 300 m/s 2 {approx. 30G} max. 

V-11/V-10: 200 m/s 2 {approx. 20G} max. 

Durability 

Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) 

(see note 4) 

Electrical: V-21/V-16/V-15: 100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

(V-15 heat resistive: 20,000 operation min. (30 operations/min)) 

V-11/V-10: 300,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

(V-10 heat resistive: 50,000 operation min. (30 operations/min)) 


IEC IP40 

Degree of protection against Class I 

electric shock 


Ambient operating 

temperature 


Weight 

Note: 

–25°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing) 

–25°C to 150°C for heat-resistive model (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing) 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 



2. The dielectric strength values shown in the table are for models with a Separator. 




Approved Standards 


UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File NO. lR21642) 

Rated voltage V-21 V-16 V-15 V-11 V-10 

125 VAC 21 A, 1/2 HP 16 A, 1/2 HP 15 A, 1/2 HP 11 A, 1/3 HP 10 A, 1/3 HP 

250 VAC 

125 VDC 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 

250 VDC 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 

EN61058-01 (File No. 129608, VDE approval) 

Rated V-21 V-16 V-11 

voltage 

250 VAC 20 (4) A 16 (4) A 11 (3) A 

Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations), T105 (0°C to 105°C) 

EN61058-1 (File No. T9451451, TÜV Rheinland 

approval) 

Rated voltage V-15 V-10 

250 VAC 15 A 10 A 

250 VDC 0.3 A 0.3 A 


117

V 

V 

Contact Specifications 

Item V-21 V-16 V-15 V-11 V-10 

Contact Specification Rivet 

Material Silver alloy Silver 

Gap 

1 mm (F gap) or 0.5 mm (G gap) 


Inrush current NC 50 A max. 40 A max. 36 A max. 24 A max. 

NO 

Minimum applicable load 

160 mA at 5 VDC 

Contact Form 


Engineering Data (Reference Values) 

Mechanical Durability 

(Pin Plunger Models) 

V-21/-16/-15/-10 

Number of operations (x10 ) 

6 

200 

100 

50 

10 



Without load 


V-10 (1.96 N 

{200 gf}) 

V-15 

V-16 

V-21 

V-10 (0.98 N {100 gf}), 

V-11 

Full stroke 

OT rated value 


6 

Electrical Durability 


V-21/-16/-15 

5 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 


cosφ = 1, 250 VAC 

V-15 

V-16 

V-21 


6 

V-11/-10 

5 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 




cosφ = 1, 250 VAC 

V-10 

V-11 

0.01 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 (1.6) 1.8 

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 

0 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

OT (mm) Switching current (A) Switching current (A) 

118

V 

V 

Dimensions 

Terminals 


2. The following is for the SPDT contact specifications. Two terminals will be available for SPST-NO or SPST-NC contact specifications. 

For terminal positions, refer to Contact Form on page 118. 

3. Right-angle PCB terminal type is available 

D5 type: Pins at right angles, to the right. 

D6 type: Pins at right angles, to the left. 

Drawings will be provided if requested. 

Terminal 

type 

COM 

bottom 

position 

Solder terminals (A) 

(5.5) 

(6.5) 

Quick-connect 

Terminals (#187) (C2) 

(5.5) 

(6.5) 

Quick-connect 

Terminals (#250) (C) 

(4.9) 

(7.7) 

Screw Terminals (B) 

Three, #M30.53.2 

Phillips screw washer 

2.9 

2.9 

3.2 

COM side 

position 

(10) 

t = 0.5 


(5.5) 

(6.5) 

2.4 

t = 0.5 

(10) 



(5.5) 

(6.5) 

2.4 

t = 0.8 

(12.0) 



(4.9) 

(7.7) 

3.6 

t = 0.8 

(7) 

--- 

3.1 

Terminal 

dimensions 

(10) 

6.35 


(10) 

6.35 

3.2 

(12.0) 

3.95 

8.1 

4.75±0.1 

4.75±0.1 

6.35±0.1 

--- 

Note: 

2.4 dia. 1.6 dia. 

Indicates the length to the 

center of the 1.6-dia. holes 






10.3 ± 0.1 

22.2 ± 0.1 

119

V 

V 

Dimensions and Operating Characteristics 



3. The following illustrations and drawings are for quick-connect terminals (#250) (terminals C). V models with a switching current of 

16 A or 11 A incorporates terminals A and C2. These models are different from #250 models in terminal size only. Terminals A, C2, 

and side common terminals are omitted from the following drawings. Refer to Kinds of Terminals on page 119 for these terminals. 

4. The in the model number is for the terminal code. 



(Without Barrier) 

PT 

V-21-16 

V-16-15 

2.8 

V-11-14 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

2.8 

20.2±0.25 

1.6 

22.2±0.1 2.8 

(12.0) 

27.8 

39.8±0.8 

(With Right-hand Barrier) 

A 

20.2±0.25 

V-21-1R6 

PT 

V-16-1R5 

2.8 1.6 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

A 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 dia. holes 

0.6 

2.8 

8.4 

15.9 19.1 

t=0.8 



3.1 +0.13 


2.8 

0.6 

8.4 19.1 

15.9 

21.9 

4.2 

10.3 

4.2 

2.8 

2.8 

Model V-21-16 V-16-15 

OF max. 3.92 N {400 gf} 1.96 N {200 gf} 

RF min. 0.78 N {80 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 



MD max. 0.4 mm 

OP 14.7±0.4 mm 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 2.8 

(12.0) 

27.8 

t=0.8 



10.3 

0.6 

39.8±0.8 

40.2 

(With Left-hand Barrier) 

V-21-1L6 

V-16-1L5 

4.2 

2.8 0.6 

0.6 

10.3 

21.9 

t=0.8 



3.1 +0.13 


1.6 

19.1 

15.9 

8.4 

2.8 

20.2±0.25 

(12.0) 2.8 22.2±0.1 

27.8 

39.8±0.8 

40.2 

A 

2.8 2.8 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

PT 

OP 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

Model V-11-14 V-11-15 

OF max. 0.98 N {100 gf} 1.96 N {200 gf} 

RF min. 0.20 N {20 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 




OP 14.7±0.4 mm 

120

V 

V 


V-211-16 

V-161-15 

V-111-14 

PT 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

A 

22.1 

t = 0.5 8.1 

(see 

note) 

22.2±0.1 

2.8 (12.0) 

27.8 

39.8±0.8 

1.6 

3.1 +0.13 


2.8 

8.4 15.9 

19.1 

t=0.8 



4.3 

0.6 2.8 

Note: 

10.3 

Model V-211-16 V-161-15 

OF max. 3.92 N {400 gf} 1.96 N {200 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Stainless-steel lever 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.6 mm 

15.2±0.5 mm 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

V-111-14 

0.98 N {100 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.6 mm 

15.2±0.5 mm 


V-212-16 

V-162-15 

V-112-14 PT A 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

35.6±0.8 

t = 0.5 

(see note) 

8.1 1.6 

22.2±0.1 (12.0) 

2.8 

27.8 

39.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 


2.8 

8.4 

15.9 

19.1 

t=0.8 



Note: 

4.3 

0.6 2.8 

10.3 


Model V-212-16 V-162-15 

OF max. 2.45 N {250 gf} 1.23 N {125 gf} 

RF min. 0.25 N {25 gf} 0.14 N {14 gf} 




OP 15.2±1.2 mm 

Model V-112-14 

OF max. 0.59 N {60 gf} 

RF min. 0.06 N {6 gf} 




OP 15.2±1.2 mm 


V-213-16 

59.4±0.8 

V-163-15 PT A 

V-113-14 2.8 

t = 0.5 (see note) 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 (12.0) 

2.8 

27.8 

39.8±0.8 

1.6 

3.1 +0.13 


4.3 

8.4 15.9 19.1 

2.8 

0.6 2.8 

t=0.8 



Note: 

10.3 


Model V-213-16 V-163-15 

OF max. 1.27 N {130 gf} 0.69 N {70 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.12 N {12 gf} 

9.0 mm 

2.0 mm 

2.8 mm 

OP +2.6 

15.2 –3.2 mm 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

V-113-14 

0.34 N {35 gf} 

--- 

9.0 mm 

3.2 mm 

2.8 mm 

15.2±2.6 mm 

121

V 

V 


V-214-16 

V-164-15 

32.6±0.8 

V-114-14 PT 

3.5R 

8.1 1.6 

3.1 +0.13 

OP 2.8 

A 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

t = 0.5 

(see note) 

22.2±0.1 (12.0) 

2.8 

27.8 

39.8±0.8 


2.8 

8.4 

15.9 19.1 

t=0.8 



Note: 

0.6 

4.3 

10.3 

2.8 


Model V-214-16 V-164-15 

OF max. 2.45 N {250 gf} 1.23 N {125 gf} 

RF min. 0.25 N {25 gf} 0.14 N {14 gf} 




OP 18.7±1.2 mm 

Model V-114-14 

OF max. 0.59 N {60 gf} 

RF min. 0.06 N {6 gf} 




OP 18.7±1.2 mm 


V-215-16 

V-165-15 

V-115-14 

PT 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

20.1 

A t = 0.5 

5.1 

(see 8.1 1.6 

0.6 

note 1) 3.1 +0.13 


4.8 dia. × 4.8 

(see note 2) 

2.8 

8.4 15.9 19.1 

Model V-215-16 V-165-15 

OF max. 4.71 N {480 gf} 2.35 N {240 gf} 

RF min. 0.49 N {50 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 




OP 20.7±0.6 mm 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

2.8 

(12.0) 

27.8 

39.8±0.8 

t=0.8 



10.3 



Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

V-115-14 

1.18 N {120 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

MD max. 

0.6 mm 

OP 

20.7±0.6 mm 


V-216-16 

34.0±0.8 

V-166-15 PT A 

t = 0.5 

V-116-14 

(see note 1) 

OP 2.8 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

8.1 1.6 

22.2±0.1 (12.0) 

2.8 

27.8 

39.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 


2.8 

8.4 

15.9 

0.6 

19.1 

t=0.8 



5.1 

10.3 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 

(see note 2) 



Model V-216-16 V-166-15 

OF max. 2.45 N {250 gf} 1.23 N {125 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

20.7±1.2 mm 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.14 N {14 gf} 

V-116-14 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

20.7±1.2 mm 

122

V 

V 

Thermosetting Case (V-15/-10 Models) 

The following illustration and drawing are for solder and quick-connect terminals (#187) (terminals A). V models with a switching current of 15 A 

or 10 A incorporate terminals B or C2. These models are different from #187 models in terminal size only. 

Refer to Terminals on page 119 for these terminals. 


V-15-15 

PT 

V-10-15 

V-10-14 

OP 

2.8 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

A 

20.2±0.25 

2.8 

22.2±0.1 2.8 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

(10) 

3.1 +0.13 


15.9 18.8 

t=0.5 

Three, solder 

terminals 

4.2 2.8 

10.3 

Model 

V-15-15 

V-10-15 

V-10-14 

OF max. 1.96 N {200 gf} 0.98 N {100 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

1.2 mm 

1.0 mm 

0.4 mm 

14.7±0.4 mm 

0.20 N {20 gf} 


V-151-15 

PT 

V-101-15 

V-101-14 

4.3 2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

18.8 

22.1 


A 

15.9 

3.1 +0.13 


8.1 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

t=0.5 

10.3 

22.2±0.1 2.8 Three, solder terminals 

27.8 

(10) 

37.8±0.8 


Model 

V-151-15 

V-101-15 

V-101-14 

OF max. 1.96 N {200 gf} 0.98 N {100 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.6 mm 

15.2±0.5 mm 

0.15 N {15 gf} 


V-152-15 

V-102-15 

V-102-14 

PT 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

A 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 


35.6±0.8 

8.1 

22.2±0.1 2.8 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 


(10) 

15.9 

18.8 

10.3 

t=0.5 


Note: 

4.3 2.8 

Model 

V-152-15 

V-102-15 

V-102-14 

OF max. 1.23 N {125 gf} 0.59 N {60 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 


0.14 N {14 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

15.2±1.2 mm 

0.06 N {6 gf} 


V-153-15 

A 

V-103-15 

PT 

V-103-14 

OP 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

10.3±0.1 

3.4±0.15 dia. 


59.4±0.8 

8.1 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

2.8 

(10) 

3.1 +0.13 


15.9 18.8 

4.3 

10.3 

t=0.5 


2.8 

Model 

V-153-15 

V-103-15 

V-101-14 

OF max. 0.69 N {70 gf} 0.34 N {35 gf} 

RF min. 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

--- 

PT max. 9.0 mm 9.0 mm 

OT min. 2.0 mm 3.2 mm 

MD max. 2.8 mm 2.8 mm 

OP +2.6 

15.2 –3.2 mm 

15.2±2.6 mm 

Note: 


123

V 

V 


3.5R 

V-154-15 

V-104-15 

V-104-14 

A 

PT 

OP 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 


10.3±0.1 

32.6±0.8 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

8.1 

37.8±0.8 

2.8 

(10) 

3.1 +0.13 


15.9 18.8 

t=0.5 


Note: 

4.3 

10.3 

2.8 


Model 

V-154-15 

V-104-15 

V-104-14 

OF max. 1.23 N {125 gf} 0.59 N {60 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.14 N {14 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

18.7±1.2 mm 

0.06 N {6 gf} 


V-155-15 

t = 0.5 (see note 1) 

V-105-15 

A 

PT 

20.1 

V-105-14 

8.1 

OP 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

10.3±0.1 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

2.8 

(10) 

3.1 +0.13 


15.9 18.8 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 (see note 2) 

5.1 

10.3 

t=0.5 




Model 

V-155-15 

V-105-15 

V-105-14 

OF max. 2.35 N {240 gf} 1.18 N {120 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.6 mm 

20.7±0.6 mm 

0.15 N {15 gf} 


V-156-15 

A 

V-106-15 PT 

V-106-14 

OP 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

t = 0.5 (see note 1) 

10.3±0.1 

34.0±0.8 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

8.1 

37.8±0.8 

2.8 

(10) 

3.1 +0.13 


15.9 18.8 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 (see note 2) 

5.1 

10.3 

t=0.5 


Model 

V-156-15 

V-106-15 

V-106-14 

OF max. 1.23 N {125 gf} 0.59 N {60 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 



0.14 N {14 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

1.5 mm 

20.7±1.2 mm 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

124

V 

Precautions 

Refer to pages 26 to 31 for common precautions. 

Correct Use 

Specifications Approved by TÜV Rheinland 

According to EN61058-1 

Appropriate Cable Size (mm 2 ) 

Model Solder terminals Screw terminals 

V-10 0.75, 1.25, 2.0 0.75, 1.25 

V-15 1.25, 2.0 1.25 

Use M3 crimp terminals for connecting to the screw terminals. 

Applicable M3 crimp terminals: 

Daido Solderless Terminal Mfg. Co., Ltd. F1.25–3 

J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd. 

1.25 B3A 

Mounting 

Use M3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to 

securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to 

0.59 N m {4 to 6 kgf cm}. 


According to EN61058-1, the minimum insulation thickness for this 

Switch should be 1.1 mm and minimum clearance distance between 

the terminal and mounting plate should be 1.9 mm. If the insulation 

distance cannot be provided in the product incorporating 

the Switch, either use a Switch with insulation barrier or use a Separator 

to ensure sufficient insulation distance. Refer to Separator on 

page 152. 

Actuator (Sold Separately) 

Various Actuators are available as shown on pages 152 to 155. 

Connector (Sold Separately) 

Refer to Terminal Connectors on page 282. 

V 



Cat. No. B010-E1-09B 

125


VX 

Miniature Basic Switch with Low 

Operating Force and High Contact 

Reliability 

Wide variation extends from micro load to 5-A 

switching current, with shapes identical to those of 

the V-series Miniature Basic Switch. 

A unique internal mechanism enables high contact 

strength with low operating force. Can be used for 

detecting lightweight objects. 

 



VX-- 

1 2 3 4 5 

1. Ratings 

5: 5 A at 250 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC 

2. Actuator 









1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

4. Terminals 




2: OF 0.25 N {25 gf} 

3: OF 0.49 N {50 gf} 


126

VX 

VX 


Actuator 

Terminals 

(see note) 

OF max. 

Model 

5 A 0.1 A 

Pin plunger A 0.25 N {25 gf} VX-5-1A2 VX-01-1A2 

0.49 N {50 gf} VX-5-1A3 VX-01-1A3 

C2 0.25 N {25 gf} VX-5-1C22 VX-01-1C22 

0.49 N {50 gf} VX-5-1C23 VX-01-1C23 

Short hinge lever A 0.49 N {50 gf} VX-51-1A3 VX-011-1A3 

C2 

VX-51-1C23 

VX-011-1C23 

Hinge Lever A 0.29 N {30 gf} VX-52-1A3 VX-012-1A3 

C2 

VX-52-1C23 

VX-012-1C23 

Long hinge lever A 0.20 N {20 gf} VX-53-1A3 VX-013-1A3 

C2 VX-53-1C23 VX-013-1C23 

Simulated roller lever A 0.29 N {30 gf} VX-54-1A3 VX-014-1A3 

C2 

VX-54-1C23 

VX-014-1C23 

Short hinge roller lever A 0.59 N {60 gf} VX-55-1A3 VX-015-1A3 

C2 VX-55-1C23 VX-015-1C23 

Hinge roller lever A 0.29 N {30 gf} VX-56-1A3 VX-016-1A3 

Note: 

C2 VX-56-1C23 VX-016-1C23 

1. Contact your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models. 

2. Terminals A: Solder terminals 



Ratings 

Model 

Item 

Rated voltage 

VX-5 250 VAC 5 A 

VX-01 125 VAC 0.1 A 

Note: 

30 VDC 0.1 A 









Lamp load 

NC NO NC NO NC NO 

VX-5 125 VAC 5 A 0.5 A 4 A 

8 VDC 5 A 3 A 4 A 

30 VDC 5 A 3 A 4 A 

125 VDC 0.4 A 0.1 A 0.4 A 

250 VDC 0.3 A 0.05 A 0.2 A 

VX-01 125 VAC 0.1 A --- --- 

8 VDC 0.1 A --- --- 

30 VDC 0.1 A 

Note: 



127

VX 

VX 





Item VX-5 VX-01 





Contact resistance (initial value) 30 mΩ max. 50 mΩ max. 






Degree of protection against 



1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts 


Destruction: 400 m/s 2 {approx. 40G} max. 

Malfunction: 100 m/s 2 {approx. 10G} max. 


(60 operations/min) 

(Refer to the following Engineering Data.) 




IEC IP40 

Class I 


Ambient operating temperature –25°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing) 


Weight 

Note: 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 





Electrical: 1,000,000 operations min. 




2. The value for dielectric strength shown is for models with a Separator. 


they apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1 ms. 



Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models with 

standard approvals. 

UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File 

No. LR21642) 

Rated voltage VX-5 VX-01 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

5 A 

5 A 

0.1 A 

--- 

30 VDC --- 0.1 A 



Rated voltage VX-5 VX-01 

125 VAC 5 A 0.1 A 

250 VAC 5 A --- 


Item VX-5 VX-01 



Gap (standard value) 

0.5 mm 

Inrush current NC 15 A max. --- 

NO --- --- 

Minimum applicable load (see note) 160 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 5 VDC 


Contact Form 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

128

VX 

VX 


Mechanical Durability (Pin Plunger Models) 

VX-5 

VX-01 

200 



Without load 


200 



Without load 


Number of operations (x10 6 ) 

100 

50 

10 

Rated value 

of OT 

Full stroke 


100 

50 

10 

Rated value 

of OT 

Full stroke 

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 (1.6) 1.8 

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 (1.6) 1.8 



Electrical Durability (Pin Plunger Models) 

VX-5 

VX-01 


5 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 



Without load 


cosφ = 1, 250 VAC 


10 

5 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 



Without load 


cosφ = 1, 250 VAC 

125 VAC, 30 VDC 

0 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


0.1 

0 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.08 0.1 


129

VX 

VX 

Dimensions 

Terminals 


2. The following is for the SPDT contact specifications. 

Terminal type Solder terminals (A) Quick-connect terminals (#187) (C2) 

COM bottom position 

(5.5) 

(5.5) 

(6.5) 

(6.5) 

Terminal dimensions 

2.9 

t=0.5 

(10) 


6.35 


2.9 

t=0.5 (10) 

Three, quick-connect terminals (#187) 

6.35 

3.2 

4.75±0.1 

4.75±0.1 

Note: 


Two, 3.1-dia. mounting holes 

or M3 screw holes 

2.4 dia. 1.6 dia. 

The length to the center of the 1.6-dia. holes. 


10.3 ± 0.1 

22.2 ± 0.1 




3. The following illustrations and drawings are for solder terminals (Terminal A). Illustrations for Terminal C2 are omitted. For details, 

refer to Terminals. 

4. The in the model number is for the terminal code. 





PT 

VX-5-12 

VX-5-13 

VX-01-12 

VX-01-13 

OP 

2.8 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

A 

20.2±0.25 

2.8 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 


1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

15.9 18.8 

4.2 

10.3 


2.8 

Model 

VX-5-12 

VX-01-12 

VX-5-13 

VX-01-13 

OF max. 0.25 N {25 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

1.2 mm 

1.0 mm 

0.3 mm 

14.7±0.4 mm 

0.05 N {5 gf} 


VX-51-13 

VX-011-13 

PT 

OP 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

10.3±0.1 

3.4±0.15 dia. 


A 

22.1 

8.1 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 


1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

15.9 18.8 


4.3 

10.3 

2.8 

Model VX-51-13 VX-011-13 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Note: 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} (reference value) 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.5 mm 

15.2±0.5 mm 

The values indicated in parentheses 

are reference values for cases when 

the installation direction is such that 

the lever weight is not applied to the 

plunger. 

130

VX 

VX 


VX-52-13 

VX-012-13 PT 

A 


35.6±0.8 

8.1 

3.1 +0.13 


4.3 

2.8 

Model VX-52-13 VX-012-13 

OF max. 0.29 N {30 gf} 

RF min. --- 

OP 

2.8 

10.3±0.1 

15.9 18.8 

PT max. 

OT min. 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

10.3 


MD max. 

OP 

0.8 mm 

15.2±1.2 mm 


VX-53-13 

A 

VX-013-13 

PT 

OP 

2.8 


10.3±0.1 

59.4±0.8 

8.1 

3.1 +0.13 


15.9 18.8 

4.3 

2.8 

Model VX-53-13 VX-013-13 

OF max. 0.20 N {20 gf} 

RF min. --- 




3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

1.6 

2.8 

(10) 


10.3 

OP 

15.2±2.6 mm 


VX-54-13 

3.5R 

VX-014-13 

PT 

OP 

2.8 

A 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 


10.3±0.1 

32.6±0.8 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

8.1 

37.8±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 


1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

15.9 18.8 


4.3 

10.3 

2.8 

Model VX-54-13 VX-014-13 

OF max. 0.29 N {30 gf} 

RF min. 0.02 N {2 gf} 




OP 18.7±1.2 mm 


VX-55-13 

VX-015-13 

PT 

OP 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 


A 

20.1 

10.3±0.1 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

8.1 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 (oilless polyacetar resin roller) 

3.1 +0.13 


1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

15.9 18.8 


5.1 

10.3 

Model VX-55-13 VX-015-13 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

Note: 

0.59 N {60 gf} 


1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.5 mm 

20.7±0.6 mm 

The values indicated in parentheses 

are reference values for cases when 

the installation direction is such that 

the lever weight is not applied to the 

plunger. 

131

VX 

VX 


VX-56-13 

VX-016-13 

PT 

2.8 

OP 


A 

34.0±0.8 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

27.8 

37.8±0.8 

8.1 

3.1 +0.13 


1.6 

2.8 

(10) 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 

(oilless polyacetar resin roller) 

15.9 18.8 

5.1 

10.3 


Model VX-56-13 VX-016-13 

OF max. 0.29 N {30 gf} 

RF min. --- 




OP 20.7±1.2 mm 

Precautions 


Cautions 

Handling 

Be careful not to drop the Switch. Doing so may cause damage to 

the Switch’s internal components because it is designed for a small 

load. 

Correct Use 

Mounting 



0.59 N m {4 to 6 kgf cm}. 


For a Switch with an actuator, mount the Switch in a direction where 

the actuator weight will not be applied to the Switch. 

Since the Switch is designed for a small load, its resetting force is 

small. Therefore, resetting failure may occur if unnecessary load is 

applied to the Switch. 



micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that operate 


models within the operating range shown below, if inrush current occurs 

when the contact is opened or closed, it may increase contact 

wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, insert a contact protection 

circuit where necessary. 


value indicates the malfunction reference level for the reliability level 

of 60% (λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.510 –6 /operations indicates 



Voltage (V) 



models VX-01 

Operating 

range for 

generalload 

models 

VX-5 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 







Cat. No. B039-E1-02B 

132


D2MV 

Ultra-low Load, Miniature Basic Switch 

Twin crossbar contact employed for exceptionally 

high contact reliability in micro load applications. 

A coil spring employed in the internal mechanism 

extends durability and improves contact reliability. 

 



D2MV-- 

1 2 3 4 5 

1. Ratings 

1: 1 A at 125 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC 

2. Actuator 


L11: Short hinge lever 

L: Hinge lever 

L111: Long hinge lever 

L13: Simulated roller lever 

L22: Short hinge roller lever 

L2: Hinge roller lever 



1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

4. Terminals 

C: Solder terminals 


1: 0.10 N {10 gf} 

2: 0.25 N {25 gf} 

3: 0.49 N {50 gf} 


Actuator OF max. 0.1 A 1 A 

Pin plunger 0.10 N {10 gf} D2MV-01-1C1 D2MV-1-1C1 

0.25 N {25 gf} D2MV-01-1C2 D2MV-1-1C2 

0.49 N {50 gf} D2MV-01-1C3 D2MV-1-1C3 

Short hinge lever 0.49 N {50 gf} D2MV-01L11-1C3 D2MV-1L11-1C3 

Hinge lever 0.29 N {30 gf} D2MV-01L-1C3 D2MV-1L-1C3 

Long hinge lever 0.15 N {15 gf} D2MV-01L111-1C3 D2MV-1L111-1C3 

Simulated roller lever 0.29 N {30 gf} D2MV-01L13-1C3 D2MV-1L13-1C3 

Short hinge roller lever 0.49 N {50 gf} D2MV-01L22-1C3 D2MV-1L22-1C3 

Hinge roller lever 0.29 N {30 gf} D2MV-01L2-1C3 D2MV-1L2-1C3 

Note: 

Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models. 

133

D2MV 

D2MV 


Ratings 

Model D2MV-1 D2MV-01 

Rated voltage Item Resistive load 

125 VAC 1 A 0.1 A 

30 VDC 1 A 0.1 A 

Note: 






The symbols in the model number are for the actuator type code and operating force code respectively. 




D2MV-1 

125 VAC 1 A 0.1 A --- --- 

(1 A type) 

8 VDC 

1 A 

0.1 A 

--- --- 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

1 A 

1 A 

0.1 A 

0.1 A 

D2MV-01 125 VAC 0.1 A --- --- --- 

(0.1 A type) 

8 VDC 

0.1 A 

--- --- --- 

14 VDC 

30 VDC 

0.1 A 

0.1 A 

Note: 1. The above values are for the steady-current state. 








Contact resistance (initial 

value) 

Dielectric strength (see 

note 2) 

Vibration resistance (see 

note 3) 


(see note 3) 





1 mm to 1 m/s (pin plunger models) 




D2MV-01 models: 50 mΩ max. 

D2MV-1 models: 30 mΩ max. 


1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and the ground 



Destruction: Models with OF of 0.10 N: 150 m/s 2 {approx. 15G} max. 

Models with OF between 0.25 and 0.49 N: 400 m/s 2 {approx. 40G} max. 


Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) (Refer to Engineering Data.) 

Electrical: D2MV-1 models: 500,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

D2MV-01 models: 1,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

(Refer to Engineering Data.) 

IEC IP40 

Class I 


Ambient operating –25°C to 80°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing) 

temperature 

Ambient operating 85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

humidity 

Weight 

Approx. 6 g (pin plunger models) 

134

D2MV 

D2MV 

Note: 


2. The values for dielectric strength shown are for models with a Separator. 




135

D2MV 

D2MV 




UL1054 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated voltage D2MV-1 D2MV-01 

125 VAC 1 A 0.1 A 

30 VDC 1 A 0.1 A 


Item D2MV-01 models D2MV-1 models 

Contact Specification Twin crossbar Needle 

Material Gold alloy Silver 

Gap 0.5 mm 

(standard 

value) 

Inrush NC 0.1 A max. 1 A max. 

current 

NO 

Minimum applicable 

load (see note) 

1 mA at 5 VDC 30 mA at 5 VDC 

Contact Form 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

Note: 

For more information on the minimum applicable load, 

refer to Using Micro Loads on page 139. 







D2MV-01(1)-1C1 

D2MV-01(1)-1C2(3) 



Without load 



D2MV-1 




cosφ = 1 

D2MV-01 

Percentage of OT to its rated value (%) Percentage of switching current to its rated value (%) 

136

D2MV 

D2MV 

Dimensions 

Note: 

All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. 

Terminals 

6.5 

6.3 

3.9 




10.3 ± 0.1 

3.2 

7.5 

6.3 

1.2 

22.2 ± 0.1 

4.75± 0.1 

2.4 dia. 1.3 dia. 



2. The RF values indicated in parentheses are for cases where the lever weight is not applied to the plunger. 




D2MV-01-1C 

D2MV-1-1C 

PT 

A 

20.2±0.25 

2.8 

3 +0.07 


4.2 2.8 

2.8 

3 +0.07 

–0.05 

OP 10.3±0.1 

22.2±0.1 

11.6 15.9 19.8±0.8 

Note: 

The in the model number 

is for the OF code. 

+0.15 

3.2 –0.07 dia. 

31.8 

39.3±0.8 

2.8 

4 

(7.5) 

t=0.5 


10.3 

Model 

D2MV-01-1C1 

D2MV-1-1C1 

{ g } 

0.005 N {0.5 gf} (reference value) 

1.2 mm 

1.3 mm 

0.25 mm 

D2MV-01-1C2 

D2MV-1-1C2 

{ g } 


OF max. 0.10 N {10 gf} 0.25 N {25 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

14.7±0.4 mm 

D2MV-01-1C3 

D2MV-1-1C3 

{ g } 



D2MV-01L11-1C3 

D2MV-1L11-1C3 

A 


3 +0.07 


Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

D2MV-01L11-1C3 

D2MV-1L11-1C3 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

004N{4 0.04 gf} 

(reference value) 

1.7 mm 

1.0 mm 

Note: 

+0.15 

3.2 –0.07 dia. 


t=0.5 


MD max. 

OP 

0.4 mm 

15.2±0.5 mm 

137

D2MV 

D2MV 


D2MV-01L-1C3 

D2MV-1L-1C3 

PT 

A 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3 +0.07 

–0.05 

+0.15 

3.2 –0.07 dia. 

35.6±0.8 


8.1 

22.2±0.1 

31.8 

39.3±0.8 

3 +0.07 


2.8 4 

(7.5) 

11.6 15.9 19.8±0.8 

t=0.5 


Note: 

4.3 2.8 

10.3 


Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

D2MV-01L-1C3 

D2MV-1L-1C3 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

002N{2 0.02 gf} 


3.3 mm 

2.1 mm 

0.7 mm 

15.2±1.2 mm 


D2MV-01L111-1C3 

A 


D2MV-1L111-1C3 3 +0.07 

+0.15 

3.2 –0.07 dia. 


t=0.5 

Three, solder 

terminals 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

D2MV-01L111-1C3 

D2MV-1L111-1C3 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

001N{1 0.01 gf} 


6.0 mm 

4.0 mm 

1.4 mm 

15.2±2.6 mm 

Note: 



D2MV-01L13-1C3 

D2MV-1L13-1C3 

PT 

2.8 

A 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3 +0.07 

–0.05 

+0.15 

3.2 –0.07 dia. 

3.5R 

32.6±0.8 

t = 0.5 

(see note) 

8.1 3 +0.07 


22.2±0.1 2.8 

4 

31.8 

(7.5) 

39.3±0.8 

11.6 15.9 19.8±0.8 

t=0.5 


Note: 

4.3 2.8 

10.3 


Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

D2MV-01L13-1C3 

D2MV-1L13-1C3 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

002N{2 0.02 gf} 


3.3 mm 

1.9 mm 

0.7 mm 

18.7±1.2 mm 


D2MV-01L22-1C3 

A 

D2MV-1L22-1C3 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 (see note 2) 

t = 0.5 (see note 1) 

3 +0.07 


Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

D2MV-01L22-1C3 

D2MV-1L22-1C3 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

004N{4 0.04 gf} 


1.7 mm 

OT min. 

1.0 mm 

+0.15 

3.2 –0.07 dia. 

t=0.5 


MD max. 

OP 

0.4 mm 

20.7±0.6 mm 



138

D2MV 

D2MV 


D2MV-01L2-1C3 

D2MV-1L2-1C3 4.8 dia. × 4.8 (see note 2) 

PT A 

34±0.8 

t = 0.5 

3 +0.07 


(see note 1) 8.1 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

3 +0.07 

–0.05 

+0.15 

3.2 –0.07 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

31.8 

39.3±0.8 

2.8 

4 

(7.5) 

11.6 15.9 19.8±0.8 

0.5 t 


5.1 

10.3 



Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

D2MV-01L2-1C3 

D2MV-1L2-1C3 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

002N{2 0.02 gf} 


3.3 mm 

2.1 mm 

0.7 mm 

20.7±1.2 mm 

Precautions 


Cautions 

Handling 

Be careful not to drop the Switch. Doing so may cause damage to 

the Switch’s internal components because it is designed for a small 

load. 

Correct Use 

Mounting 



0.59 N m {4 to 6 kgf cm}. 


For a Switch with an actuator, mount the Switch in a direction where 

the actuator weight will not be applied to the Switch. 

















Voltage (V) 

Operating 

range for 

D2MV-01 

Operating 

range for 

D2MV-1 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 







Cat. No. B018-E1-07B 

139


K 

Simple Internal Mechanism Enables 

Durability of 20,000,000 Mechanical 

Operations or More 

Long-life design with an OT stopper inside the case 

and high-precision movable spring. 

A choice of types with right-hand barrier, left-hand 

barrier and no barrier for the terminals is available. 

 



K 

1 2 

1. Barrier 

1: With right-hand barrier 

2: With left-hand barrier 

3: Without barrier 


Actuator 

OF 

max. 

2. Actuator 





With right-hand barrier With left-hand barrier Without barrier 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


0.25 N 

{25 gf} 

0.15 N 

{15 gf} 

K1 K2 K3 

K1L K2L K3L 

K1L13 K2L13 K3L13 

Hinge roller lever K1L2 K2L2 K3L2 


Ratings 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

Rated voltage 

5 A 

3 A 


Note: 





140

K 

K 


Voltage Non-inductive load Inductive load 



125 VAC 5 A 1.5 A 0.7 A 3 A 1.5 A 0.7 A 

250 VAC 3 A 1 A 0.5 A 2 A 1 A 0.5 A 

8 VDC 5 A 3 A 3 A 4 A 3 A 

14 VDC 5 A 3 A 3 A 4 A 3 A 

30 VDC 5 A 3 A 3 A 4 A 3 A 

125 VDC 0.4 A 0.05 A 0.05 A 0.4 A 0.05 A 

250 VDC 0.2 A 0.05 A 0.03 A 0.2 A 0.03 A 









Contact resistance (initial value) 












30 mΩ max. 

1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarities 

2,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal part and ground, and between 

each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part 





Electrical: 100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) (Refer to Engineering Data.) 

IEC IP40 

Class I 




Weight 

Note: 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 



2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates a value for models with a Separator. 



4. For testing conditions, consult your OMRON sales representative. 

141

K 




UL1054 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated voltage 

125 VAC 5 A 

250 VAC 3 A 


Rated voltage 

125 VAC 5 A 

250 VAC 3 A 

Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operatings), T80 (0°C to 80°C) 

K 

K 



Material 

Gap 


Silver 

0.5 mm 


NO 

10 A max. 

Minimum applicable load (see note) 160 mA at 5 VDC 

Note: 

For more information on the minimum applicable load, refer 

to Using Micro Loads on page 144. 

Contact Form 

SPDT 

K 





100 

70 

50 

30 

20 

10 

7 

5 

Without load 


K1 




1,000 

700 

500 

300 

100 

70 

50 

K1 


30 operations/min 

At full OT 




0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 



Dimensions 

Note: 


Terminals 

5.1 

5.1 4.75 ±0.1 


10.3 ± 0.1 

3.7 



2.4 dia. 1.3 dia. 

22.2 ± 0.1 

142

K 

K 




3. Dimensions of models without barrier are exactly the same as those of models with right- or left-hand barrier except the dimensions 

of the barrier. 

4. Barrier specification symbol will be indicated in the of the model number. 



K1 (With Right-hand Barrier) 

PT 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.15 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

2.8 

2R (see note) 

20.2±0.25 

A 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 


22.2±0.15 13.4±0.8 

17±0.8 

43.3±0.8 

3.7 

5.1 

15.9 

5.1 

4.2 2.8 

10.3 

t=0.5 



Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

K1 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.8 mm 

14.4±0.7 mm 

K2 (With Left-hand Barrier) 

2.8 4.2 

15.9 

3.1 +0.13 


20.2±0.25 A 

2.8 

PT 

2.8 

10.3 OP 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

K2 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.8 mm 

10.3 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

13.35±0.8 

22.2±0.15 

(t=0.5) 2.8 

17±0.8 

43.3±0.8 

Three, 

quick-connect 

terminals 

(#187) 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

OP 

14.4±0.7 mm 


KL 

PT 

A 

35.6±0.8 


8.1 

3.1 +0.13 


4.3 2.8 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

KL 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

0.015 N {1.5 gf} 

2.8 

OP 

10.3±0.15 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

2.8 

22.2±0.15 13.4±0.8 

17±0.8 

43.3±0.8 

15.9 

10.3 

t=0.5 

Three, 

quick-connect 


PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

4.7 mm 

1.3 mm 

2.4 mm 

14.9±2 mm 

143

K 

K 


KL13 

PT 

OP 2.8 

A 

10.3±0.15 

3.5R 

32.6±0.8 


8.1 

3.1 +0.13 


15.9 

4.3 2.8 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

KL13 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

0.015 N {1.5 gf} 

4.7 mm 

1.3 mm 

2.4 mm 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

2.8 

22.2±0.15 13.4±0.8 

17±0.8 

43.3±0.8 

10.3 

t=0.5 

Three, 

quick-connect 


OP 

18.4±2 mm 


KL2 

PT 

OP 

2.8 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 

(see note 1) 

A 

10.3±0.15 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

2.8 

34±0.8 

t = 0.5 (see note 2) 

8.1 

22.2±0.15 13.4±0.8 

3.1 +0.13 


17±0.8 

43.3±0.8 

15.9 

5.3 

10.3 

t=0.5 

Three, 

quick-connect 


Model 

KL2 

OF max. 0.15 N {15 gf} 

RF min. 0.015 N {1.5 gf} 




OP 20.4±2 mm 

Note: 1. Oil-less polyacetal resin roller 

2. Stainless-steel lever 

Precautions 


Correct Use 


For a Switch with an Actuator, mount the Switch in a direction where 

the Actuator weight will not be applied to the Switch. 




Use two M3 mounting screws with plain washers or spring washers 

to mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 to 

0.59 N m {4 to 6 kgf cm}. 


For details, refer to General Information. 



Cat. No. B014-E1-07B 

144

Reed Miniature Basic Switch 

D2RV 

High Reliability for Micro Load 

Applications, Even in Adverse 

Atmospheres (Dust, High Humidity, 

Silicon Gas, Etc.) 

The reed switch offers exceptional contact 

reliability in micro load applications. 

Same mounting pitch as for the V Miniature Basic 

Switch. 

Long life expectancy with a bounce time of 1 ms 

max. 

 



D2RV- 

1 2 

1. Actuator 


L11: Short hinge lever 



L22: Short hinge roller lever 




None: 0.49 N {50 gf} 

E: 0.25 N {25 gf} 

G: 0.98 N {100 gf} 


Actuator OF max. D2RV 

Pin plunger 0.25 N {25 gf} D2RV-E 

0.49 N {50 gf} D2RV 

0.98 N {100 gf} D2RV-G 

Short hinge lever 0.25 N {25 gf} D2RV-L11E 

0.49 N {50 gf} D2RV-L11 

0.98 N {100 gf} D2RV-L11G 

Hinge lever 0.123 N {12.5 gf} D2RV-LE 

0.25 N {25 gf} D2RV-L 

0.49 N {50 gf} D2RV-LG 

Simulated roller lever 0.123 N {12.5 gf} D2RV-L13E 

0.25 N {25 gf} D2RV-L13 

0.49 N {50 gf} D2RV-L13G 

Short hinge roller lever 0.25 N {25 gf} D2RV-L22E 

0.49 N {50 gf} D2RV-L22 

0.98 N {100 gf} D2RV-L22G 

Hinge roller lever 0.25 N {25 gf} D2RV-L2 

0.49 N {50 gf} D2RV-L2G 

145

D2RV 

D2RV 


Ratings 

Switching voltage 

Switching current 

Contact capacity 




Insulation resistance (see note 1) 






100 VDC max. 

0.25 ADC max. 

10 W max. 

Note: 





150 mΩ max. 

The values apply under the following test conditions: 




200 VDC for 1 min between terminals of same polarity 

500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between 






Electrical: 3,000,000 operations min. (30 operaions/min) 

IEC IP40 

Class I 







Weight 

Note: 


80% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 7 g (pin plunger models with terminals) 

2. Insulation resistance between terminals of the same polarity is measured at 100 VDC. 








No. LR45746) 

Rated voltage 

30 VDC 0.1 A 

Contact Form 

SPST-NO 

Reed switch 

D2RV 

146

D2RV 

D2RV 

Dimensions 

Note: 


Terminals 

Two, solder terminals 




2.4 dia. 1.3 dia. 

10.3 ± 0.1 

22.2 ± 0.1 




3. The in the model number is for the OF code. 



D2RV- 

PT 

2.8 

A 

20.2±0.25 

1.5R 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 dia. hole 

4.5 3.1 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

5.4 15.9 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

2.8 

27.8 

1 

(10) 

10.3 

Model D2RV-E D2RV D2RV-G 


PT max. 

1.6 mm 

OT min. 

0.6 mm 

MD max. 

0.8 mm 

OP 

14.4±0.6 mm 


D2RV-L11 

PT 

OP 

2.8 

t = 0.5 

(stainless lever) 

A 

10.3±0.1 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.1 

8.1 

22.2±0.1 2.8 

1 

27.8 

3.1 +0.13 


(10) 

5.4 15.9 4.3 3.1 

10.3 

Model D2RV-L11E D2RV-L11 D2RV-L11G 


PT max. 

1.8 mm 

OT min. 

0.4 mm 

MD max. 1 mm 1.6 mm 1 mm 

OP 

15±0.6 mm 

147

D2RV 

D2RV 


D2RV-L 

PT 

A 

t = 0.5 (stainless lever) 

35.6±0.8 

8.1 

3.1 +0.13 


4.3 3.1 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

5.4 15.9 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

10.3 

27.8 

2.8 1 

(10) 

Model D2RV-LE D2RV-L D2RV-LG 

OF max. 0.123 N {12.5 gf} 0.25 N {25 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 

PT max. 

4 mm 

OT min. 

1 mm 

MD max. 

1.6 mm 

OP 

14.4±1.2 mm 


D2RV-L13 

PT 

3.5R 


A 

32.6±0.8 

8.1 3.1 +0.13 


4.3 3.1 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

5.4 15.9 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

2.8 1 

27.8 

(10) 

10.3 


OF max. 0.123 N {12.5 gf} 0.25 N {25 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 

PT max. 

4 mm 

OT min. 

1 mm 

MD max. 

1.6 mm 

OP 

18.1±1.2 mm 

148

D2RV 

D2RV 


D2RV-L22 

PT 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

Unlubricated 

polyacetal 

resin roller 

20.1 

A 

8.1 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 5.15 

t = 0.5 

(stainless lever) 

3.1 +0.13 


5.4 15.9 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

2.8 1 

27.8 

(10) 

10.3 



PT max. 

1.8 mm 

OT min. 

0.4 mm 

MD max. 

1 mm 

OP 

20.4±0.6 mm 


D2RV-L2 

Unlubricated 

polyacetal 

resin roller 

PT A 


34.0±0.8 

8.1 

4.8 dia. × 4.8 

3.1 +0.13 


5.15 

OP 

10.3±0.1 

5.4 

15.9 

2.8 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

10.3 

27.8 

2.8 1 

(10) 

Model D2RV-L2 D2RV-L2G 

OF max. 0.25 N {25 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 

PT max. 

4 mm 

OT min. 

1 mm 

MD max. 

1.6 mm 

OP 

20.7±1.2 mm 

149

D2RV 

Precautions 


Designing 

Contact Protection 

Depending on the load, an appropriate protective circuit must be 

connected across or to the Switch so as to ensure the rated durability 

of the Switch. 

Inductive Load 

If the load is inductive, connect a spark killer across the Switch to 

diminish the spark discharge that may occur when the Switch contacts 

release. 

Supply 

voltage 

C 

R 

Miniature Reed Switch 

Load 

D2RV 

To obtain R, start on the load voltage E axis on the graph. Run up to 

the point on the axis indicating the given load voltage and then 

across to the R axis. For example, if E is 24 VDC, R is about 115 Ω. 

Next, to determine C, L must be known. Suppose L is 0.5 H, I is 

0.5 A, and E is 24 VDC. Then C can be obtained by following these 

steps: 

1. Plot the value of E, 24 V, on the E axis. 

2. Plot the point where the EC curve corresponding to E, or the 

EC = 24 V curve intersects with the value of I, 0.5 A. 

3. Join points E and the intersection of EC with I with a straight 

line. This line is the top dotted line in the graph. 

4. Find the point the E-EC line intersects with the value of L, 

0.5 H. This intersection indicates the value of 0.14 µF. This is 

the capacitance the constant C must satisfy. 

The constants of this spark killer, i.e., resistance R and capacitance 

C, can be obtained from the graph shown if the following constants 

are known: 

Load current I 

Load voltage E = EC 

Inductance L 

Load type 

Resistive 

Inductive load 

load 0.25 (H) 0.5 (H) 1 (H) 2 (H) 5 (H) 

0.5 1 2 4 10 

0.05 

Constants for spark killer 

100 

EC = 100 V 

2,000 

0.14 

0.005 0.05 0.1 0.2 

1.1 

0.4 1 

EC = 48 V 

48 

EC = 36 V 

36 

EC = 24 V 

24 

EC = 12 V 

12 

460 

260 

115 

29 

EC = 5 V 

5 

5 

0.0005 0.005 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.1 

1 

50 PF 0.0005 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.01 

100 PF 400 PF 

5 PF 50 PF 200 PF 0.001 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 

Load current I (A) 

Another Example 

For the sake of practice, obtain the value of C where I = 0.4 A, E = 

12 VDC, and L = 5 H. The E-EC line in this case is the bottom dotted 

line on the graph. It indicates the value of 1.1 µF. So, use a capacitor 

having a capacitance of 1.1 µF. 

150

D2RV 

D2RV 

Example of Other Protective Circuits 

For AC circuit load 

R 

L load 

Z 

L load 

C 

For DC circuit load 

For lamp load 

R 

D 

L load 

V 

For Electronic Circuit Load 

If an electric circuit is connected to the Switch as the load, a high 

response speed is required from the Switch. To assure the rated response 

speed of the Switch and to prevent contact bounce, insert 

an integral circuit between the Switch and the load. 

Correct Use 

Handling 

Do not drop the Reed Switch on a hard object such as floor because 

the internal mechanism of the Switch may be damaged and, as a 

result, the characteristics of the Switch may be degraded. 

Install the Switch so that the actuator can move at least 70% of the 

rated travel and returns to the free position when the Switch is released. 

Take adequate preventive measures against inrush current and 

surge voltage. Under the load conditions where severe transient 

phenomena take place, metal deposition may occur between the 

mating contacts of the Switch, degrading the electrical and mechanical 

characteristics and contact reliability of the Switch. 

Lead Wiring 

To solder the lead to the terminal, apply a soldering iron rated at 

30 W max. quickly (within 5 seconds) with the actuator at the free 

position. 

Applying a soldering iron for too long a time or using one that is rated 

at more than 30 W may degrade the Switch characteristics. 

Mounting 

Use two M3 mounting screws with plain or spring washers to mount 

the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.39 N m {4 to 

6 kgf cm}. 

When installing two or more Switches side by side, provide at least 

8 mm between the adjacent Switches. If this is impossible, attach 

the optional magnetic baffle D2RV--I to the Switches. 

Change in Characteristics Due to Temperature Fluctuation 

The characteristics of the Switch may be changed with the temperature. 

Connector 

Refer to terminal connections on page 282. 



Cat. No. B056-E1-03B 

151

D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV 


D3V/V/VX/D2MV/K/D2RV Common Accessories 


Actuators (Sold Separately) 

Actuators are supplementary components used when operating the 

Switch using cams or dogs or when transmitting mechanical movements 

that are not in alignment with the switch plunger. 

The VAL models are suitable for cases where a Switch is operated 

by a rotary cam or sliding devices with relatively low operation frequency. 

The VAM models are designed to operate in reverse movements 

and have high shock and vibration resistance. Since the OT of these 

models is rather large, these models can be used for automatic control 

or door switches of machining tools. 

The VAV models can be used for cases where a small OF is required. 

Note: 

1. These Actuators do not include Switches. 

2. Switches with the mounting holes shown below can be 

used except for special models. 

Separators (Insulation Sheet) (Sold Separately) 

Separator for V 

Applicable Switches Thickness Model 

D3V, V, VX, D2MV, K, 

0.18 Separator for V0.18 

D2RV, D2VW 

0.25 Separator for V0.25 

Note: 

The Separator is made of epoxy alkyd/varnish tetron cloth 

and has heat-resistant temperature of 130°C. 

Separator 


Note: 1. All units are in millimeter unless otherwise indicated. 


3. For operating characteristics of models not listed above, consult your OMRON sales representative. 


5. Model numbers are for the Actuator only. 

Leaf Spring 

In the case of V-15-1A5 

VAL (Designed for models of OF 200 gf and greater) 

OF max. 2.26 N {230 gf} 

t=0.3, width: 4.7 

(Stainless-steel 

spring lever) 

Two, M316 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.8 mm 

0.4 mm 

17 mm 

14.9±0.5 mm 

152



Simulated Leaf Spring 

VAL12 (Designed for models of OF 200 gf and greater) 

2.4R 

t=0.3, (Stainless-steel spring lever) 


OF max. 2.26 N {230 gf} 

RF min. 0.49 N {50 gf} 



FP max. 22.9 mm 

OP 20.5±0.8 mm 

Two, M316 


VAL2, VAL02 (Designed for models of OF 200 gf max.) 

4.8 dia.4.8 (see note) 


OF max. 2.26 N {230 gf} 

RF min. 0.49 N {50 gf} 




OP 20.5±0.5 mm 

Two, M316 

Note: 

VAL2: Unlubricated polyacetal resin roller 

VAL02: Stainless-steel roller 


VAV 

44.4R 

t=1, width: 4.9 (stainless-steel lever) 


OF max. 

RF min. 

0.34 N {35 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

PT max. 

7.6 mm 

OT min. 

36mm 3.6 Two, M316 


OP Approx. 10.6 

mm 

Hinge Wire Lever 

VAV-5 (Designed for models of OF 25 gf max.) 

0.8 dia. 

(stainless-steel lever) 

50R 

Two, M316 

In the case of VX-5-1A2 

OF max. 0.03 N {2.8 gf} 

RF min. 0.002 N {0.2 gf} 

PT max. 

OT min. 

16 mm 

2mm 

MD max. 5 mm 

OP Approx. 16.7 

mm 

153




VAV2 

4.8 dia. 4.8 (Unlubricated polyacetal resin roller) 

19R 

Two, M316 


OF max. 0.74 N {75 gf} 

RF min. 0.09 N {9 gf} 

PT max. 

OT min. 

4.8 mm 

15mm 1.5 MD max. 1.2 mm 

OP 18.6±1.6 mm 

Reverse Long Hinge Lever 

VAM 

62R 

t=1 

(stainless-steel 

lever) 

Two, M320 


OF max. 1.96 N {200 gf} 

RF min. 0.29 N {30 gf} 

OT min. 7 mm 


MD max. 5 mm 

FP max. 45 mm 

OP 20±9 mm 


VAM21 

26R 

t=1 


lever) 


OF max. 3.53 N {360 gf} 

RF min. 0.69 N {70 gf} 

Two, M320 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

5 mm 


4 mm 

30 mm 

20±4 mm 

Reverse Roller Modified Lever 

VAM-1 t=1 

46.5R 

7R 


lever) 

Two, M320 


OF max. 2.94 N {300 gf} 

RF min. 0.39 N {40 gf} 

OT min. 5 mm 


MD max. 6 mm 

FP max. 47 mm 

OP 30±5 mm 

154




VAM22 

25R 

9.5 dia.4.8. 

(Stainlesssteel 

roller) 

Two, M320 


OF max. 3.53 N {360 gf} 

RF min. 0.69 N {70 gf} 

OT min. 

MD max. 

3 mm 


4 mm 

FP max. 38 mm 

OP 31.3±3 mm 

Reverse Long Hinge Roller Lever 

VAM2 

51R 

9.5 dia.4.8 (Stainless-steel roller) 


OF max. 2.45 N {250 gf} 

RF min. 0.39 N {40 gf} 

OT min. 

MD max. 

7 mm 


6 mm 

FP max. 48 mm 

OP 31±6 mm 

Two, M320 

155

Low-torque Basic Switch 

D2MC 

Highly Reliable Rotary-action Switch for 

Low Torque Operation (0.5 m N m 

{5.1 gf cm}) 

0.5-A rated model employs crossbar gold-alloy 

contacts for excellent contact reliability in the micro 

load range. 

Long life (10,000,000 mechanical operations min.) 

through use of a movable coil spring. 

 



D2MC- 

1 2 3 

1. Ratings 

5: 5 A at 250 VAC 

0.1: 0.5 A at 30 VDC 

2. Maximum Operating Torque (OTq) 

E: 0.5 mN m {5.1 gf cm} max. 

F: 0.75 mN m {7.6 gf cm} max. 

H: 1.00 mN m {10.2 gf cm} max. 


3. Direction of Actuator 

None: Clockwise 

L: Counterclockwise 

Direction of actuation OTq max. 5 A 0.5 A 

Clockwise 0.5 m N m {5.1 gf cm} D2MC-5E D2MC-01E 

0.75 m N m {7.6 gf cm} D2MC-5F D2MC-01F 

1.00 m N m {10.2 gf cm} D2MC-5H D2MC-01H 

Counterclockwise 0.5 m N m {5.1 gf cm} D2MC-5EL D2MC-01EL 

0.75 m N m {7.6 gf cm} D2MC-5FL D2MC-01FL 

1.00 m N m {10.2 gf cm} D2MC-5HL D2MC-01HL 

Note: All the models listed here are supplied without actuator lever. If an actuator lever is required, please order separately by indicating the 

model number of the actuator lever (CAA1M). Refer to page 160. 

156

D2MC 

D2MC 


Ratings 

Model 

Item 

Rated voltage 

D2MC-5 125 VAC 5 A 

250 VAC 5 A 

D2MC-01 125 VAC 0.5 A 

Note: 

30 VDC 0.5 A 














(see note 2) 


(see note 2) 


Item D2MC-5 D2MC-01 

1° to 360°/sec 




20 mΩ max. 100 mΩ max. 

600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of same polarity 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between each 

terminal and non-current-carrying metal part 


Destruction: 1,000 m/s 2 {100 G} max. 

Malfunction: Models with OTq of 0.5 mN m: 100 m/s 2 {10 G} max. 

Models with OTq of 0.75 mN m: 100 m/s 2 {10 G} max. 

Models with OTq of 1.00 mN m: 200 m/s 2 {20 G} max. 



Electrical: 


100,000 operations min. 


Electrical: 

Degree of protection IEC IP40 





temperature 

Ambient operating 35% to 85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

humidity 

Weight 

Note: 

Approx. 10 g 






(30 operations/min, 125 VAC, 

30 VDC 0.1 A) 

157

D2MC 

D2MC 




UL508 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated voltage D2MC-01 D2MC-5 

125 VAC 0.5 A 5 A 

250 VAC --- 5 A 

30 VDC 0.5 A --- 

Contact Form 

SPDT 


Item D2MC-5 D2MC-01 


Inrush 

current 




(see note) 

Note: 

0.5 mm 

NC 15 A max. 0.5 A max. 

NO 7 A max. 0.5 A max. 

160 mA at 

5 VDC 

1 mA at 

5 VDC 









Without load 

Operating frequency: 240 operations/minute 





D2MC-01: 60 operations/min 

D2MC-5: 20 operations/min 

0.1 A 125 VAC (cosφ=1) 

(D2MC-01) 

0.5 A 125 VAC (cosφ=1) 

(D2MC-01) 

5 A 250 VAC (cosφ=1) 

(D2MC-5) 

Overtravel 


158

D2MC 

D2MC 

Dimensions 


Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. 



8.7 ± 0.1 

23.8 ± 0.1 



2. The in the model number are for the Ratings and OTq code. 

3. The angle given for the free position (FP) is the angle made with the horizontal. 

Clockwise 

D2MC- 

t=0.8 

Quick-connect terminals (#205) 

Counterclockwise 

D2MC-L 

Operating 

direction 

t=0.8 

Quick-connect terminals (#205) 

4±0.1 dia. 

4±0.1 dia. 

3.1±0.05 dia. 

3.1±0.05 dia. 

Operating 

direction 

Model 

OTq 

max. 

RTq min. 

D2MC-5E 

D2MC-01E 

0.5 mN m 

{5.1 gf cm} 

0.06 mN m 

{0.6 gf cm} 

D2MC-5F 

D2MC-01F 

0.75 mN m 

{7.6 gf cm} 

0.09 mN m 

{0.9 gf cm} 

PT max. 21° 21° 21° 

OT min. 17° 17° 17° 

MD min. 3° 3° 3° 

RT min. 5° 5° 5° 

TT min. 38° 

FP 15±3° (see note 3) 

Model 

OTq 

max. 

RTq min. 

D2MC-5EL 

D2MC-01EL 

0.5 mN m 

{5.1 gf cm} 

0.06 mN m 

{0.6 gf cm} 

D2MC-5FL 

D2MC-01FL 

0.75 mN m 

{7.6 gf cm} 

0.09 mN m 

{0.9 gf cm} 

PT max. 21° 21° 21° 

OT min. 17° 17° 17° 

MD min. 3° 3° 3° 

RT min. 5° 5° 5° 

TT min. 38° 

FP 15±3° (see note 3) 

D2MC-5H 

D2MC-01H 

1.0 mN m 

{10.2 gf cm} 

0.13 mN m 

{1.3 gf cm} 

D2MC-5HL 

D2MC-01HL 

1.0 mN m 

{10.2 gf cm} 

0.13 mN m 

{1.3 gf cm} 

159

D2MC 

D2MC 

Accessories (Sold Separately) 

Actuator Lever 

CAA1M for Snap-on Mounting 

50±1 

2. Push the lever down in the direction of the groove in the rotary 

disc. 

Rotary shaft 

0.6-dia. stainless-steel wire 

In addition to the standard wire lever model shown here, various 

other levers are available upon request. 

Mounting Actuator Lever 

1. Insert the end of the actuator lever into the hole in the rotary 

disc. 

Designing Own Actuator 

If you decide to make your own actuator lever, the materials used 

should be stainless steel, piano wire, hard aluminum wire, etc. 

There are no restrictions on the tip shape or length of the actuator 

lever. However, if the lever is too long, improper switch resetting or 

contact chattering may occur. Therefore, the shape of lever as 

shown below is suitable. 

1.6 

3.6 

0.6 dia. stainless-steel wire 

Center of 

rotating axis 

 

The appropriate value of dimension () from the fulcrum is 50 mm. 

Precautions 


Correct Use 

Mounting/Soldering 


mount the switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.20 to 

0.29 N m {2 to 3 kgf cm}. 

Do not change the operating position by modifying the actuator. 


For details, refer to General Information. 



Cat. No. B051-E1-07B 

160

Subminiature Basic Switch 

D3M 

Quick-connect Terminals Simplify 

Wiring and Reduce Production Steps 

Easy wiring is ensured by quick-connect terminals, 

and horizontal layout of terminals saves mounting 

space. 

External actuator mounts in either of two directions 

to increase Switch mounting flexibility. 

Same mounting pitch as the OMRON SS 

Subminiature Basic Switch. 

 



D3M-01 

1 2 3 

1. Actuator Mounting Position 

None: No actuator 

K: Pushbutton close to actuator fulcrum 

2. Actuator 






None: SPST-NC (with red pushbutton) 

-3: SPST-NO (with black pushbutton) 

L: Pushbutton far from actuator fulcrum 

Note: 

For details about models with a low operating force, contact your OMRON sales representative. 

161

D3M 

D3M 


Actuator Actuator mounting position Contact type Model 

Pin plunger --- SPST-NC D3M-01 

SPST-NO 

D3M-01-3 

Hinge lever K SPST-NC D3M-01K1 

SPST-NO 

D3M-01K1-3 

L SPST-NC D3M-01L1 

SPST-NO 

D3M-01L1-3 

Hinge roller lever K SPST-NC D3M-01K2 

SPST-NO 

D3M-01K2-3 


SPST-NO 

D3M-01L2-3 

Simulated roller lever K SPST-NC D3M-01K3 


Ratings 

Rated voltage 

SPST-NO 

D3M-01K3-3 



30 VDC 0.1 A 

Note: The ratings values apply under the following test conditions: 






0.1 mm/s to 1 m/s (pin plunger models) 




Contact resistance (initial value) (see note 2) 


100 MΩ min. at 500 VDC 

SPST-NO 

D3M-01L3-3 

100 mΩ max. including connector and 50-mm AWG28 lead-wire resistance 


1,000 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity 

1,500 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min between charged metal part and ground 

1,500 VAC at 50/60 Hz for 1 min between non-charged metal part and each terminal 






Durability y( (see note 5) 

Mechanical: 500,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) 


Degree of protection against electric shock 

Electrical: 200,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

IEC IP40 

Class I 


Ambient operating temperature 


Weight 


85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 


Note: 


2. Includes the resistance of the connector and lead wire (AWG #28, 50-mm length). 

3. The dielectric strength values shown in the table are for models with a Separator. (Refer to page 175.) 




162

D3M 

D3M 





No. LR21642) 

Rated voltage 

30 VDC 0.1 A 

D3M 

EN61058-1 (File No. R9750979, TÜV Rheinland 

approval) 

Rated voltage 

30 VDC 0.1 A 

D3M 

Testing conditions: 1E5 (100,000 operatings), T85 (0°C to 85°C) 


Contact 

Material 

Distance between contacts 

Inrush current 


(see note) 

Crossbar 

Gold alloy 

0.5 mm 

1 A max. 

1 mA at 5 VDC 

Note: For more information on the minimum applicable load, 


Contact Form 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

163

D3M 

D3M 

Dimensions 



Two, 2.4-dia. mounting hole or M2.3 screw hole 






D3M-01 

D3M-01-3 

(see note 2) 

A 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

D3M-01 

D3M-01-3 

1.50 N {153 gf} 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

0.6 mm 

0.4 mm 

(see note 2) 

OP 

FP 

MD max. 

OP 

0.1 mm 

8.4±0.3 mm 

(see note 1) 

+0.1 

2.35 dia. 

–0.05 

2.5 dia. 

Note: 1. The terminals connect to JST’s Dipole XA Connector. 

2. The Dipole XA Connector consists of the following components. 

Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6 

Housing: XAP-02V-1 

Hinge Lever Models (K) 

D3M-01K1 

D3M-01K1-3 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

D3M-01K1 

D3M-01K1-3 

0.50 N {51 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

(see note 2) 

(see note 2) 

A 

Stainless steel (t = 0.3) 

OP 

FP 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.2 mm 

0.8 mm 

14.0 mm 

10.0±0.8 mm 

(see note 1) 

+0.1 

2.35 dia. 

–0.05 

2.5 dia. 





164

D3M 

D3M 

Hinge Lever Models (L) 

D3M-01L1 

D3M-01L1-3 

(see note 2) 


Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

D3M-01L1 

D3M-01L1-3 

1.00 N {102 gf} 

0.10 N {10 gf} 

(see note 2) 

A 

OP 

FP 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.7 mm 

0.6 mm 

11.5 mm 

9.2±0.6 mm 

(see note 1) 

+0.1 

2.35 dia. 

–0.05 

2.5 dia. 





Hinge Roller Lever Models (K) 

D3M-01K2 

D3M-01K2-3 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

D3M-01K2 

D3M-01K2-3 

0.50 N {51 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

(see note 2) 

(see note 2) 

4.8 dia.3.2 

polyacetal 

resin roller 

A 


OP 

FP 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.2 mm 

0.8 mm 

19.7 mm 

15.7±0.8 mm 

(see note 1) 

+0.1 

2.35 dia. 

–0.05 

2.5 dia. 





Hinge Roller Lever Models (L) 

D3M-01L2 

D3M-01L2-3 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

D3M-01L2 

D3M-01L2-3 

1.00 N {102 gf} 

0.10 N {10 gf} 

OT min. 

0.7 mm 

(see note 2) 


A4.8 

dia.3.2 polyacetal resin roller 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.6 mm 

17.2 mm 

14.9±0.6 mm 

(see note 2) 

OP 

FP 

(see note 1) 

+0.1 

2.35 dia. 

–0.05 

2.5 dia. 





165

D3M 

D3M 

Simulated Roller Lever Models (K) 

D3M-01K3 

D3M-01K3-3 

(see note 2) 


Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

D3M-01K3 

D3M-01K3-3 

0.50 N {51 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

(see note 2) 

A 

OP 

FP 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.2 mm 

0.8 mm 

16.2 mm 

12.2±0.8 mm 

(see note 1) 

+0.1 

2.35 dia. 

–0.05 

2.5 dia. 





Simulated Roller Lever Models (L) 

D3M-01L3 

D3M-01L3-3 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

D3M-01L3 

D3M-01L3-3 

1.00 N {102 gf} 

0.10 N {10 gf} 

(see note 2) 

(see note 2) 


A 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.7 mm 

0.6 mm 

13.6 mm 

11.3±0.6 mm 

OP 

FP 

(see note 1) 

+0.1 

2.35 dia. 

–0.05 

2.5 dia. 





166

D3M 

Precautions 


Correct Use 

Mounting 

Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers to 


0.26 N m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf cm}. 














D3M 

Connectors 

The terminals connect to JST’s XA Connector. 

The XA Connector consists of the following components. 



OMRON does not sell the XA Connector. Contact the following. 

J.S.T. Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (Japan) 

Tel: (81)6-6968-6855 

Fax: (81)6-6964-2085 

J.S.T. (U.K.) Ltd. (United Kingdom) 

Tel: (44)1986-874131 

Fax: (44)1986-874276 

J.S.T. Corporation (U.S.A.) 

Tel: (1)847-473-1957 

Fax: (1)847-473-1373 

J.S.T. (H.K.) Co. Ltd. (Hong Kong) 

Tel: (852)24137979 

Fax: (852)24111193 

Voltage (V) 

Operating 

range 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. B100-E1-02B 

167


SS 

Subminiature Basic Switch Offers Long 

Life of 30,000,000 Operations 

A design that combines simplicity and stability by 

the use of two split springs ensures a long service 

life of 30,000,000 operations. 

A variety of models are available, with operating 

force ranging from low to high. 

Solder, quick-connect terminals (#110) and PCB 

terminals are available. 

Approval obtained for standards including UL, 

CSA, and VDE. 

 



SS- 

1 2 3 4 5 

1. Ratings 

10: 10.1 A at 125 VAC 

5: 5 A at 125 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC 

2. Actuator 


GL: Hinge lever 

GL13: Simulated roller lever 

GL2: Hinge roller lever 

3. Maximum Operating Force (see note 1) 

None: 1.47 N {150 gf} 

-F: 0.49 N {50 gf} (0.1 A, 5 A) 

-E: 0.25 N {25 gf} (0.1 A) 


None: SPDT 

-2: SPST-NC 

-3: SPST-NO 

5. Terminals 

None: Solder terminals 

T: Quick-connect terminals (#110) 

D: PCB terminals (see note 2) 

Note: 

1. These values are for the pin plunger models. 

2. The PCB terminals has a right-angle terminal option. 

D1: Left-angled terminals 

D2: Right-angled terminals 

3. When suffix “-T” is placed after the model number, the 

model withstands high temperatures (–25°C to 120°C). 

Contact Form 


168

SS 

SS 


Rating Actuator OF max. Solder terminals Quick-connect PCB terminals 


0.1 A Pin plunger 0.25 N {25 gf} SS-01-E SS-01-ET SS-01-ED 

0.49 N {50 gf} SS-01-F SS-01-FT SS-01-FD 

1.47 N {150 gf} SS-01 SS-01T SS-01D 

Hinge lever 0.08 N {8 gf} SS-01GL-E SS-01GL-ET SS-01GL-ED 

0.16 N {16 gf} SS-01GL-F SS-01GL-FT SS-01GL-FD 

0.49 N {50 gf} SS-01GL SS-01GLT SS-01GLD 

Simulated roller lever 0.08 N {8 gf} SS-01GL13-E SS-01GL13-ET SS-01GL13-ED 

0.16 N {16 gf} SS-01GL13-F SS-01GL13-FT SS-01GL13-FD 

0.49 N {50 gf} SS-01GL13 SS-01GL13T SS-01GL13D 

Hinge roller lever 0.08 N {8 gf} SS-01GL2-E SS-01GL2-ET SS-01GL2-ED 

0.16 N {16 gf} SS-01GL2-F SS-01GL2-FT SS-01GL2-FD 


5 A Pin plunger 0.49 N {50 gf} SS-5-F SS-5-FT SS-5-FD 

1.47 N {150 gf} SS-5 SS-5T SS-5D 

Hinge lever 0.16 N {16 gf} SS-5GL-F SS-5GL-FT SS-5GL-FD 

0.49 N {50 gf} SS-5GL SS-5GLT SS-5GLD 

Simulated roller lever 0.16 N {16 gf} SS-5GL13-F SS-5GL13-FT SS-5GL13-FD 


Hinge roller lever 0.16 N {16 gf} SS-5GL2-F SS-5GL2-FT SS-5GL2-FD 


10.1 A Pin plunger 1.47 N {150 gf} SS-10 SS-10T SS-10D 

Hinge lever 0.49 N {50 gf} SS-10GL SS-10GLT SS-10GLD 

Simulated roller lever 0.49 N {50 gf} SS-10GL13 SS-10GL13T SS-10GL13D 

Hinge roller lever 0.49 N {50 gf} SS-10GL2 SS-10GL2T SS-10GL2D 

Note: 


169

SS 

SS 


Ratings 

Model 

Item 

Rated voltage 

SS-10 250 VAC 10.1 A 

SS-5 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 


5 A 

3 A 

SS-01 125 VAC 0.1 A 

30 VDC 0.1 A 

Note: 






Voltage SS-10, SS-5 SS-01 

Non-inductive load Inductive load Non-inductive load 

Resistive load Lamp load Inductive load Motor load Resistive load 


125 VAC 5 (10.1) A 1.5 A 0.7 A 3 A 2.5 A 1.3 A 0.1 A 

250 VAC 

(see note 1) 

3 (10.1) A 

1 A 0.5 A 2 A 1.5 A 0.8 A --- 

(see note 1) 

8 VDC 5 (10.1) A 

2 A 5 A 4 A 3 A 0.1 A 

(see note 1) 

14 VDC 5 (10.1) A 

2 A 4 A 4 A 3 A 0.1 A 

(see note 1) 

30 VDC 4 A 2 A 3 A 3 A 3 A 0.1 A 

125 VDC 0.4 A 0.05 A 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.05 A --- 

250 VDC 0.2 A 0.03 A 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.03 A --- 

Note: 1. Data in parentheses apply to the SS-10 models only. 

2. The above values are for the steady-state current. 

3. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC). The inductive load rating of SS-10 is the 

same as that of SS-5. 



6. If the Switch is used in a DC circuit and is subjected to a surge, connect a surge suppressor across the Switch. 

170

SS 

SS 








(see note 2) 


(see note 3) 


(see note 4) 





OF 1.47 N {150 gf}: SS-10, SS-5 models: 30 mΩ max. 

SS-01 models: 50 mΩ max. 

OF 0.49 N {50 gf}: SS-5 models: 50 mΩ max. 

SS-01 models: 100 mΩ max. 

OF 0.25 N {25 gf}: SS-01 models: 150 mΩ max. 

1,000 VAC (600 VAC for SS-01 models), 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarities 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal part and ground, and between each 

terminal and non-current-carrying metal part 


Destruction: OF 1.47 N {150 gf}: 

1,000 m/s 2 {approx. 100G} max. 

OF 0.25 N {25gf}/0.49 N {50 gf}: 500 m/s 2 {approx. 50G} max. 

Malfunction: OF 1.47 N {150 gf}: 

300 m/s 2 {approx. 30G} max. 

OF 0.25 N {25 gf}/0.49 N {50 gf}: 200 m/s 2 {approx. 20G} max. 

Durability (see note 5) Mechanical: 30,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) (Refer to the following Engineering Data.) 

10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) for SS-10 models 

Electrical: 200,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) (Refer to the following Engineering Data.) 

50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) for SS-10 models 

Degree of protection IEC IP40 

Degree of protection Class 1 

against electrical shock 

Proof Tracking Index (PTI) 175 


temperature 


humidity 

Weight 

Note: 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 






4. Lever-type models: Total travel position (with a contact separation time of 1 ms max.) 






No. LR21642) 

Rated voltage SS-10 SS-5 SS-01 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

--- 

10.1 A 

5 A 

3 A 

0.1 A 

--- 

30 VDC --- --- 0.1 A 

EN61058-1 (File No. 129246 for SS-5, 125256 for 

SS-10, VDE approval) 

Rated voltage SS-10 SS-5 

250 VAC 10 A 5 A 

EN61058-1 (File No. J9451450, TÜV Rheinland 

approval) 

Rated voltage SS-10 SS-5 

250 VAC 10 A 5 A 

Testing conditions: 5E4 (50,000 operations); T85 (0°C to 85°C). 


Item SS-10 SS-5 SS-01 


Material Silver Silver Gold alloy 

alloy 

Gap 

0.5 mm 0.25 mm 

(standard 

value) 

Inrush NC 20 A max. 1 A max. 

current 

NO 15 A max. 10 A max. 1 A max. 



Note: 

160 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA 

at 5 VDC 



171

SS 

SS 



SS-5, SS-1, SS-01 Models 


40,000 

30,000 

20,000 

10,000 

5,000 



Without load 



SS-5 Models 


5,000 

3,000 

1,000 

500 

300 

100 

50 

30 




cosφ = 1 

250 VAC 

125 VAC 

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 


10 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


Dimensions 

Note: 


Terminals 

Terminal plate thickness is 0.5 mm for all models. 

Solder Terminals Quick-connect Terminals (#110) PCB Terminals 

2.9 

1.6 

COM 

terminal 

(C) 

8.8 7.3 

9.5±0.1 

19.8 

3.2 

6.4 

NO terminal 

NC terminal 

2.9 

6.4 

1.6 

Three, 1.6-dia. holes 

COM terminal (C) 

8.8 7.3 

9.5±0.1 

19.8 

NO terminal 

NC terminal 

2.9 

3.3 0.6 

10.6 

7.1 

1.6 

0.5 

8.8 7.3 

2.8 

1.2 

COM 

9.5±0.1 

3.2 

3.2 

Three, 1.2 dia. 

terminal 19.8 

t = 0.5 

(C) 

NO terminal 

NC terminal 

7.0 

PCB Mounting Dimensions (Reference) 

Three, 1.35 to 1.5 dia. 

(1.6) 

8.8 +0.15 

–0.05 

16.1±0.1 




9.5 ± 0.1 

172

SS 

SS 



2. The following illustration and drawing are for solder terminal models. Refer to page 172 for details on models with quick-connect 

terminals (#110) or PCB terminals. 




SS-01(-E, -F) 

SS-5(-F) 

SS-10 

PT 

OP 

2.35 +0.075 

–0.05 

2 

7.5 

A 

9.5 

10.2 

3.2 

6.4 

2.9 2.5 

6.4 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

1.6 

8.8 7.3 

5.1 9.5±0.1 

19.8 

2.35 +0.075 


3.2 

6.4 


Model SS-01-E SS-01-F 

SS-5-F 

{ g } 

{ g } 

RF min. 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

SS-01 

SS-5 

{ g } 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

OF max. 0.25 N {25 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 1.47 N {150 gf} 1.47 N {150 gf} 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

PT max. 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.6 mm 

OT min. 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.4 mm 

MD max. 0.1 mm 0.1 mm 0.1 mm 0.12 mm 

OP 

8.4±0.5 mm 

SS-10 


SS-01GL(-E, -F) 

SS-5GL(-F) 

SS-10GL 

2.9 

14.5 (see note 2) A 

t = 0.3 

(see note 1) 

2.5 

2.35 +0.075 

–0.05 

9.5 10.2 

OP 

FP 

3.6 

6.4 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

2.35 +0.075 

–0.05 dia. holes 3.2 Three, 1.6 dia. 

1.6 

8.8 6.4 

7.3 

5.1 9.5±0.1 

19.8 


2. Besides the SS-GL models with a hinge lever length of 14.5, the SS-GL11 models with a hinge lever length of 18.5, the 

SS-GL111 models with a hinge lever length of 22.6, and the SS-GL1111 models with a hinge lever length of 37.8 are available. 

Contact your OMRON representative for these models 

Model SS-01GL-E SS-01GL-F 

SS-5GL-F 

OF max. 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

0.16 N {16 gf} 

RF min. 

001N{1 0.01 gf} 

002N{2 f} 


SS-01GL 

SS-5GL 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

006N{6 f} 

SS-10GL 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.02 N {2 gf} 0.06 N {6 gf} 006N{6 0.06 gf} 



FP max. 

13.6 mm 

OP 

8.8±0.8 mm 

Note: 

The values indicated in parentheses are reference values for cases when the installation direction is such that the lever weight is not 

applied to the plunger. 

173

SS 

SS 


SS-01GL13(-E, -F) 

SS-5GL13(-F) 

SS-10GL13 

t = 0.3 

(see note) 

2.35 +0.075 

–0.05 

15.8 

A 1.3R 

9.5 10.2 

OP 

FP 

3.6 

2.9 

2.5 

6.4 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

1.6 

8.8 7.3 

5.1 9.5±0.1 

19.8 

2.35 +0.075 


3.2 

6.4 


Note: 

Stainless-steel spring lever 

Model SS-01GL13-E SS-01GL13-F 

SS-5GL13-F 

OF max. 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

0.16 N {16 gf} 

RF min. 

001N{1 0.01 gf} 

002N{2 f} 


SS-01GL13 

SS-5GL13 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

006N{6 f} 

SS-10GL13 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.02 N {2 gf} 0.06 N {6 gf} 006N{6 0.06 gf} 



FP max. 

15.5 mm 

OP 

10.7±0.8 mm 

Note: 




SS-01GL2(-E, -F) 

SS-5GL2(-F) 

SS-10GL2 

2.9 

t = 0.3 

(see note 1) 

2.35 +0.075 

–0.05 dia. 

2.5 

14.5 

A 

OP 

9.5 10.2 

FP 

4.8 dia. × 3.2 

(see note 2) 

6.4 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

1.6 8.8 7.3 

5.1 9.5±0.1 

19.8 

2.35 +0.075 


3.2 

6.4 



2. Polyacetal resin roller 

Model SS-01GL2-E SS-01GL2-F 

SS-5GL2-F 

OF max. 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

0.16 N {16 gf} 

RF min. 

001N{1 0.01 gf} 

002N{2 f} 


SS-01GL2 

SS-5GL2 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

006N{6 f} 

SS-10GL2 

0.49 N {50 gf} 

0.02 N {2 gf} 0.06 N {6 gf} 006N{6 0.06 gf} 



FP max. 

19.3 mm 

OP 

14.5±0.8 mm 

Note: 



174

SS 

Precautions 


Cautions 


When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead wire 

conductor through the terminal hole and then conduct soldering. 

Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 60 W maximum. 

Do not take more than 5 s to solder the switch terminal. Improper 

soldering involving an excessively high temperature or excessive 

soldering time may deteriorate the characteristics of the Switch. 

Be sure to apply only the minimum required amount of flux. The 

Switch may have contact failures if flux intrudes into the interior of 

the Switch. 

Use the following lead wires to connect to the solder terminals. 

Model 

Conductor size 

SS-5 0.5 to 0.75 mm 2 

SS-10 0.75 mm 2 

If the PCB terminal models are soldered in the solder bath, flux will 

permeate inside the Switch and cause contact failure. Therefore, 

manually solder the PCB terminal. 

Wire the quick–connect terminals (#110) with receptacles. Insert 

the terminals straight into the receptacles. Do not impose excessive 

force on the terminal in the horizontal direction, otherwise the terminal 

may be deformed or the housing may be damaged. 


According to EN61058-1, the minimum insulation thickness for this 

Switch should be 1.1 mm and minimum clearance distance between 

the terminal and mounting plate should be 1.6 mm. If the insulation 

distance cannot be provided in the product incorporating 

the Switch, either use a Switch with insulation barrier or use a Separator 

to ensure sufficient insulation distance. Refer to Separator on 

page 152. 

Correct Use 

Mounting 

Turn OFF the power supply before mounting or removing the 

Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure to 

do so may result in electric shock or burning. 



0.26 N m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf cm}. 

Mount the Switch onto a flat surface. Mounting on an uneven surface 

may cause deformation of the Switch, resulting in faulty operation 

or breakage in the housing. 


Take particular care in setting the operating stroke for the pin plunger 

models. Make sure that the operating stroke is 70% to 100% of 

the rated OT distance. Do not operate the actuator exceeding the 

OT distance, otherwise the durability of the Switch may be shortened. 

SS 














Voltage (V) 

Inoperable 

range 

Separators 



models SS-01 

Operating 

range for 

general-load 

models 

SS-5, SS-10 

Current (mA) 

Applicable Thickness (mm) Model (see note) 

Switch 

SS, D2S, D2SW 0.18 Separator for SS0.18 

0.4 Separator for SS0.4 


Separator 

Note: The material is EAVTC (Epoxide Alkyd Varnished Tetron 

Cloth) and its heat-resisting temperature is 130°C. 

Connector 




Cat. No. B032-E1-11C 

175


SS-P 

SS Series Compatible Mounting with 

a Simple Construction and Easy-to-Use 

Design Concept 

• Insert molded case provides enhanced resistance to flux. 

• Switch rating of 3 A at 125 V AC possible with a singleleaf 

movable spring. Models for micro loads are also available. 

• Solder, quick-connect terminals (#110), and PCB terminals 

are available, including even-pitched PCB terminals. 



SS-@@@P@ 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

3: 3 A at 125 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC 


G: 0.5 mm 

3. Actuator 




4. Terminals 



D: PCB terminals (Uneven pitch) 

B: PCB terminals (Even pitch) 

176

SS-P 

SS-P 


Terminals Solder terminals Quick-connect 

PCB terminals 

Rating Actuator terminals (#110) Uneven pitch Even pitch 

3 A Pin plunger SS-3GP SS-3GPT SS-3GPD SS-3GPB 

Hinge lever SS-3GLP SS-3GLPT SS-3GLPD SS-3GLPB 

Simulated roller lever SS-3GL13P SS-3GL13PT SS-3GL13PD SS-3GL13PB 

0.1 A Pin plunger SS-01GP SS-01GPT SS-01GPD SS-01GPB 

Hinge lever SS-01GLP SS-01GLPT SS-01GLPD SS-01GLPB 

Simulated roller lever SS-01GL13P SS-01GL13PT SS-01GL13PD SS-01GL13PB 


■ Ratings 

Model SS-3P SS-01P 


125 VAC 3 A 0.1 A 

30 VDC 3 A 0.1 A 

Note: 

1. The ratings values apply under the following test conditions. 




2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for information on models for other loads. 




Operating frequency Mechanical: 300 operations/min max. 




Contact resistance (initial value) SS-3P: 50 mΩ max. 

SS-01P: 100 mΩ max. 


1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarities 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, 

and between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts 



Shock resistance (see note 3) Destruction: 1,000 m/s 2 {approx. 100 G} max. 

Malfunction: 300 m/s 2 {approx. 30 G} max. 



Electrical: SS-3P: 70,000 operations min. (20 operations/min, 125 VAC) 

100,000 operations min. (20 operations/min, 30 VDC) 

SS-01P: 200,000 operations min. (20 operations/min) 


IEC IP40 

Degree of protection against electrical shock Class I 

Proof Tracking Index (PTI) 175 


−25°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing) 


85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Weight 


Note: 



3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, the 

values apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1 ms. 

4. Consult your OMRON sales representative for testing conditions. 

177

SS-P 


Consult your OMRON sales representative for specific models 

with standard approvals. 

UL1054 (File No. E41515)/ 

CSA C22.2 No. 55 (UL approval) 

SS-3P 

SS-01P 

125 VAC 3 A 0.1 A 

30 VDC 3 A 0.1 A 


SS-3P 

SS-01P 

125 VAC 3 A 0.1 A 

30 VDC 3 A 0.1 A 



Note: 

SS-P 

Item Model SS-3P SS-01P 



Gap 

0.5 mm 



(see note) 





SPDT 

Dimensions 

■ Terminals 

COM NO NC 

Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. (Terminal plate thickness is 0.5 mm for all models.) 

Solder Terminals Quick-connect Terminals (#110) 

7.55±0.2 

7.55±0.2 

7.3 

2.15 

8.55 

15.5 

3.3±0.1 

0.5 


11 

7.1 

3.3±0.1 

3-2.8 

0.5 

7.6±0.2 7.6±0.2 

PCB Terminals (Uneven pitch) 

PCB Terminals (Even pitch) 

(5.25) 

7.55±0.2 

(4.82) 

7.55±0.2 

1.8 

3.9 

1.8 

3.9 

1.85 

8.8±0.2 

3.3±0.1 

3-1.2 

3-0.8 

1.3 

0.5 

3.3±0.1 

3-1.2 

3-0.8 

1.3 

0.5 

16.1±0.2 

7.62±0.2 7.62±0.2 



16.1±0.1 

8.8±0.1 


7.62±0.1 7.62±0.1 Three, 1.35 to 1.5 dia. 


Two, 2.4-dia. mounting holes or M2.3 screw holes 

9.5±0.1 

178

SS-P 

SS-P 


Note: 


2. The following illustrations and drawings are for solder terminal models. Refer to page 178 for details on models with quick-connect 

terminals (#110) or PCB terminals. 



➡ 


SS-3GP 

SS-01GP 

PT 

OP 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

2.35 +0.075 

−0.05 

7.3 

2.15 

7.55±0.2 

2 

A 

8.55 

15.5 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

19.8±0.2 

2.35 +0.075 −0.05 dia. 

6.9 

7.7 

3.3±0.1 

Three, 1.6 dia. holes 

0.5 

3.5 

6.4±0.2 

Model SS-3GP SS-01GP 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.50 N {153 gf} 

0.2 N {20 gf} 

0.6 mm 

0.4 mm 

0.15 mm 

8.4±0.3 mm 


SS-3GLP 

SS-01GLP 


SS-3GL13P 

SS-01GL13P 

t=0.3 Stainless-steel lever 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

2.35 +0.075 

−0.05 

7.3 

2.15 


2.35 +0.075 

−0.05 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

7.3 

2.15 

8.55 

15.5 

14.5 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

19.8±0.2 

5.15 

8.55 

15.5 

15.8 

9.5±0.1 

19.8±0.2 

A 

6.9 

7.7 

3.3±0.1 

OP 

FP 

3.6 

2.35 +0.075 −0.05 dia. 

0.5 


6.4±0.2 

A 

6.9 

R1.2 

7.7 

3.3±0.1 

2.35 +0.075 −0.05 dia. 

OP 


FP 

0.5 

3.6 

6.4±0.2 

Model SS-3GLP SS-01GLP 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.5 N {51 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

13.6 mm 

8.8±0.8 mm 

Model SS-3GL13P SS-01GL13P 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.5 N {51 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

15.5 mm 

10.7±0.8 mm 

179

SS-P 

SS-P 

Precautions 

■ Cautions 

Connecting to Solder Terminals 

When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead 

wire conductor through the terminal hole and then conduct soldering. 

Make sure that the temperature at the tip of the soldering iron is 

350 to 400°C. Do not take more than 3 seconds to solder the 

switch terminal, and do not impose external force on the terminal 

for 1 min after soldering. Improper soldering involving an excessively 

high temperature or excessive soldering time may deteriorate 

the characteristics of the Switch. 

Connecting to Quick-connect Terminals 

Wire the quick-connect terminals (#110) with receptacles. Insert 


force on the terminal in the horizontal direction, otherwise the 

terminal may be deformed or the housing may be damaged. 

Connecting to PCB Terminal Boards 

When using automatic soldering baths, we recommend soldering 

at 260±5°C within 5 seconds. Make sure that the liquid surface of 

the solder does not flow over the edge of the board. 

When soldering by hand, as a guideline, solder with a soldering 

iron with a tip temperature of 350 to 400°C within 3 seconds, and 

do not apply any external force for at least 1 minutes after soldering. 

When applying solder, keep the solder away from the case of 

the Switch and do not allow solder or flux to enter the case. 


Mounting 


Switch, wiring, or performing maintenance or inspection. Failure 

to do so may result in electric shock or burning. 

Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers 


0.23 to 0.26 N·m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf·cm}. 






micro load circuit may result in faulty contact. Use models that 


load models within the operating range shown below, if inrush 

current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may 

increase contact wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, 

insert a contact protection circuit where necessary. 



level of 60% ( λ 60). The equation, λ 60 = 0.5 × 10 −6 /operations indicates 



Voltage (V) 

0.16 mA 

30 

24 

12 

5 

Inoperable 

range 

0 

0.1 



models SS-01P 

1 mA 

26 mA 100 mA 

Operating 

range for 

generalload 

models 

SS-3P 

100 mA 160 mA 

1 10 100 1,000 

Current (mA) 


Take particular care in setting the operating stroke for the pin 

plunger models. Make sure that the operating stroke is 60% to 

90% of the rated OT distance. Do not operate the actuator 

exceeding the OT distance, otherwise the durability of the Switch 

may be shortened. 

180

SS-P 

SS-P 

■ Separators 

Thickness 

Model 

0.18 mm Separator for SS0.18 

0.4 mm Separator for SS0.4 

Separator for SS@ 

Separator 

Note: 

The material is EAVTC (Epoxide Alkyd Varnished Tetron 

Cloth) and its heat-resisting temperature is 130°C. 

■ Connectors 

Use the following quick-connect connector made by Nippon Tanshi 

or Tyco Electronics. This connector is not sold by OMRON. 

Contact the following Nippon Tanshi or Tyco Electronics office to 

purchase this connector. 

Nippon Tanshi Co., Ltd. Japan Tel: (81)463-30-1150 

Hong Kong Tel: (852)2191-2727 

Tyco Electrocics AMP K.K. Japan Tel: (81)44-844-8111 

U.S.A. Tel (1)800-522-6752 

This connector is for use with the SS-P and the terminal direction 

is 90° different from the SS Series. 



Cat. No. B108-E1-01A 

181


SSG 

Global Subminiature Basic Switch 

Conforming to EN61058-1 

(IEC601058-1), UL1054, and CSA C22.2 

No.54 

A wide operating temperature range of –25°C to 

125°C is available for at high-temperature use. 

PCB terminal models are resistant to flux. 

Even-pitched PCB terminals. 

Mounting hole size of M2.2. 

 



SSG- 

1 2 3 4 5 

1. Ratings 

5: 5 A at 125 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 125 VAC 

2. Actuator 


L1: Hinge lever 




None: SPDT 

-2: SPST-NC 

-3: SPST-NO 

4. Terminals 

H: Solder terminals 


P: PCB terminals (SPDT only) 


None: 1.5 N {153 gf} 

-5: 0.5 N {51 gf} 


Contact Form 


182

SSG 

SSG 


Actuator Rating OF max. Solder 

terminals 

Quick-connect 


PCB terminals 

Pin plunger 5 A 1.50 N {153 gf} SSG-5H SSG-5T SSG-5P 

0.50 N {51 gf} SSG-5H-5 SSG-5T-5 SSG-5P-5 

0.1 A 1.50 N {153 gf} SSG-01H SSG-01T SSG-01P 

0.50 N {51 gf} SSG-01H-5 SSG-01T-5 SSG-01P-5 

Hinge lever 5 A 0.60 N {61 gf} SSG-5L1H SSG-5L1T SSG-5L1P 

0.20 N {20 gf} SSG-5L1H-5 SSG-5L1T-5 SSG-5L1P-5 

0.1 A 0.60 N {61 gf} SSG-01L1H SSG-01L1T SSG-01L1P 


Simulated roller lever 5 A 0.60 N {61 gf} SSG-5L3H SSG-5L3T SSG-5L3P 




Hinge roller lever 5 A 0.60 N {61 gf} SSG-5L2H SSG-5L2T SSG-5L2P 




Note: Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models. 


Ratings 

General Ratings 




125 VAC 5 (0.1) A (see note 1) 1.5 A 0.7 A 3 A 2.5 A 1.3 A 

250 VAC 

3 A 1 A 0.5 A 2 A 1.5 A 0.8 A 

8 VDC 5 A 2 A 5 A 3 A 

14 VDC 5 A 2 A 4 A 3 A 

30 VDC 4 (0.1) A (see note 1) 2 A 3 A 3 A 

125 VDC 0.4 A 0.05 A 0.4 A 0.05 A 

250 VDC 0.2 A 0.03 A 0.2 A 0.05 A 

Note: 

1. The values in the parentheses are for the SSG-01. 

2. The above current ratings are the values of the steady-state current. 




6. If the Switch is used in a DC circuit and is subjected to a surge current, connect a surge suppressor across the switch. 





183

SSG 

SSG 








100 MΩ min. 


OF 1.50 N: SSG-5 models: 30 mΩ max. 

SSG-01 models:50 mΩ max. 

OF 0.50 N SSG-5 models: 50 mΩ max. 

SSG-01 models:100 mΩ max. 


1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between contacts of the same polarity 

(600 VAC for SSG-01H and SSG-01T models) 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and ground 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part 


Malfunction: 10 to 2,000 Hz, 196 m/s 2 {20G} (Contact open: 10 µs max., lever position: at TTP) 


Malfunction: 490 m/s 2 {approx. 50G} (Contact open: 10 µs max., lever position: at TTP) 




Degree of protection (IP code) IEC IP40 


electrical shock 

Proof tracking index 175 



temperature 


Weight 

Note: 

85% max. (5°C to 30°C) 






UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (File No. LR21642) 

Rated voltage SSG-5 SSG-01 

125 VAC 5 A 0.1 A 

250 VAC 3 A --- 

30 VDC --- 0.1 A 

EN61058-1 (File No. T9451449, TÜV Rheinland approval) 

Rated voltage SSG-5 SSG-01 

250 VAC 5 A --- 

30 VDC --- 0.1 A 



Item SSG-5 SSG-01H.T SSG-01P 

Contact Specification Rivet Crossbar Crossbar 

Material Silver Gold alloy Gold alloy 

Gap (standard value) 0.5 mm 0.25 mm 0.5 mm 

Inrush current NC 20 A max. 1 A max. 1 A max. 


Minimum applicable load (see note) 160 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 5 VDC 


184

SSG 

SSG 



SSG-5 Models 


40,000 

30,000 

20,000 

10,000 

5,000 



Without load 



SSG-5 Models 


5,000 

3,000 

1,000 

500 

300 

100 

50 

30 




cosφ = 1 

250 VAC 

125 VAC 

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 


10 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


Dimensions 


Terminals 

Solder Terminals Quick-connect Terminals (#110) 

2.2 

6.1 

2.2 +0.1 

0 

2.5 dia. 

5.1 

1.6 

7.5±0.3 

1.8 

C NO NC 

9.5±0.1 

8.9 7.2 

19.8 

3.5 

6.9 7.7 OP 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

0.5 

PT 

3.2 

6.4±0.2 


10.6 

2.2 

7.1 

2.2 +0.1 

0 

2.5 dia. 

5.1 

1.6 

7.5±0.3 

1.8 

C NO 

9.5±0.1 

8.9 7.2 

19.8 

NC 

6.9 7.7 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

0.5 

PT 

OP 

3.5 

2.8±0.2 

3.2 

6.4±0.2 

Three, 

1.2-dia. 

holes 

PCB Terminals 


4.8±0.3 

2.87±0.1 

1.8 

PT 

3.5 

Three, 1.35 dia. to 1.5 dia. 

2.2 +0.1 

–0 

3.4±0.1 

2.5 dia. 

5.15 

7.62±0.2 

C 

NO 

9.5±0.1 

19.8 

NC 

6.9 7.7 

OP 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

Three, 1.2±0.1 

Three, 0.8 

7.62±0.2 

1.3±0.3 

0.5±0.05 

6.4±0.2 

1.8 

4±0.3 

2.78±0.1 

9.5±0.1 

15.24±0.1 

7.62±0.1 

185

SSG 

SSG 




9.5 ± 0.1 

Make sure that the plate to which the SSG is mounted is flat. If the 

plate has protruding or warped part, the SSG may not operate properly. 



2. Every actual model number includes the code instead of for the kind of terminals incorporated by the model. 



Solder/Quick-connect Terminals 


SSG-01 

SSG-5 

SSG-01-5 

SSG-5-5 

2.2 

6.1 

2.2 +0.1 

0 

2.5 dia. 

5.1 

1.6 

1.8 

A 

7.5±0.3 

C NO NC 

9.5±0.1 

8.9 7.2 

19.8 

0.5 

PT 

3.5 

6.9 7.7 OP 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

3.2 

6.4±0.2 

Model 

SSG-01 

SSG-5 

SSG-01-5 

SSG-5-5 

OF max. 1.50 N {153 gf} 0.50 N {51 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. --- 

OP 


0.25 N {25 gf} 

0.6 mm 

0.4 mm 

0.1 mm 

8.4±0.3 mm 

0.04 N {4 gf} 


SSG-01L1 

SSG-5L1 

SSG-01L1-5 

SSG-5L1-5 

6.1 

t0.3 Stainless-steel lever 

2.2 +0.1 

0 

2.2 

2.5 dia. 

5.1 

1.6 

A 

C NO NC 

9.5±0.1 

8.9 7.2 

19.8 

5.3±0.4 

6.9 7.7 

0.5 

OP FP 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

3.6 

3.2 

6.4+0.2 

Model 

SSG-01L1 

SSG-5L1 

SSG-01L1-5 

SSG-5L1-5 

OF max. 0.60 N {61 gf} 0.20 N {20 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. --- 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 


+1.0 10 

OP 8.8 –0.6 mm 


0.02 N {2 gf} 

Note: 

Also available are models with a hinge lever length of 39 mm under the following model numbers; SSG-01L14, SSG-5L14, 

SSG-01L14-5, and SSG-5L14-5. Consult your OMRON sales representative for these models. 

186

SSG 

SSG 


SSG-01L3 

SSG-5L3 

SSG-01L3-5 

SSG-51L3-5 

6.1 


2.2 +0.1 

0 

2.2 

2.5 dia. 

5.1 

1.6 

9.5±0.1 

1.3R 

C NO NC 

8.9 7.2 

A 

6.9 7.7 

0.5 

6.3±0.4 

FP 

OP 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

3.6 

3.2 

6.4±0.2 

Model 

SSG-01L3 

SSG-5L3 

SSG-01L3-5 

SSG-5L3-5 

OF max. 0.60 N {61 gf} 0.20 N {20 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 


MD max. --- 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 


OP 

+1.0 10 

10.7 –0.6 mm 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

19.8 


SSG-01L2 

SSG-5L2 

SSG-01L2-5 

SSG-5L2-5 

A 


5±0.4 

4.8 dia. × 3.2 

Acetal resin roller 

Model 

SSG-01L2 

SSG-5L2 

SSG-01L2-5 

SSG-5L2-5 

OF max. 0.60 N {61 gf} 0.20 N {20 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. --- 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

2.2 +0.1 

–0 

2.2 

6.9 7.7 

OP 

FP 


OP 

+1.0 10 

14.5 –0.6 mm 

6.1 

2.5 dia. 

5.1 

1.6 

C NO NC 

9.5±0.1 

8.9 7.2 

19.8 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

0.5 

3.2 

6.4±0.2 


PCB Terminal Models 

Pin Plunger 

SSG-01P 

SSG-5P 

SSG-01P-5 

SSG-5P-5 

4.8±0.3 

2.87±0.1 

2.2 +0.1 

–0 

1.8 

A 

PT 

3.5 

Model 

SSG-01P 

SSG-5P 

{ g } 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

0.6 mm 

0.4 mm 

0.1 mm 

SSG-01P-5 

SSG-5P-5 

{ g } 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

OF max. 1.50 N {153 gf} 0.50 N {51 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

3.4±0.1 

C 

NO 

NC 

6.9 7.7 

OP 

FP max. --- 

OP 11.8±0.4 mm 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

2.5 dia. 

5.15 

7.62±0.2 

9.5±0.1 

19.8 

Three, 1.2±0.1 

Three, 0.8 

7.62±0.2 

1.3±0.3 

0.5±0.05 

6.4±0.2 

1.8 

4±0.3 

187

SSG 

SSG 


SSG-01L1P 

SSG-5L1P 

SSG-01L1P-5 

SSG-5L1P-5 


2.87±0.1 

2.2 +0.1 

0 

3.4±0.1 

C 

A 

NO 

5.3±0.4 

6.9 

7.7 

NC 

FP 

OP 

3.6 

Model SSG-01L1P 

SSG-5L1P 

{ g } 

RF min. 0.06 N {6 gf} 

PT max. --- 



SSG-01L1P-5 

SSG-5L1P-5 

{ g } 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

OF max. 0.60 N {61 gf} 0.20 N {20 gf} 


OP 

+1.1 11 

12.2 –0.7 mm 

2.5 dia. 

5.15 

7.62±0.2 

9.5±0.1 

19.8 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

Three, 1.2±0.1 

Three, 0.8 

7.62±0.2 

1.3±0.3 

0.5±0.05 

6.4±0.2 

1.8 

4±0.3 

Note: 

Also available are models with a hinge lever length of 39 mm under the following model numbers; SSG-01L14P, SSG-5L14P, 

SSG-01L14P-5, and SSG-5L14P-5. Consult your OMRON sales representative for these models. 


SSG-01L3P 

SSG-5L3P 

SSG-01L3P-5 

SSG-51L3P-5 

A 


2.87±0.1 

1.3R 

6.3±0.4 

3.6 


SSG-5L3P 

{ g } 

RF min. 0.06 N {6 gf} 

PT max. --- 



SSG-01L3P-5 

SSG-5L3P-5 

{ g } 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

OF max. 0.60 N {61 gf} 0.20 N {20 gf} 

2.2 +0.1 

0 

3.4±0.1 

C 

NO 

NC 

6.9 7.7 

FP 

OP 


OP 

+1.1 11 

14.4 –0.7 mm 

2.5 dia. 

5.15 

7.62±0.2 

9.5±0.1 

19.8 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

Three, 1.2±0.1 

Three, 0.8 

7.62±0.2 

1.3±0.3 

0.5±0.05 

6.4±0.2 

1.8 

4±0.3 


SSG-01L2P 

SSG-5L2P 

SSG-01L2P-5 

SSG-5L2P-5 


2.87±0.1 

2.2 +0.1 

0 

3.4±0.1 

C 

NO 

NC 

6.9 

5±0.4 

7.7 

A 

OP 

FP 

4.8 dia. × 3.2 

Acetal resin roller 


SSG-5L2P 

{ g } 

RF min. 0.06 N {6 gf} 

PT max. --- 



SSG-01L2P-5 

SSG-5L2P-5 

{ g } 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

OF max. 0.60 N {61 gf} 0.20 N {20 gf} 


OP 

+1.1 11 

17.9 –0.7 mm 

2.5 dia. 

5.15 

7.62±0.2 

9.5±0.1 

19.8 

2.2 +0.1 

0 dia. hole 

Three, 1.2±0.1 

Three, 0.8 

7.62±0.2 

1.3±0.3 

0.5±0.05 

6.4±0.2 

1.8 

4±0.3 

188

SSG 

SSG 

Precautions 


Cautions 



conductor through the terminal hole and then take the following 

steps promptly. 

• Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 60 W 

maximum. Do not take more than 5 s to solder the switch 

terminal. Improper soldering involving an excessively high 

temperature or excessive soldering time may deteriorate the 

characteristics of the Switch. 

• Be sure to apply only the minimum required amount of flux. The 

SSG may have contact failures if flux intrudes into the interior of 

the SSG. 

• Use the following lead wires to connect to the solder terminals. 

Type 

Conductor size 

SSG-01 AWG 22 to 20 

SSG-5 AWG 20 to 18 

To automatically solder the Switch to a PCB in a soldering bath, 

complete soldering within 5 seconds at a flux temperature of 250°C 

and avoid the overflow of flux onto the surface of the PCB where the 

Switch or other parts are mounted. 

Wire the quick-connect terminals (#110) with receptacles. Insert the 

terminals straight into the receptacles. Do not impose excessive 

force on the terminal in the horizontal direction, otherwise the terminal 

may be deformed or the housing may be damaged. 


The Switch does not have a ground terminal. According to 

EN61058-1, the minimum insulation thickness for this Switch 

should be 0.9 mm. If the insulation distance cannot be provided in 

the product incorporating the Switch, either use a Switch with insulation 

barrier or use a Separator to ensure sufficient insulation 

distance. 

Correct Use 

Mounting 



0.24 N m {2 to 2.5 kgf cm}. 

Operating Stroke 

Make sure that the operating stroke is 70% to 100% of the rated OT 

distance. Do not operate the actuator exceeding the OT distance, 

otherwise the durability of the Switch may be shortened. 














Voltage (V) 

Operating range for 

SSG-01 (micro load 

models) 

Operating 

range for 

SSG-5 

(generalload 

models) 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. B096-E1-02B 

189


D2S 

Subminiature Switch with Superb Flux 

Resistance 

One-piece terminal construction to keep out flux. 

High operating-position accuracy (±0.25 mm) 

enables easy peripheral design and positioning. 

Use of pin plunger also allows horizontal operation. 

Available with self-clinching PCB or solder 

terminals. 

 



D2S- 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

10: 10.1 A at 250 VAC 

5: 5 A at 125 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC 

2. Actuator 







None: 1.47 N {150 gf} 

-F: 0.49 N {50 gf} 

Note: These value are for the pin plunger models. 

4. Terminals 


D: Self-clinching PCB terminals 

Actuator Terminals OF max. Model 

10.1 A 5 A 0.1 A 

Pin plunger Solder terminals 1.47 N {150 gf} D2S-10 D2S-5 D2S-01 

0.49 N {50 gf} --- D2S-5-F D2S-01-F 

Self-clinching PCB 1.47 N {150 gf} D2S-10D D2S-5D D2S-01D 

terminals 

0.49 N {50 gf} --- D2S-5-FD D2S-01-FD 

Hinge lever Solder terminals 0.49 N {50 gf} D2S-10L D2S-5L D2S-01L 

0.18 N {18 gf} --- D2S-5L-F D2S-01L-F 

Self-clinching PCB 0.49 N {50 gf} D2S-10LD D2S-5LD D2S-01LD 

terminals 

0.18 N {18 gf} --- D2S-5L-FD D2S-01L-FD 

Simulated roller Solder terminals 0.49 N {50 gf} D2S-10L13 D2S-5L13 D2S-01L13 

lever 

0.18 N {18 gf} --- D2S-5L13-F D2S-01L13-F 

Self-clinching PCB 0.49 N {50 gf} D2S-10L13D D2S-5L13D D2S-01L13D 

terminals 

0.18 N {18 gf} --- D2S-5L13-FD D2S-01L13-FD 

Hinge roller lever Solder terminals 0.49 N {50 gf} D2S-10L2 D2S-5L2 D2S-01L2 

0.18 N {18 gf} --- D2S-5L2-F D2S-01L2-F 

Self-clinching PCB 0.49 N {50 gf} D2S-10L2D D2S-5L2D D2S-01L2D 

terminals 

0.18 N {18 gf} --- D2S-5L2-FD D2S-01L2-FD 

190

D2S 

D2S 


Ratings 

Model 

Item 

Rated voltage 

D2S-10 250 VAC 10.1 A 

D2S-5 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 


5 A 

3 A 

D2S-01 125 VAC 0.1 A 

30 VDC 0.1 A 






Voltage D2S-10, D2S-5: Rivet contact D2S-01: Crossbar contact 

Non-inductive load Inductive load Non-inductive load 

Resistive load Lamp load Inductive load Motor load Resistive load 


125 VAC 5 (10.1) A 1.5 A 0.7 A 3 A 2.5 A 1.3 A 0.1 A 

250 VAC 3 (10.1) A 1 A 0.5 A 2 A 1.5 A 0.8 A --- 

8 VDC 5 (10.1) A 2 A 5 A 4 A 3 A 0.1 A 

14 VDC 5 (10.1) A 2 A 4 A 4 A 3 A 0.1 A 

30 VDC 4 A 2 A 3 A 3 A 3 A 0.1 A 

125 VDC 0.4 A 0.05 A 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.05 A --- 

250 VDC 0.2 A 0.03 A 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.03 A --- 

Note: 1. Data in parentheses apply to the D2S-10 models only. 

2. The above values are for the steady-state current. 

3. Inductive loads have a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC). 

4. Lamp loads have an inrush current of 10 times the steady-state current. 

5. Motor loads have an inrush current of 6 times the steady-state current. 

191

D2S 

D2S 






(initial value) (see note 2) 



(see note 4) 




100 M min. (at 500 VDC) 

OF 1.47 N {150 gf}: D2S-10, D2S-5 models: 30 m max. 

D2S-01 models: 50 m max. 

OF 0.49 N {50 gf}: D2S-5 models: 50 m max. 

D2S-01 models: 100 m max. 





Shock resistance (see note 4) Destruction: OF 1.47 N {150 gf}: 1,000 m/s 2 {approx. 100G} max. 

OF 0.49 N {50 gf}: 500 m/s 2 {approx. 50G} max. 

Malfunction: OF 1.47 N {150 gf}: 300 m/s 2 {approx. 30G} max. 

OF 0.49 N {50 gf}: 200 m/s 2 {approx. 20G} max. 

Durability (see note 5) Mechanical: D2S-10 models: 10,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) 

D2S-5, D2S-01 models: 30,000,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) 


Electrical: D2S-10 models: 50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

D2S-5, D2S-01 models: 200,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 





IEC IP40 

Class 1 



–25° to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing) 

temperature 


Weight 

Note: 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 



2. The specifications shown with the OF values are those for pin plunger models. 

3. The dielectric strength shown in the table is for models with a Separator. 




192

D2S 

D2S 




UL1054 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated voltage D2S-10 D2S-5 D2S-01 

125 VAC --- 5 A 0.1 A 

250 VAC 10.1 A 3 A --- 

30 VDC --- --- 0.1 A 

Contact Form 

SPDT 


Item D2S-10 D2S-5 D2S-01 


Material Silver Silver Gold alloy 

alloy 

Gap 0.5 mm 

(standard 

value) 

Inrush NC 20 A max. 1 A max. 

current 




Note: 

160 mA at 5 VDC 1 mA at 

5 VDC 








Number of operations (x 10 4 ) 




D2S-01 models 

D2S-5 models 

D2S-10 models 

Number of operations (x 10 4 ) 

D2S-5 models 




125 VAC, cosφ=1 

D2S-10 modes 



193

D2S 

D2S 

Dimensions 


Terminals 

Solder terminals 

Self-clinching PCB terminals 

3.3±0.1 

2 

3.3±0.1 

2 

1.8±0.1 

7.3 

3.9 


holes 

1.85 

8.8±0.2 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

16.1±0.2 

1.6 

3.2 

0.5 

6.4±0.2 

1.85 

8.8±0.2 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

16.1±0.2 

0.8 

1.2 

1.3 

6.4±0.2 

0.5 



8.8 

16.1 

Thickness of PCB: t = 1.6 mm 


Two, 2.4-dia. mounting hole 

or M2.3 screw holes 

9.5±0.1 


Note: 


2. Unless specified, a tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions. 

3. The following figures show models with self-clinching PCB terminals. For the solder terminals, refer to Terminals. 

4. The in the model number is replaced with “D” for self-clinching PCB terminals or removed for solder terminals. 



D2S-01, D2S-01-F, D2S-5, 

D2S-5-F, D2S-10 (5.3) 

2.35±0.05 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

7.5±0.1 

1.8 

9.5±0.1 

16.1±0.2 

19.8±0.2 

A 

2.35±0.05 dia. 

PT 

7.7 OP 

7 

2 3.3±0.1 

3.9 

3.6 

6.4±0.2 

1.8±0.1 

0.5 

1.3 

Model 

D2S-01 

D2S-5 

D2S-10 

D2S-01-F 

D2S-5-F 

OF max. 1.47 N {150 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.25 N {25 gf} 

0.7 mm 

0.4 mm 

0.1 mm 

8.4±0.25 mm 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

194

D2S 

D2S 


D2S-01L, D2S-01L-F, D2S-5L, 

D2S-5L-F, D2S-10L 

t = 0.3* 

14.5 

A 

2.35±0.05 dia. 

3.6 

Model 

D2S-01L 

D2S-5L 

D2S-10L 

D2S-01L-F 

D2S-5L-F 

OF max. 0.49 N {50 gf} 0.18 N {18 gf} 

RF min. 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

2.35±0.05 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

9.5±0.1 

16.1±0.2 

19.8±0.2 

7.7 OP 

7 

2 3.3±0.1 

3.9 

FP 

6.4±0.2 

0.5 

1.3 

*Stainless-steel lever 

1.8±0.1 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

13.6 mm 

9.4±0.8 mm 


D2S-01L13, D2S-01L13-F, 

D2S-5L13, D2S-5L13-F, 

D2S-10L13 

2.35±0.05 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

t = 0.3* 

15.8 

2.35±0.05 

dia. 

9.5±0.1 

16.1±0.2 

19.8±0.2 

A 

7 

R1.3 

7.7 

OP 

2 3.3±0.1 

3.9 

FP 

3.6 

6.4±0.2 

1.8±0.1 

0.5 

1.3 


Model 

D2S-01L13 

D2S-5L13 

D2S-10L13 

D2S-01L13-F 

D2S-5L13-F 

OF max. 0.49 N {50 gf} 0.18 N {18 gf} 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

15.5 mm 

11.4±0.8 mm 

0.02 N {2 gf} 


D2S-01L2, D2S-01L2-F, D2S-5L2, 

D2S-5L2-F, D2S-10L2 

2.35±0.05 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

14.5 

t = 0.3* 2.35±0.05 

dia. 

9.5±0.1 

16.1±0.2 

19.8±0.2 

A 

7 

7.7 

OP 

2 3.3±0.1 

3.9 

FP 


**Oil-less polyacetal resin roller 

4.8 dia.3.2** 

6.4±0.2 

1.8±0.1 

0.5 

1.3 

Model 

D2S-01L2 

D2S-5L2 

D2S-10L2 

D2S-01L2-F 

D2S-5L2-F 

OF max. 0.49 N {50 gf} 0.18 N {18 gf} 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

19.3 mm 

15.1±0.8 mm 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

195

D2S 

Precautions 


Cautions 



conductor through the terminal hole and then conduct soldering. 

Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 60 W maximum. 

Do not take more than 5 s to solder the switch terminal. Improper 

soldering involving an excessively high temperature or excessive 

soldering time may deteriorate the characteristics of the Switch. 

When soldering the lead wire to the PCB terminal, pay careful attention 

so that the flux and solder liquid level does not exceed the PCB 

level. 

D2S 

Correct Use 

Mounting 






0.26 N m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf cm}. 






















Voltage (V) 



models D2S-01 

Operating 

range for 

general load 

models 

D2S-5, 

D2S-10 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. B092-E1-03B 

196

Ultra Subminiature Basic Switch 

D2F 

Subminiature Size Ideal for PCB 

Mounting (12.86.55.8 (WHD)) 

Incorporating a snapping mechanism made with 

two highly precise split springs that ensures a long 

service life. 

Insertion molded terminals and a two-stage bottom 

with different levels prevent flux penetration. 

Self-clinching PCB, right-angled, left-angled, and 

solder terminals are available. 

Meets a wide range of applications, including home 

appliances, audio equipment, office machines, and 

communications equipment. 

 



D2F- 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

None: General loads 

01: Micro loads (0.1 A at 30 VDC) 


None: 1.47 N {150 gf} 

F: 0.74 N {75 gf} 


3. Actuator 





4. Terminals 

None: PCB terminals/straight terminals 

-T: Self-clinching PCB terminals 

-A: Right-angled PCB terminals 

-A1: Left-angled PCB terminals 

-D3: Solder terminals 

-D: Compact solder terminals 

197

D2F 

D2F 


Actuator General loads General loads Micro loads 

OF max. (see note) 

3 A 1 A 0.1 A 


1.47 N {150 gf} 

Low operating 

force 0.74 N {75 gf} 


1.47 N {150 gf} 

Low operating 

force 0.74 N {75 gf} 

Pin plunger PCB terminals D2F D2F-F D2F-01 D2F-01F 

Self-clinching D2F-T D2F-F-T D2F-01-T D2F-01F-T 

terminals 

Right-angled 

D2F-A D2F-F-A D2F-01-A D2F-01F-A 

terminals 

Left-angled terminals D2F-A1 D2F-F-A1 D2F-01-A1 D2F-01F-A1 

Solder terminals D2F-D3 D2F-F-D3 D2F-01-D3 D2F-01F-D3 

Compact solder D2F-D D2F-F-D D2F-01-D D2F-01F-D 

terminals 

Hinge lever PCB terminals D2F-L D2F-FL D2F-01L D2F-01FL 

Self-clinching D2F-L-T D2F-FL-T D2F-01L-T D2F-01FL-T 

terminals 

Right-angled 

D2F-L-A D2F-FL-A D2F-01L-A D2F-01FL-A 

terminals 

Left-angled terminals D2F-L-A1 D2F-FL-A1 D2F-01L-A1 D2F-01FL-A1 

Solder terminals D2F-L-D3 D2F-FL-D3 D2F-01L-D3 D2F-01FL-D3 

Compact solder D2F-L-D D2F-FL-D D2F-01L-D D2F-01FL-D 

terminals 

Simulated PCB terminals D2F-L3 D2F-FL3 D2F-01L3 D2F-01FL3 

roller lever 

Self-clinching D2F-L3-T D2F-FL3-T D2F-01L3-T D2F-01FL3-T 

terminals 

Right-angled 

D2F-L3-A D2F-FL3-A D2F-01L3-A D2F-01FL3-A 

terminals 

Left-angled terminals D2F-L3-A1 D2F-FL3-A1 D2F-01L3-A1 D2F-01FL3-A1 

Solder terminals D2F-L3-D3 D2F-FL3-D3 D2F-01L3-D3 D2F-01FL3-D3 

Compact solder D2F-L3-D D2F-FL3-D D2F-01L3-D D2F-01FL3-D 

terminals 

Hinge roller PCB terminals D2F-L2 D2F-FL2 D2F-01L2 D2F-01FL2 

lever 

Self-clinching D2F-L2-T D2F-FL2-T D2F-01L2-T D2F-01FL2-T 

terminals 

Right-angled 

D2F-L2-A D2F-FL2-A D2F-01L2-A D2F-01FL2-A 

terminals 

Left-angled terminals D2F-L2-A1 D2F-FL2-A1 D2F-01L2-A1 D2F-01FL2-A1 

Solder terminals D2F-L2-D3 D2F-FL2-D3 D2F-01L2-D3 D2F-01FL2-D3 

Compact solder 

terminals 

D2F-L2-D D2F-FL2-D D2F-01L2-D D2F-01FL2-D 

Note: 

The OF values shown in the table are for the pin plunger models. 


Ratings 

Item D2F models D2F-01 models 

OF max. 

1.47 N {150 gf} 

(General purpose) 

0.74 N {75 gf} 

(Low operating) 

1.47 N {150 gf} 

(General purpose) 


Rated voltage 125 VAC 3 A 1 A --- 

30 VDC 2 A 0.5 A 0.1 A 

Note: 1. Consult your OMRON sales representative before using the Switch with inductive or motor loads. 





0.74 N {75 gf} 

(Low operating) 

198

D2F 

D2F 









(see note 3) 


(see note 3) 





1 to 500 mm/s (pin plunger models) 




D2F models: 30 mΩ max. 

D2F-F models: 50 mΩ max. 

D2F-01 models: 100 mΩ max. 

600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of the same polarity 







Electrical: 30,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) (Refer to Engineering Data.) 

IEC IP40 

Class I 




temperature 


Weight 

Note: 


85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 



3. For the pin plunger models, the values are at the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, they are at the total 

travel position. 





UL1054 (File No. 41515)/ 

CSA C22.2 No. 55 (LR21642) 

Rated 

voltage 

D2F (generalpurpose) 

D2F (low 

operating 

force) 

125 VAC 3 A 1 A --- 

30 VDC 2 A 0.5 A 0.1 A 


D2F-01 

Item D2F models D2F-01 models 

Contact Specification Crossbar 


Gap 

0.25 mm 

(standard 

value) 


(see note) 

100 mA 

at 5 VDC 

1 mA at 5 VDC 

Contact Form 

SPDT 

Note: 



199

D2F 

D2F 



D2F, D2F-01 


10,000 

7,000 

5,000 

3,000 

1,000 

700 

500 

300 

100 

Ambient temperature: 20°±2°C 

Ambient humidity: 65±5% max. 

Without load 



D2F 


300 

100 

50 

30 

20 

10 

30 VDC 

Ambient temperature: 20°±2°C 

Ambient humidity: 65±5% max. 

Without load 


125 VAC 

0 

OT (mm) 


For details about the D2F-01, consult your 

OMRON sales representative. 

Dimensions 


Terminals 

PCB Terminals (Standard) 

Self-clinching PCB Terminals 

1.5 

3.5 

3.15 6.5±0.1 0.4 

0.9 

5.08 5.08 

5.8±0.15 

12.8±0.15 

1.5 

3.4 

3.15 6.5±0.1 0.9 

5.08 5.08 

12.8±0.15 

0.4±0.05 

1.25±0.15 

5.8±0.15 

1.5 

1.6±0.15 

Right-angled PCB Terminals 

Left-angled PCB Terminals 

3.15 

6.5±0.1 

5.08 5.08 

12.8±0.15 

0.9 

1.5 

2.6±0.2 

0.4 

5.8±0.15 

3.1±0.2 

3.15 

6.5±0.1 

5.08 5.08 

12.8±0.15 

0.9 

1.5 

2.6±0.2 

0.4 

5.8±0.15 

3.1±0.2 


Compact Solder Terminals 

2 

0.5 

3.15 

6.5±0.1 

5.08 5.08 

12.8±0.15 

3.5 

1.2 

2.2 

1.5 

0.4 

5.8±0.15 


3.15 

6.5±0.1 

5.08 5.08 

12.8±0.15 

1.6 

1.5 2.4 

0.4 

5.8±0.15 

200

D2F 

D2F 

PCB Mounting Dimensions 

(Reference) 

2.54 


Two , 2-dia. mounting holes 

5.8 ± 0.15 

2.54 

6.5 ± 0.15 

5.08 ± 0.1 

12.8 ± 0.15 

Three, 

1.2 dia. holes 




3. The following illustrations and drawings are for D2F models with PCB terminals. Self-clinching, solder, and right-angled, left-angled 

terminals are omitted from the following drawings. Refer to page 200 for these terminals. When ordering, replace with the code for 

the terminal that you need. 



D2F 

D2F-01 

D2F-F 

D2F-01F 

2.2 +0.12 

0 dia. 

2 +0.12 

0 

3.15 

A 

12.7 

1.2 

5.2 

6.5±0.1 

5.08 5.08 

12.8±0.15 

PT 

2 +0.12 

0 dia. holes 

0.9 

5 OP 

1.5 

3.5 

5.7 

2.9 

0.4 

5.8±0.15 

Model 

D2F 

D2F-01 

D2F-F 

D2F-01F 

OF max. 1.47 N {150 gf} 0.74 N {75 gf} 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

0.5 mm 

0.25 mm 

0.12 mm 

5.5±0.3 mm 

0.05 N {5 gf} 


D2F-L 

D2F-01L 

D2F-FL 

D2F-01FL 

12.8 

(10.8) 


A 

OP 

FP 

3 

Model 

D2F-L 

D2F-01L 

D2F-FL 

D2F-01FL 

OF max. 0.78 N {80 gf} 0.25 N {25 gf} 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

0.55 mm 

0.5 mm 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

FP max. 

OP 

10 mm 

6.8±1.5 mm 

Note: 



D2F-L3 

D2F-01L3 

D2F-FL3 

D2F-01FL3 

12.7 

(7.5) 

10 

1.3R 

A 

2.1 


OP FP 3 

Model 

D2F-L3 

D2F-01L3 

D2F-FL3 

D2F-01FL3 

OF max. 0.78 N {80 gf} 0.39 N {40 gf} 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

0.5 mm 

0.45 mm 

13 mm 

8.5±1.2 mm 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

Note: 


201

D2F 

D2F 


D2F-L2 

D2F-01L2 

D2F-FL2 

D2F-01FL2 

12.8 

(10) 

4 

A 4.8 dia. × 2.8 (Resin roller) 

(4.6) 

Model 

D2F-L2 

D2F-01L2 

D2F-FL2 

D2F-01FL2 

OF max. 0.78 N {80 gf} 0.39 N {40 gf} 

RF min. 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

0.55 mm 

0.5 mm 

16.5 mm 

13±2 mm 

0.02 N {2 gf} 

t = 0.3 

(see 

note) 

4 

OP 

FP 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

Precautions 

Note: 


Cautions 


When soldering a lead wire to the terminal, first insert the lead wire 

conductor into the terminal hole and then perform soldering. 

Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 30 W maximum 

and that the temperature of the soldering iron tip is approximately 

300°C. (350°C maximum.) Complete the soldering within 3 s. 

Using a switch with improper soldering may result in abnormal heating, 

possibly resulting in burn. 

Applying a soldering iron for more than 3 s or using one that is rated 

at more than 30 W may deteriorate the switch characteristics. 



level. 

Correct Use 

Mounting 






0.1 N•m {0.8 to 1 kgf•cm}. 























Voltage (V) 

Inoperable 

range 



models D2F-01 

Operating 

range for 

general-load 

models 

D2F 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. B036-E1-07C 

202


J 

Subminiature Models Capable of 

Large-capacity Loads 

Snap-action switch allows large-capacity switching 

(7 A at 250 VAC) in spite of its small size 

(8.912.75.1 mm). 

Particularly suitable as control switches for 

applications where there are restrictions on 

installation space and weight. 

Easy positioning, as the pin plunger is located in 

alignment with the center line of one of the two 

mounting holes. 

 



J-7- 

1 2 3 

1. Ratings 

7: 7 A at 250 VAC 

2. Contact Material 

None: Gold-plated silver 

Y: Silver 


Actuator 

Model 

Pin plunger J-7 

Short hinge 

J-7-V 

lever 

Hinge lever 

J-7-V3 

3. Actuator 


V: Short hinge lever 

V3: Hinge lever 

V4: Long hinge lever 




J-7-V4 


lever 


J-7-V22 

J-7-V2 

Note: 

Externally mounted levers JAL and JAL2 are sold separately. 


203

J 

J 


Ratings 

Rated voltage 

125 VAC 7 A 

250 VAC 7 A 


Note: 









125 VAC 7 A 1.5 A 0.7 A 4 A 2.5 A 1.3 A 

250 VAC 7 A 1.5 A 0.7 A 4 A 2.5 A 1.3 A 

8 VDC 7 A 1.5 A 0.7 A 3 A 2.5 A 1.3 A 

14 VDC 7 A 1.5 A 0.7 A 3 A 2.5 A 1.3 A 

30 VDC 5 A 1.5 A 0.7 A 3 A 2.5 A 1.3 A 

125 VDC 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.03 A 0.03 A 0.03 A 

250 VDC 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.02 A 0.02 A 0.02 A 












Shock resistance (see note 2, 3) 






15 mΩ max. 


1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part and 

between current-carrying metal part and ground. 



Malfunction: 200 m/s 2 {approx. 20G} max. (pin plunger models) 



IEC IP40 

Class I 







Weight 

Note: 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 




3. For the pin plunger models, the values are at the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, they are at the total 

travel position. 


204

J 

J 




UL508 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated voltage J-7 

125 VAC 7 A 

250 VAC 



Material 


Inrush NC 

current 

NO 


Silver plated 

Gold plated 

0.35 mm 

15 A max. 

7 A max. 



Contact Form 

SPDT 




100,000 

70,000 

50,000 

30,000 

10,000 

7,000 

5,000 

3,000 

1,000 

Without load 


400 operations/min 

Ambient temperature: 20±2 °C 



1,000 

700 

500 

300 

200 

100 

70 

50 

30 

20 

250 VAC 

Resistive load: cosφ = 1 


20 operations min. max. 

cosφ=1 



125 VAC 

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 


10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


205

J 

J 

Dimensions 



M 2.3 screw holes 

4.8 ± 0.1 






J-7 


J-7-V 

1.5 dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 

+0.05 

2.5 –0.025dia. 

3.95 

3.5 dia. 

A 

4.8±0.05 

12.7 

OP 

PT 

1.5 dia. 

2.3 

5.1 

8.9 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

t = 0.3 


12.7R±0.4 A 

PT 

9.15±0.4 8 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 

5.1±0.1 

+0.05 

2.5 –0.025dia. 

1 dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

1.5 dia. 

4.8±0.05 3.95 

12.7 

5.1±0.1 

14.7 

0.8R (plastic pin plunger) 

2.3 

OP 

6.6 

11.45±0.4 

2.3 

5.1 

Note: 

Model J-7 

OF max. 1.37 N {140 gf} 

RF min. 0.27 N {28 gf} 




OP 8.1±0.3 mm 

Model J-7-V 

OF max. 0.49 N {50 gf} 

RF min. 0.08 N {9 g} 




OP 8.3±1.2 mm 



J-7-V3 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 

9.3 

22R±0.4 

t = 0.3 

(see note) 

A 

PT 

6.6 

2.3 

5.1 

OP 

2.3 

11.45±0.4 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

J-7-V3 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

0.04 N {5 gf} 

2.9 mm 

0.5 mm 

0.7 mm 

9.15±0.4 8 

4.8±0.05 3.95 

+0.05 

2.5 –0.025dia. 

12.7 

14.7 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

1 dia. 

1.5 dia. 

5.1±0.1 

Note: 

OP 8.3±1.9 mm 


206

J 

J 


J-7-V4 

t = 0.3 

(Stainless-steel 

spring lever) 

A 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

J-7-V4 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

0.02 N {3 gf} 

PT max. 

4.5 mm 

OT min. 

0.8 mm 

MD max. 

1.2 mm 

+0.05 

2.5 –0.025dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

1 dia. 

1.5 dia. 

OP 

8.3±2.9 mm 


J-7-V22 

A 

4.8 dia.2.2 (Stainless-steel roller) 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

J-7-V22 

0.54 N {55 gf} 

0.04 N {5 gf} 

t = 0.3 

(see note) 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

1.6 mm 

0.25 mm 

0.4 mm 

OP 

14.7±1 mm 

+0.05 

2.5 –0.025dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

1 dia. 

1.5 dia. 

Note: 



J-7-V2 

t = 0.3 

(see note) 

A 

4.8 dia.2.2 

(Stainless-steel roller) 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

J-7-V2 

0.324 N {33 gf} 

0.02 N {3 gf} 

2.7 mm 

OT min. 

0.45 mm 

MD max. 

0.7 mm 

OP 

14.7±1.9 mm 

+0.05 

2.5 –0.025dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

1 dia. 

1.5 dia. 

Note: 


207

J 

J 

Accessories (Sold Separately) 

Actuators 

Leaf Spring 

JAL 

A 

8.3 

t = 0.3 

(see note 1) 

3.6 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

JAL 

1.95 N {199 gf} 

0.54 N {56 gf} 

FP 

OP 

2.3 

5.2 

Insulating separator 

4.8±0.1 

13.6 

4.8 

Two, M2.3 × 10 

see note 2 

3 

5.6 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

5.2 mm 


0.3 mm 

0.8 mm 

13.1 mm 

8.7±0.8 mm 


2. J-7 Subminiature Basic Switch 

JAL2 

A 

6.3 

4.8 dia. × 27 

(see note 1) 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

JAL2 

1.95 N {199 gf} 

0.54 N {56 gf} 

FP 

OP 

Two, M2.3 × 10 

PT max. 

OT min. 

3.6 mm 


0.3 mm 

Precautions 


Correct Use 

Mounting 

Use two M2.3 screws with plain washers or spring washers to securely 

mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.19 to 

0.29 N m {2 to 3 kgf cm}. 

Soldering 

To solder the lead to the terminal, apply a soldering iron rated at 

30 W max. quickly (within 3 seconds) with the actuator at the free 

position. 

Applying a soldering iron for too long a time or using one that is rated 

at more than 30 W may degrade the Switch characteristics. 

5.2 

2.3 

Insulating separator 

4.8±0.1 

13.6 

4.8 

see note 2 

3 

5.6 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.8 mm 

19.5 mm 

15.1±0.8 mm 


2. J-7 Subminiature Basic Switch 



Cat. No. B033-E1-02C 

208


D2MQ 

Snap-action Switch with Ultra 

Subminiature Size (6.58.22.7 mm 

(HWD)) and Light Weight (0.3 g) 

Excellent electrical characteristics and a snap-action 

mechanism in spite of its ultra small size. 

Gold-plated (Au-P) contacts for micro load 

switching available in addition to silver-plated 

contacts (Ag-P). 

Ideal for applications where size is extremely 

limited and high reliability is demanded, such as in 

compact audio, optical. and telecommunications 

equipment. 



D2MQ-1-- 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

1: Silver-plated contact type (0.5 A at 30 VDC) 

Gold-plated contact type (50 mA at 30 VDC) 

2. Actuator 


L: Leaf lever 

D2MQ-4L--1- 

1 2 3 

3. Contact Material 

None: Silver-plated 

105: Gold-plated 

4. Terminals 

None: Straight terminals 

TL: Left-angled terminals 

TR: Right-angled terminals 

1. Actuator 

4L: Hinge leaf lever 

2. Contact Material (Rating) 

None: Silver-plated (0.5 A at 30 VDC) 

105: Gold-plated (50 mA at 30 VDC) 


3. Terminals 

None: Straight terminals 

L: Left-angled terminals 

R: Right-angled terminals 

Actuator Standard model (Ag-plated) Micro load model (Au-plated) 

Terminals 

Straight 

terminals 

Left-angled 

terminals 

Right-angled 

terminals 

Straight 

terminals 

Left-angled 

terminals 

Right-angled 

terminals 

Pin plunger D2MQ-1 D2MQ-1-TL D2MQ-1-TR D2MQ-1-105 --- --- 

Leaf lever D2MQ-1L D2MQ-1L-TL D2MQ-1L-TR D2MQ-1L-105 --- --- 

Hinge leaf lever D2MQ-4L-1 D2MQ-4L-1-L D2MQ-4L-1-R D2MQ-4L-105-1 D2MQ-4L-105-1-L D2MQ-4L-105-1-R 

Note: 

The terminal shape drawings indicate the shape when the Switch is viewed from the direction of the arrow in the drawing below. 

209

D2MQ 

D2MQ 


Ratings 

Type Silver-plated contact type Gold-plated contact type 


30 VDC 0.5 A 50 mA 

Note: 







(see note 2) 







(see note 3) 


(see note 3) 


0.1 mm to 0.5 m/s 




100 mΩ max. 

500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals at the same polarity 

500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground 

Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude (see note 2) 





IEC IP40 

Class I 






temperature 


humidity 

Weight 

Note: 

35% to 85% (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 0.3 g 


2. The values are for the pin plunger models. (For different models, consult your OMRON representative.) 




Item 

Silver-plated 

contact type 


Gold-plated 

contact type 

Material Silver plated Gold plated 

Gap (standard 0.15 mm 

value) 

Inrush NC 0.5 A max. 0.05 A max. 

current 

NO 0.5 A max. 0.05 A max. 

Minimum applicable load 50 mA 

at 5 VDC 

5 mA at 5 VDC 

Contact Form 

SPDT 

210

D2MQ 

D2MQ 




(D2MQ-1) 

100 

0.4 

1,000 

10 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 

700 

500 



Without load 


70 

50 

300 

100 

70 

50 

30 

30 

10 

7 

5 

3 


(D2MQ-1) 





OT: 

Full stroke 

cosφ=1 

1 

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 



Dimensions 


Terminals 

Straight Terminals Left-angled Terminals Right-angled Terminals 

3.4 

Mounting Dimensions 

(see note) 

Three, 

1.6 dia. holes 

Note: 

Terminal gap: 1 pitch 



holes or M1.4 screw holes 

4.0 ± 0.1 

211

D2MQ 

D2MQ 



2. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of 0.15 mm applies to all dimensions. 

3. The following illustrations are for the straight terminal models. Those for the left-angled terminals and right-angled terminals are 

different from straight terminal models in terminal size only. Refer to Terminals on page 211 for these terminals. 



Plastic pin plunger 

D2MQ-1 (Straight Terminals) 

D2MQ-1-TL (Left-angled terminals) 

D2MQ-1-TR (Right-angled terminals) 

D2MQ-1-105 (Straight Terminals) 

A 

8.1 

PT 

OP 

2.6 

0.8 

0.45 

6.5 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

1.18 N {120 gf} 

0.19 N {20 gf} 

0.4 mm 

0.1 mm 

Two, 1.6 +0.1 

0 dia. 

1.6 

5.0 

MD max. 

OP 

0.1 mm 

5.7±0.2 mm 

0.8 

1.3 

1.6 

2.1 

2.5 2.5 

4±0.05 

8.2 

0.6 

2.7 

Leaf Lever Models 

D2MQ-1L (Straight Terminals) 

D2MQ-1L-TL (Left-angled terminals) 

D2MQ-1L-TR (Right-angled terminals) 

D2MQ-1L-105 (Straight Terminals) 

8.1 

7.7R 

0.6R (plastic 

A 

leaf lever) 

OP 

FP 

2.6 

0.45 

6.5 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.08 N {8 gf} 

2.4 mm 

0.3 mm 

0.7 mm 

Two, 1.6 +0.1 

0 dia. 

1.6 

5.0 

FP max. 

OP 

9.6 mm 

6.7±0.5 mm 

0.8 

1.3 

1.6 

2.1 

2.5 2.5 

4±0.05 

8.2 

0.6 

2.7 

Hinge Leaf Lever Models 

D2MQ-4L-1 

D2MQ-4L-1-L 

D2MQ-4L-1-R 

D2MQ-4L-105-1 

D2MQ-4L-105-1-L 

D2MQ-4L-105-1-R 

0.7R 

8.1 

5.35±0.1 

6.3R 

A 

0.5R 

2.6 

2.4 

0.8 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

0.39 N {40 gf} 

0.04 N {4 gf} 

2.1 mm 

0.3 mm 

6.6 

5.9 

+0.1 

Two, 1.6 0 dia. 

4.45 

OP 

FP 

1.6 

0.45 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.7 mm 

8.7 mm 

7.1±0.5 mm 

3.1 (straight terminals) 

0.8 

1.3 

2.1 4.0±0.05 

1.6 2.5 2.5 

8.2 

2.7 

0.6 

212

D2MQ 

Precautions 


Cautions 

Terminal Connections 

Make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 15 W maximum 

(temperature of soldering iron: 250°C max.). Do not take more than 

3 s to solder the switch terminal. 

If soldering is not carried out under the proper conditions there is a 

danger of over-heating and subsequent heat damage 


at more than 15 W may deteriorate the Switch characteristics. 



level. 

D2MQ 

Correct Use 

Mounting 

Use M1.4 mounting screws with screws to securely mount the 

Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.1 N m {1 kgf cm}. 

Operation 

Do not apply a force more than two times the rated operating force to 

the actuator and leaf lever. 

Provide an amount of OT that equals or exceeds the standard. 

Do not change the operating position by modifying the actuator. 

Do not use the Switch in an application where the operating speed is 

extremely slow or the actuator is set in the midpoint between the 

free position and operating position. 

Install the pin plunger switch so that the operating force is applied in 

alignment with the stroke of the actuator. 

Do not apply a shock to the actuator, otherwise, the Switch may be 

damaged. 

Do not apply excessive force to the actuator of the Leaf Lever 

Switch in the operating, releasing, and horizontal directions. 

Separator 

When mounting the Switch on a metallic surface, be sure to provide 

a Separator between the Switch and mounting plate. 

The Separator must be made of hard material and must be processed 

as shown below. 

Dimensions of Separator 

1.2±0.1 

4±0.1 

2.6 

0.8 

Two 1.6-dia. 

mounting holes 

8.2 

1.3 

t = 0.25 

8.5 



Cat. No. B034-E1-06C 

213

Sealed Miniature Basic Switch 

D2VW 

Sealed Miniature Basic Switch 

Conforms to IP67 (Molded Lead Wire 

Type Only) 

Use of epoxy resin assures stable sealing, 

making this switch ideal for places subject to 

water spray or excessive dust. 

V-series internal mechanism assures high 

precision and long life. 

Ideal for automobiles, agricultural machines, 

large-scale home appliances, and industrial 

equipment, which require high environmental 

resistance. 

Models available with conformance to safety 

standards, including UL, CSA and VDE. 



D2VW-- 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

5: 5 A at 250 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC 

2. Actuator 


L1A: Short hinge lever 


L1B: Long hinge lever 


L2A: Short hinge roller lever 



Actuator 

 


1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

4. Terminals 

None, HS: Solder terminals 

(HS for UL and CSA approval.) 

M, MS: Molded lead wires (MS for UL and CSA approval) 

Model 

5 A 0.1 A 

Pin plunger Solder terminals D2VW-5-1 D2VW-01-1 

Molded lead wires D2VW-5-1M D2VW-01-1M 

Short hinge lever Solder terminals D2VW-5L1A-1 D2VW-01L1A-1 

Molded lead wires D2VW-5L1A-1M D2VW-01L1A-1M 

Hinge Lever Solder terminals D2VW-5L1-1 D2VW-01L1-1 

Molded lead wires D2VW-5L1-1M D2VW-01L1-1M 

Long hinge lever Solder terminals D2VW-5L1B-1 D2VW-01L1B-1 

Molded lead wires D2VW-5L1B-1M D2VW-01L1B-1M 

Simulated roller lever Solder terminals D2VW-5L3-1 D2VW-01L3-1 


Short hinge roller lever Solder terminals D2VW-5L2A-1 D2VW-01L2A-1 

Molded lead wires D2VW-5L2A-1M D2VW-01L2A-1M 

Hinge roller lever Solder terminals D2VW-5L2-1 D2VW-01L2-1 

Note: 


1. The standard lengths of the molded lead wires (AV0.75f) of models incorporating them are 30 cm. 

2. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on SPST-NO and SPST-NC models. 

3. Add “HS” or “MS” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version (e.g., D2VW-01-1 → D2VW-01-1HS). 

Consult your OMRON sales representative for details. 

214

D2VW 

D2VW 


Ratings 

Model 

Item 

Rated voltage 

D2VW-5 250 VAC 5 A 

125 VAC 5 A 

30 VDC 5 A 

D2VW-01 125 VAC 0.1 A 

Note: 

30 VDC 0.1 A 

Resisteve load 






Non-inductive load 

Inductive load 

Resistive load Lamp load Inductive load 

Model Voltage NC NO NC NO NC NO 

D2VW-5 125 VAC 5 A 0.5 A 4 A 

250 VAC 5 A 0.5 A 4 A 

30 VDC 5 A 3 A 4 A 

125 VDC 0.4 A 0.1 A 0.4 A 













50 mΩ max. (100 mΩ max. for molded lead wire models) 




1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between each terminal and non-current-carrying 

metal parts 








Electrical: D2VW-5 models: 100,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

D2VW-01 models: 1,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 


IEC IP67 (excluding the terminals on terminal models) 

Degree of protection against electric shock Class I 


Ambient operating temperature (see note 5) –40°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing) 


Weight 

Note: 

95% max. (for 5°C to 35C) 



2. The dielectric strength shown in the table indicates the value for models with a Separator. 




5. The operating temperature of the lead wire (AV0.75f) for the molded lead wire model is between –40°C to 85°C. 

215

D2VW 




UL1054 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated voltage D2VW-5 D2VW-01 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

3 A 

3 A 

0.1 A 

--- 

30 VDC --- 0.1 A 


Rated voltage D2VW-5 D2VW-01 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

--- 

3 A 

0.1 A 

--- 

Testing conditions: 

25E3 (25,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C) for D2VW-5, 

1E5 (100,000 operations), T85 (0°C to 85°C) for D2VW-01 

Contact Form 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 


D2VW 

Item D2VW-5 D2VW-01 


Inrush 

current 


Gap 


0.5 mm 

NC 15 A max. --- 

NO 15 A max. --- 


(see note) 

Note: 

160 mA 

at 5 VDC 

1 mA 

at 5 VDC 



SPST-NO 

NC (red) 

NO (blue) 

COM (black) 

NC (red) 

COM (black) 

NO (blue) 

COM (black) 

Note: 

Colors in parentheses indicate lead wire colors. 

Dimensions 

Note: 


Terminals 

The pin plunger model is shown here as a typical example. Operating characteristics and dimensions of the actuator section are the same as for 

the molded lead wire models. 

Solder/Quick Connect Terminals 

2.4 dia. hole 1.3 dia. hole 

10.3 

4.8 

1.2 

5.2 

8.4 

Molded Lead Wires 

AV 0.75f Lead wire (red)* 

AV 0.75f Lead wire (blue)* 

AV 0.75f Lead wire (black)* 

0.5 

2.5 

5.2 

5.2 

2.8 

22.2±0.1 

33 

300±10 

(5) 10.3 

2.8 

22.2±0.1 

33 

41.4 

t=0.5 


* UL/CSA approved models have UL approved wiring. 




10.3 ± 0.1 

22.2 ± 0.1 

216

D2VW 

D2VW 






D2VW-01-1 

D2VW-5-1 

10.3 

2.4 dia. hole 

1.3 dia. hole 

4.8 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

1.96 N {200 gf} 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

1.2 mm 

PT 

2.8 

OP 

15.9 

10.3±0.1 

A 

1.2 

5.2 

20.2±0.25 

8.4 

2.5 dia. 

3.1 +0.13 


0.5 

2.5 

5.2 

5.2 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.0 mm 

0.4 mm 

14.7±0.4 mm 

3.1 +0.13 

–0.03 

3.2±0.1 dia. 

22.2±0.1 

2.8 

33 

41.4 

t=0.5 



D2VW-01L1A-1M 

D2VW-5L1A-1M 

PT 

OP 

15.9 

A 

24.3±0.8 

t=0.5* 

5 

4.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

1.96 N {200 gf} 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

0.5 mm 


10.3 

OP 

15.2±0.5 mm 


D2VW-01L1-1M 

D2VW-5L1-1M 

PT 

A 

35.6±0.8 

t=0.5* 

5 

4.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

1.18 N {120 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

OP 

15.9 


10.3 

MD max. 

OP 

0.8 mm 

15.2±1.2 mm 


D2VW-01L1B-1M 

D2VW-5L1B-1M 

PT 

A 

OP 

15.9 

59.4±0.8 

t=0.5* 

5 

4.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

9.0 mm 

3.2 mm 

2.0 mm 


10.3 

OP 

15.2±2.6 mm 

217

D2VW 

D2VW 


D2VW-01L3-1M 

D2VW-5L3-1M 

PT 

A 

32.6±0.8 

3.5R t=0.5* 

5 4.3 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

1.18 N {120 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

OP 

15.9 

MD max. 

OP 

0.8 mm 

18.7±1.2 mm 


10.3 


D2VW-01L2A-1M 

D2VW-5L2A-1M 

4.8 dia.4.8 ** 

PT 

24.3±0.8 

20.1±0.8 

A 5 

t=0.5* 

7.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

2.25 N {230 gf} 

0.20 N {20 gf} 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

OP 

15.9 

MD max. 

OP 

0.5 mm 

20.7±0.6 mm 



10.3 


D2VW-01L2-1M 

A 34±0.8 

D2VW-5L2-1M 4.8 dia.4.8 ** 

PT 

t=0.5* 

OP 

15.9 

5 

7.2 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.18 N {120 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

4.0 mm 

1.6 mm 

0.8 mm 

20.7±1.2 mm 



10.3 

218

D2VW 

Precautions 


Cautions 

Degree of Protection 

Do not use the Switch underwater. The Switch was tested and found 

to meet the conditions necessary to meet the following standard. 

The test checks for water intrusion after immersion for a specified 

time period. The test does not check for switching operation underwater. 

IEC Publication 529, degree of protection IP67. 

Protection Against Chemicals 

Prevent the Switch from coming into contact with oil and chemicals. 

Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials may result. 

D2VW 

Correct Use 

Mounting 



0.59 N m {4 to 6 kgf cm}. 


With the pin plunger models, set the Switch so that the plunger can 

be pushed in from directly above. Since the plunger is covered with 

a rubber cap, applying a force from lateral directions may cause 

damage to the plunger or reduction in the sealing capability. 

Incorrect 

Correct 

Incorrect 

Handling 

Handle the Switch carefully so as not to break the sealing rubber of 

the plunger. 














Voltage (V) 



models D2VW-01 

Operating 

range for 

general-load 

models 

D2VW-05 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. C095-E1-03C 

219

Sealed Subminiature Basic Switch 

D2SW 


Conforming to IP67 (Molded Lead Wire 

Type Only) 

Use of epoxy resin assures stable sealing, making 

this switch ideal for places subject to water spray or 

excessive dust. 

Ideal for automobiles, automatic vending machines, 

refrigerators, ice-making equipment, bath 

equipment, hot-water supply systems, air conditioners, 

and industrial equipment, which require 

high environmental resistance. 

Models available with conformance to safety 

standards, including UL, CSA and VDE. 



D2SW- 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

3: 3 A at 125 VAC 

01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC 

2. Actuator 






 


None: SPDT 

-2: SPST-NC (Molded lead wire models only) 

-3: SPST-NO (Molded lead wire models only) 

4. Terminals 

H, HS: Solder terminals (HS for UL and CSA approval) 

D, DS: PCB terminals (DS for UL and CSA approval) 

T, TS: Quick-connect terminals (#110) (TS for UL and CSA approval) 

M, MS: Molded lead wires (MS for UL and CSA approval) 

Actuator 

Model 

3 A 0.1A 

Pin plunger Solder terminals D2SW-3H D2SW-01H 

Quick-connect terminals (#110) D2SW-3T D2SW-01T 

PCB terminals D2SW-3D D2SW-01D 

Molded lead wires D2SW-3M D2SW-01M 

Hinge lever Solder terminals D2SW-3L1H D2SW-01L1H 

Quick-connect terminals (#110) D2SW-3L1T D2SW-01L1T 

PCB terminals D2SW-3L1D D2SW-01L1D 

Molded lead wires D2SW-3L1M D2SW-01L1M 

Simulated roller lever Solder terminals D2SW-3L3H D2SW-01L3H 




Hinge roller lever Solder terminals D2SW-3L2H D2SW-01L2H 




Note: 1. The standard lengths of the molded lead wires (AV0.5f) of models incorporating them are 30 cm. 


3. Add “HS,” “DS,” “TS,” or “MS” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version. (e.g., D2SW-3H → D2SW-3HS). 

Consult your OMRON sales representative for details. 

220

D2SW 

D2SW 


Ratings 

Model 

Item 

Rated voltage 

D2SW-3 250 VAC 2 A 

125 VAC 3 A 

30 VDC 3 A 

D2SW-01 125 VAC 0.1 A 

Note: 

30 VDC 0.1 A 










D2SW-3 125 VAC 3 A 1 A 0.5 A 1 A 0.5 A 1 A 0.5 A 

250 VAC 2 A 0.5 A 0.3 A 0.5 A 0.3 A 0.5 A 0.3 A 

30 VDC 3 A 1 A 1 A 1 A 

Note: 

1. The above current ratings are the values of the steady-state current. 




221

D2SW 

D2SW 



Item D2SW-3 D2SW-01 




(initial iti value) 


(see note 2) 


(see note 3) 


(see note 3) 

Durability 

(see note 4) 




Proof tracking index 

(PTI) 


temperature 


humidity 

Weight 





30 mΩ max. for terminal models 50 mΩ max. for terminal models 

50 mΩ max. for molded lead wire models 70 mΩ max. for molded lead wire models 

1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of 

the same polarity 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between 

current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between 







(30 operations/min) (3 A at 125 VAC), 


(30 operations/min) (2 A at 250 VAC) 


Class 1 

175 


95% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 


600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals of 

the same polarity 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between 

current-carrying metal parts and ground, and 

between each terminal and non-current-carrying 

metal parts 



Note: 


2. The dielectric strength shown is for models with a Separator. 

3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at the free position, operating position, and total travel position. For the 

lever models, they apply at the total travel position. 


222

D2SW 

D2SW 




UL1054 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated voltage D2SW-3 D2SW-01 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

3 A 

2 A 

0.1 A 

--- 

30 VDC 3 A 0.1 A 


Rated voltage D2SW-01 

125 VAC 0.1 A 



Item D2SW-3 D2SW-01 


Inrush 

current 


(see note) 

Note: 

Material Silver Gold alloy 

Gap 

(standard 

value) 

0.5 mm 

NC 20 A max. 1 A max. 

NO 10 A max. 1 A max. 

160 mA 

at 5 VDC 

1 mA 

at 5 VDC 



Separators (Insulation Sheet) 

Applicable Thickness (mm) Model 

switch 

SS, D2S, D2SW 0.18 Separator for SS0.18 

0.4 Separator for SS0.4 

Contact Form 

SPDT 

COM NO NC 

(Black*) (Blue*)(Red*) 

SPST-NC 

COM 

(Black) 

SPST-NO 

COM 

(Black) 

NO 

(Blue) 

NC 

(Red) 

*Indicates the color of the lead wire. 


Separator 

Note: 

The material is EAVTC (Epoxide Alkyd Varnished Tetron 

Cloth) and can withstand temperatures up to 130°C. 

223

D2SW 

D2SW 

Dimensions 

Terminals 


Solder Terminals (H) Quick-connect Terminals (#110) (T) PCB Terminals (D) 

3.3±0.1 

3.3±0.1 

2.9 

3.3±0.1 

7.3 

2.9 

1.8 

7.2 

10.1 

6.6 Three, 

1.6 0.8R 

1.2 dia. 

1.6 

0.5 

0.8 

8.7±0.2 

holes 

1.2 

8.5±0.2 

3.2 6.4±0.2 

5.15 

Three, 

9.5±0.1 

0.5 

8.8±0.2 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

2.8 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

2.15 15.5±0.2 

6.4±0.2 

15.5±0.2 

19.8±0.2 

1.85 16.1±0.2 

0.55 

18.7±0.2 

19.8±0.2 

19.8±0.2 

0.7 

2.9 

1.3 

6.4±0.2 

0.5 

1.8±0.1 

3.9 

PCB Mounting 


8.8±0.2 

16.1±0.2 

Three, 1.35-dia. to 1.5 holes 

9.2 

16.4 16.9 

300±10 

Common terminal (black) (see note) 

Vinyl insulator 

Normally open terminal (blue) (see note) 

0.7 

5.15 

9.5±0.1 

21.2 

(5) 

Normally 

closed terminal 

(red)* 

6.4±0.2 

Stranded annealed copper wires 

* UL/CSA approved models have UL approved wiring. 


Two, 2.4-dia. mounting hole or M2.3 screw hole 

9.5 



2. The following illustrations and dimensions are for models with soldered terminals. Refer to Terminals for models with quick-connect 

and PCB terminals (#110). 

3. The dimensions not described are the same as those of models with pin plungers. 

4. Unless otherwise specified, tolerance of ±0.4 mm applies to all dimensions. 

5. The in the model number is for a terminal code such as H, T, D, or M. 



D2SW-3 

D2SW-01 

7.3 

3.3±0.1 

2.35 +0.1 

–0.05 

1.8 dia. 

1.8 

7.5±0.1 

A 

2.35 +0.1 

–0.05 dia. 

holes 

10.1 

7.7 

PT 

OP 

2.9 

OF 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.77 N {180 gf} 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

0.6 mm 

0.5 mm 

0.1 mm 

8.4±0.3 mm 

2.5 dia.±0.07 

1.6 

8.5±0.2 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

0.8R 

1.6 

3.2 

0.5 

6.4±0.2 

0.55 

15.5±0.2 

18.7±0.2 

19.8±0.2 

224

D2SW 

D2SW 


D2SW-3L1 

D2SW-01L1 

t = 0.3 Stainless-steel 

lever 

14.5 

A 

5.9 

3.6 

OF 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

OP 

FP 

FP max. 

OP 

13.6 mm 

8.8±0.8 mm 


D2SW-3L3 

D2SW-01L3 


lever 

15.8 1.3R 

A 

5.9 

3.6 

OF 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

OP 

FP 

FP max. 

15.5 mm 

OP 

10.7±0.8 mm 


D2SW-3L2 

D2SW-01L2 


lever 

14.5 

A 

OP 

FP 

5.9 

4.8 dia.3.2 

Polyacetal roller 

OF 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

0.06 N {6 gf} 

1.0 mm 

0.8 mm 

19.3 mm 

14.5±0.8 mm 

225

D2SW 

Precautions 


Cautions 










D2SW 

Correct Use 

Mounting 



0.26 N m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf cm}. 


With the pin plunger models, set the Switch so that the plunger can 

be pushed in from directly above. Since the plunger is covered with 

a rubber cap, applying a force from lateral directions may cause 

damage to the plunger or reduction in the sealing capability. 

Correct 

Incorrect 

Incorrect 

Handling 

Handle the Switch carefully so as not to break the sealing rubber of 

the plunger. 














Voltage (V) 



models D2SW-01 

Operating 

range for 

general-load 

models 

D2SW-3 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. C097-E1-01C 

226


D2SW-P 

Sealed Basic Switch with Simplified 

Construction, Mounting Compatible with 

SS and D2SW Series. 

■ Sealing by using rubber packing means the switch 

can be used in dust-proof or in temporary waterproof 

environments (IEC IP67). 

■ Switch rating of 2A at 250 VAC possible with a 

single-leaf movable spring. Models for micro loads 

are also available. 

■ Solder, quick-connect terminals (#110), PCB terminals 

and molded lead wires are available. 

Even-pitched PCB terminals are also standardized. 



D2SW-P @@@@ 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

2: 2A at 250 VAC 

01: 0.1A at 30 VDC 

2. Actuator 






None: SPDT 

-2: SPST-NC (Molded lead wire models only) 

-3: SPST-NO (Molded lead wire models only) 

4. Terminals 

H : Solder terminals 

T : Quick-connect terminals (#110) 

D : PCB terminals (Uneven pitch) 

B : PCB terminals (Even pitch) 

M: Molded lead wires 

227

D2SW-P 

D2SW-P 


Terminal Solder 

Quick-connect 

PCB terminals 

Molded lead wires 

Rating Actuator 

terminals terminals (#110) 

Uneven pitch Even pitch 

2A Pin plunger D2SW-P2H D2SW-P2T D2SW-P2D P2SW-P2B D2SW-P2M 

Hinge lever D2SW-P2L1H D2SW-P2L1T D2SW-P2L1D D2SW-P2L1B D2SW-P2L1M 



lever 

D2SW-P2L2H D2SW-P2L2T D2SW-P2L2D D2SW-P2L2B D2SW-P2L2M 


0.1A Pin plunger D2SW-P01H D2SW-P01T D2SW-P01D D2SW-P01B D2SW-P01M 

Hinge lever D2SW-P01L1H D2SW-P01L1T D2SW-P01L1D D2SW-P01L1B D2SW-P01L1M 



lever 



Note 



■ Ratings 

Model Rated voltage Resistive load 

D2SW-P2 30 VDC 2 A 

250 VAC 

D2SW-P01 30 VDC 0.1 A 

125 VAC 

Note 

The ratings values apply under the following test conditions. 





Item Model D2SW-P2 D2SW-P01 


0.1 mm to 500 mm/s (pin plunger models) 


Machanical : 120 operations/min max. 

Electrical : 20 operations/min max. 




Terminal models : 50 mΩ max. 

Molded lead wire models : 100 mΩ max. 

Terminal models : 100 mΩ max. 

Molded lead wire models : 150 mΩ max. 





1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals 

of the same polarities 

600 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between terminals 

of the same polarities 

1,500 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal parts and ground, and between each 

terminal and non-current-carrying metal parts 



Malfunction: 300 m/s 2 {approx.30G} max. 


(60 operations/min.) 







Degree of protection IEC IP67 (see note 5) 

(excluding the terminals on terminal models) 

Degree of protection against electric shock Class 1 



−20°Cto 70°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing) 


85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Weight 


Note: 1. The data given above are initial values. 


3. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for both the free position and total travel position. For the lever models, the 

values apply at the total travel position. Contact opening or closing time is within 1ms. 

4. Consult your OMRON sales representative for testing conditions. 

5. The test to meet standards checks for water intrusion after immersion for 30 minutes. The test does not check for switching operation 

underwater. Refer to "Degree of Protection" of "Instructions for Correct Use". 

228

D2SW-P 



with standard approval. 

UL1054 (File No. E41515) 

/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (UL approval) 

Rated voltage D2SW-P2 D2SW-P01 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

--- 

2 A 


0.1 A 

--- 

30 VDC 2 A 0.1 A 

Item Model D2SW-P2 D2SW-P01 



Gap 

(Standard value) 

0.5 mm 


(see note) 

160 mA at 5 

VDC 

1 mA at 5 VDC 


SPDT 

SPST-NC 

(Molded lead wire models only) 

SPST-NO 

(Molded lead wire models only) 

Note 

COM NO NC 

(Black) (Blue)(Red) 

COM 

(Black) 

COM NO 

(Black) (Blue) 

NC 

(Red) 

Lead wire colors are indicated in parentheses. 

D2SW-P 

Note 



Dimensions 

■ Terminals 

Note: 


2. Terminal plate thickness is 0.5 mm for all models. 


Quick-connect Terminals (#110) 

7.3 

C 

3.2 

2.15 8.55 

NC 

15.5 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

19.8±0.2 

NC 

3.3±0.1 

Three, 1.6-dia. Holes 

0.5 

6.4±0.2 

PCB Terminals (Uneven pitch) 

3.3±0.1 

3-2.8 

7.6±0.2 7.6±0.2 

5.15 9.5± 0.1 

19.8± 0.2 

PCB Terminals (Even pitch) 

0.5 

6.4±0.2 

11 7.1 

3.3± 0.1 

1.85 

8.8±0.2 

16.1± 0.2 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

19.8±0.2 

3-1.2 

3-0.8 

3.3±0.1 

1.3 

0.5 

6.4± 0.2 


16.1± 0.1 

8.8±0.1 Three,-1.35 to 1.5 dia. 

1.8 

3.9 

5.15 9.5± 0.1 

7.62±0.2 7.62±0.2 

19.8± 0.2 

3-1.2 

3-0.8 

1.3 

0.5 

6.4±0.2 

1.8 


7.62±0.1 7.62±0.1 Three, 1.35 to 1.5 dia. 

3.9 

229

D2SW-P 

D2SW-P 


9.2 

Common terminal (black) 

Insulator 

Stranded annealed 

copper wites 

0.7 

5.15 9.5±0.1 


21.2 

300± 10 6.4± 0.2 

(5) 

Two, M2.3 screw hole 

Normally closed 

terminal (red) 

Normally open 

terminal (blue) 


Note: 

9.5±0.1 


2. The following illustrations and drawings are for solder terminal models. Refer to page 229 for details on models with quick-connect 

terminals (#110) or PCB terminals or molded lead wires. 

3. The @ in the model number is for the contact form code or the terminal code. 




D2SW-P2@@ 

D2SW-P01@@ 

A 

PT 

2.5±0.07 dia. 

OP 

2.35 +0.075 

−0.05 

7.3 

7.55±0.2 

1.8 dia. 

3.2 

2.15 8.55 

15.5 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

19.8±0.2 

+0.075 

2.35 −0.05 dia. 

6.9 7.7 

3.3±0.1 


0.5 

6.4±0.2 

Model D2SW-P2@@ D2SW-P01@@ 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

OP 

1.8 N {183 gf} 

0.2 N {20 gf} 

0.6 mm 

0.4 mm 

0.15 mm 

8.4±0.3 mm 


D2SW-P2L1@@ 

D2SW-P01L1@@ 


2.35 +0.075 

−0.05 

2.5± 0.07 dia. 

7.3 

3.2 

2.15 8.55 

15.5 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

19.8±0.2 

A 

14.5± 0.6 +0.075 

2.35 −0.05 dia. 

OP FP 

6.9 7.7 

3.3± 0.1 


0.5 

6.4±0.2 

Model D2SW-P2L1@@ D2SW-P01L1@@ 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.6 N {61 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

0.8 mm 

0.8 mm 

13.6 mm 

8.8±0.8 mm 

230

D2SW-P 

D2SW-P 


D2SW-P2L2@@ 

D2SW-P01L2@@ 

t=0.3 Stainless-steel lever 14.5±0.6 

2.35 +0.075 

-0.05 

2.5± 0.07 dia. 

7.3 

A 

+0.075 

2.35 -0.05 dia. 

OP 

6.9 7.7 

dia. 4.8 x 3.2 

Polyacetal resin roller 

3.3±0.1 

FP 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.6 N {61 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

0.8 mm 

0.8 mm 

19.3 mm 

14.5±0.8 mm 

3.2 

2.15 8.55 

15.5 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

19.8± 0.2 


0.5 

6.4± 0.2 


D2SW-P2L3@@ 

D2SW-P01L3@@ 


2.5±0.07 dia. 

15.8±0.6 

A 

R1.3 

2.35 +0.075 

−0.05 dia. 


OF max. 

RF min. 

0.6 N {61 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

2.35 +0.075 

−0.05 

7.3 

3.2 

2.15 8.55 

15.5 

5.15 9.5±0.1 

19.8±0.2 

OP FP 

6.9 7.7 

3.3± 0.1 


0.5 

6.4±0.2 

OT min. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

0.8 mm 

0.8 mm 

15.5 mm 

10.7±0.8 mm 

Precautions 

■ Cautions 


Do not use this product in water. Although this models satisfy the 

test conditions for the standard given below, this test is to check 

the ingress of water into the switch enclosure after submerging 

the Switch in water for a given time. Satisfying this test condition 

does not mean that the Switch can be used in water. 

IEC 60529: 2001 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures 

(IP Code) 

Code: IP67 (The test to meet the standard checks for water intrusion 

after immersion for 30 minutes.) 

Do not operate the Switch when it is exposed to water spray, or 

when water drops adhere to the Switch surface, or during sudden 

temperature changes, otherwise water may intrude into the interior 

of the Switch due to a suction effect. 


Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials 

may result. 

Do not use the Switch in areas where it is exposed to silicon 

adhesives, oil, or grease, otherwise faulty contact may result due 

to the generation of silicon oxide. 

The environment-resistant performance of the switch differs 

depending on operating loads, ambient atmospheres, and installation 

conditions, etc. Please perform an operating test of the 

switch in advance under actual usage conditions. 

Connecting to Terminals 

Connecting to Solder Terminals 


wire conductor through the terminal hole and the conduct soldering. 

Make sure that the temperature at the tip of the soldering iron is 

350 to 400°C. Do not take more than 3 seconds to solder the 

switch terminal, and do not impose external force on the terminal 

for 1 min after soldering. Improper soldering involving an excessively 

high temperature or excessive soldering time may deteriorate 

the characteristics of the Switch. 

Connecting to Quick-connect Terminals 

Wire the quick-connect terminals (#110) with receptacles. Insert 


force on the terminal in the horizontal direction, otherwise the 

terminal may be deformed or the housing may be damaged. 

Connecting to PCB Terminal Boards 

When using automatic soldering baths, we recommend soldering 

at 260±5°C within 5 seconds. Make sure that the liquid surface of 

the solder does not flow over the edge of the board. 

When soldering by hand, as a guideline, solder with a soldering 

iron with a tip temperature of 350 to 400°C within 3 seconds, and 

do not apply any external force for at least 1 minutes after soldering. 

When applying solder, keep the solder away from the case of 

the Switch and do not allow solder or flux to enter the case. 

Side-actuated (Cam/Dog) Operation 

When using a cam or dog to operate the Switch, factors such as 

the operating speed, operating frequency, push-button indentation, 

and material and shape of the cam or dog will affect the 

durability of the Switch. Confirm performance specifications under 

actual operation conditions before using the Switch in applications. 

231

D2SW-P 


Mounting 




Use M2.3 mounting screws with plane washers or spring washers 


0.23 to 0.26 N·m {2.3 to 2.7 kgf·cm}. Exceeding the specified 

torgue may result in deterioration of the sealing or damage. 



or damage. 


Use an operating body with low frictional resistance and of a 

shape that will not interfere with the sealing rubber, otherwise the 

plunger may be damaged or the sealing may deteriorate. 

With the pin plunger models, set the Switch so that the plunger 

can be pushed in from directly above. Since the plunger is covered 

with a rubber cap, applying a force from lateral directions 

may cause damage to the plunger or reduction in the sealing 

capability. 

Correct 

Incorrect Incorrect 

D2SW-P 

applicable load is the N-level reference value. This value indicates 

the malfunction reference level for the reliability level of 60% 

(λ60). 

The equation, λ60 = 0.5 × 10 -6 /operations indicates that the estimated 

malfunction rate is less than 1/2,000,000 operations with a 

reliability level of 60%. 

Voltage (V) 

0.16mA 

30 

24 

12 

Inoperable 

range 

5 

1mA 

0 

0.1 

26mA 

Operating range for 

micro load models 

D2SW-P01 

100mA 

Operating 

range for 

general-load 

models 

D2SW-P2 

100mA 160mA 

1 10 100 1,000 

Current (mA) 

Handling 

Do not handle the Switch in a way that may cause damage to the 

sealing rubber. 

When handling the Switch, ensure that uneven pressure or, as 

shown in the following diagram, pressure in a direction other than 

the operating direction is not applied to the Actuator, otherwise 

the Actuator or Switch may be damaged, or durability may be 

decreased. 

Wiring Molded Lead Wire Models 

When wiring molded lead wire models, ensure that there is no 

weight on the wire or that there are no sharp bends near the parts 

where the wire is drawn out. Otherwise, damage to the Switch or 

deterioration in the sealing may result. 


Set the operating stroke so that the actuator is completely disengaged 

when the switch is in the free position (FP), and is pushed 

to a point between 60% and 90% of the OT distance after the 

switch is operated. 

Insufficient or excessive pushing of the actuator may result in 

decreased switch durability or damage to the switch. 



micro load circuit may result in a faulty contact. Use models that 


load models within the operating range shown below, if inrush 

current occurs when the contact is opened or closed, it may 

increase contact wear and so decrease durability. Therefore, 

insert a contact protection circuit where necessary. The minimum 



Cat. No. B109-E1-02 

232

Sealed Ultra Subminiature Basic Switch 

D2HW 

Smallest sealed snap-action switch in 

the industry with a very long stroke for 

reliable ON/OFF action. 

■ The case dimensions are 78% of conventional 

models, contributing to down-sizing of mechanical 

modules. 

■ Extra-long stroke even without levers. 

(OT: 1.4 mm) 

■ Made of environment-friendly materials. All models 

are lead-free, including molded lead wire models. 


■ Model Number Legend: 

D2HW-@@@@@ 

1 2 3 4 5 

1. Mounting Structure 

A: Without posts (base-mounting) 

BR: Posts on right 

BL: Posts on left 

C: M3-screw mounting 

2. Ratings 

2: 1 mA at 5 VDC to 2 A at 12 VDC 

3. Actuator 

0: Pin plunger 



3: Simulated roller hinge lever 


6: Leaf lever 

7: Simulated roller leaf lever 

8: Long leaf lever 

4. Contacts 

1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC (Molded lead wire models only.) 

3: SPST-NO (Molded lead wire models only.) 

5. Terminals 

D: Straight PCB terminals 

DR: Right-angled PCB terminals 

DL: Left-angled PCB terminals 

H: Solder terminals 

M: Molded lead wires downwards 

MR: Molded lead wires on right-side 

ML: Molded lead wires on left-side 

Note Add “S” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSAapproved 

version. 

233

D2HW 

D2HW 


PCB-mounted Models 

Actuator Terminals Contact form Model 

With posts on right With posts on left Without posts 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Long hinge 

lever 

For PCB Straight SPDT --- --- D2HW-A201D 

Angled D2HW-BR201DR D2HW-BL201DL --- 

Straight --- --- D2HW-A211D 

Angled D2HW-BR211DR D2HW–BL211DL --- 




hinge lever 



Note Add “S” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version. Consult your OMRON sales epresentative for details. 

Models with Solder Terminals or Molded Lead Wires 


With posts on 

right 

With posts on 

left 

M3-screw 

mounting 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Long hinge 

lever 

Solder SPDT D2HW-BR201H D2HW-BL201H D2HW-C201H 

Molded lead Downwards SPDT D2HW-BR201M D2HW-BL201M D2HW-C201M 

wires 

SPST-NC D2HW-BR202M D2HW-BL202M D2HW-C202M 

SPST-NO D2HW-BR203M D2HW-BL203M D2HW-C203M 

Right-side SPST-NC D2HW-BR202MR D2HW-BL202MR D2HW-C202MR 

SPST-NO D2HW-BR203MR D2HW-BL203MR D2HW-C203MR 

Left-side SPST-NC D2HW-BR202ML D2HW-BL202ML --- 

SPST-NO D2HW-BR203ML D2HW-BL203ML --- 



wires 









wires 







Note: 

1. The length of standard lead wires (AVSS0.5) for molded lead wire models is 30 cm. 

2. Add “S” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details. 

234

D2HW 

D2HW 


With posts on 

right 

With posts on 

left 

M3-screw 

mounting 


hinge lever 

Hinge roller 

lever 

Leaf lever 


leaf lever 

Long leaf lever 



wires 









wires 









wires 









wires 








wires 



Right–side SPST-NC --- --- D2HW-C282MR 

SPST-NO --- --- D2HW-C283MR 

Note: 

1. The length of standard lead wires (AVSS 0.5) for molded lead wire models is 30 cm. 

2. Add “S” to the end of the model number for the UL/CSA-approved version. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details. 


■ Ratings Note The ratings values apply under the following test conditions: 

Rated voltage (V) 



125 VAC 0.1 A 



12 VDC 

24 VDC 

42 VDC 

2 A 

1 A 

0.5 A 

235

D2HW 

D2HW 


Item 









Note: 


2. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at the free position, operating position, and total travel position. For 

the lever models, they apply at the total travel position. 

The values shown apply for malfunctions of 1 ms max. 





UL1054 (File No. E41515)/CSA C22.2 No. 55 (UL 

approval) 


1 mm to 500 mm/s (for pin plunger models) 

30 operations/min max. 



Note 

Specification 

100 mΩ max. (molded lead wire models: 150 mΩ max.) 





Destruction: 1,000 m/s 2 {approx. 100 G} max. 

Malfunction: 300 m/s 2 {approx. 30 G} max. 






Degree of protection against electric Class I 

shock 


Ambient operating temperature –40 to 85°C (with no icing) 

Ambient operating humidity 95% max. (for 5 to 35°C) 

Weight 

Approx. 0.7 g (for pin plunger models with terminals) 

Rated voltage 

125 VAC 0.1 A 

12 VDC 2 A 

SPDT 

D2HW 

SPST-NC 

(Molded Lead Wire Models Only) 

Item 

Specification 

Material 



(see note) 

Crossbar 

Gold alloy 

0.5 mm 

1 mA at 5 VDC 

Specification 

Minimum applicable loads are indicated by N standard reference 

values. This value represents the failure rate at a 

60% (λ60) reliability level. 

The equation λ60=035×10−6/operations indicates that a 

failure rate of 1/2,000,000 operations can be expected at 

a reliability level of 60%. 

SPST-NO 

(Molded Lead Wire Models Only) 

COM 

(Black) 

NO NC 

(Blue) (Red) 

COM 

(Black) 

NC 

(Red) 

COM 

(Black) 

NO 

(Blue) 

Note 

Molded lead wire colors are indicated in parentheses. 

236

D2HW 

D2HW 

Dimensions 

■ Mounting Structure and Reference Positions for Operating Characteristics 

Note All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. 

The reference positions used for FP, OP, and TTP values are as shown below for each type of mounting. 

Models without Posts 

D2HW-A@ 

Models with Posts 

D2HW-B@ 

M3-screw Mounting Models 

D2HW-C@ 

1.7 dia. 

1.7 dia. 

0 

3 −0.1 dia. 

3.3±0.15 dia. 

Reference 

position 

Reference 

position 

Reference 

position 

Mounting Hole Dimensions (Reference) Mounting Hole Dimensions (Reference) 

+0.1 

3 

2.4 dia. hole 

+0.1 

0 dia. hole 

0 

2.6 

(depth: 1.5 mm min.) 

(depth: 5 mm min.) 

M3 tap 

■ Terminals 

Straight PCB Terminals Angled PCB Terminals Solder Terminals 

3.5 

Three-0.6 

Three-0.6 

(3.1) 

Three-2 

PCB Cutout Dimensions (Reference) 

PCB Cutout Dimensions (Reference) 

Three, 1 

+0.1 

0 

dia. hole 

+0.1 2.4 0 dia. hole 

(depth: 5 mm min.) 

2.6 

Molded Lead Wires Downwards 

+0.1 Three, 10 

dia. hole 

Molded Lead Wires on Left-side 

Molded Lead Wires on Right-side 

(12) 

(12) (12) 

COM AVSS 0.5 

(Black) 

NO AVSS 0.5 (Blue) 

NC AVSS 0.5 (Red) 

(13.3) 

(13.3) 

237

D2HW 

D2HW 


Note: 


2. Dimensions not indicated in the above diagrams have a tolerance of ±0.2 mm. 


➡ 


D2HW-@20@@ 

A 

1.7 dia. 

Characteristic 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT ref. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP max. 

Models without 

posts 

0.75 N {76 gf} 

0.10 N {10 gf} 

1.4 mm (reference value) 

0.25 mm 

11.2 mm 

10.4±0.2 mm 

9.1 mm 

Models with posts 

and M3-mounting 

models 

7.2 mm 

6.4±0.2 mm 

5.1 mm 


D2HW-@21@@ 

A 

t = 0.3 stainless 

steel lever 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT ref. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP max. 


posts 

0.75 N {76 gf} 

0.07 N {7 gf} 


0.5 mm 

12.8 mm 

11.5±0.5 mm 

10 mm 



models 

8.8 mm 

7.5±0.5 mm 

6 mm 


D2HW-@22@@ 

A 


steel lever 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT ref. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP max. 


posts 

0.5 N {50 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 


0.8 mm 

15.5 mm 

13.3±0.8 mm 

11 mm 



models 

11.5 mm 

9.3±0.8 mm 

7 mm 

Simulated Roller Hinge Lever Models 

D2HW-@23@@ 

A 

15 


steel lever 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT ref. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP max. 


posts 

0.65 N {66 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 


0.5 mm 

16.5 mm 

15.2±0.5 mm 

13.5 mm 



models 

12.5 mm 

11.2±0.5 mm 

9.5 mm 

238

D2HW 

D2HW 


D2HW-@24@@ 

4.8 dia. ×2.8 

resin roller 

FP OP 

TTP 

6.5 

3 

A 

8±0.1 

15 

t=0.3 stainless 

steel lever 

(1.15) 

(0.4) 

(4.6) 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT ref. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP max. 

Models with posts and 

M3-mounting models 

0.65 N {66 gf} 

0.03 N {3 gf} 


0.6 mm 

15.3 mm 

14±0.6 mm 

12.3 mm 


D2HW-@26@@ 

A 


steel lever 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT ref. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP max. 



1.8 N {183 gf} 

0.20 N {20 gf} 


0.5 mm 

9.3 mm 

7.4±0.5 mm 

5.8 mm 

Simulated Roller Leaf Lever Models 

D2HW-@27@@ 

A 


steel lever 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT ref. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP max. 



1.8 N {183 gf} 

0.20 N {20 gf} 


0.5 mm 

12.5 mm 

10.8±0.5 mm 

8.9 mm 

Long Leaf Lever Models 

D2HW-@28@@ 

A 

20.85±1 


steel lever 

3.3±0.15 dia. 


OF max. 

RF min. 

OT ref. 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP max. 



0.9 N {92 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 


0.7 mm 

19 mm 

15.4±1.5 mm 

12.8 mm 

(12) 

0 

3 -0.1dia. 

COM AVSS 0.5 

(Black) 

NO AVSS 0.5 (Blue) 

NC AVSS 0.5 (Red) 

(13.3) 

239

D2HW 

D2HW 

Precautions 

■ Cautions 


Do not use this product in water. Although molded lead wire models 

satisfy the test conditions for the standard given below, this 

test is to check the ingress of water into the switch enclosure after 

submerging the Switch in water for a given time. Satisfying this 

test condition does not mean that the Switch can be used in 

water. 


Do not operate the Switch when it is exposed to water spray, or 

when water drops adhere to the Switch surface, or during sudden 

temperature changes, otherwise water may intrude into the interior 

of the Switch due to a suction effect. 


Otherwise, damage to or deterioration of Switch materials 

may result. 

Do not use the Switch in areas where it is exposed to silicon 

adhesives, oil, or grease, otherwise faulty contact may result due 

to the generation of silicon oxide. 



wire conductor through the terminal hole and then conduct soldering. 

Made sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 30 W maximum. 

Do not take more than 3 s to solder the switch terminal. 

Improper soldering involving an excessively high temperature or 

excessive soldering time may deteriorate the characteristics of 

the Switch. 

When soldering the lead wire to the PCB terminal, pay careful 

attention so that the flux and solder liquid level does not exceed 

the PCB level. 

Side-actuated (Cam/Dog) Operation 

When using a cam or dog to operate the Switch, factors such as 

the operating speed, operating frequency, push-button indentation, 

and material and shape of the cam or dog will affect the 

durability of the Switch. Confirm performance specifications under 

actual operation conditions before using the Switch in applications. 


Mounting 




For M3-screw mounting models, use M3 mounting screws with 

plane washers or spring washers to securely mount the Switch. 

Tighten the screws to a torque of 0.27 to 0.29 N·m. Exceeding the 

specified torque may result in deterioration of the sealing or damage. 

For models with posts, secure the posts by thermal caulking or by 

pressing into an attached device. When pressed into an attached 

device, provide guides on the opposite ends of the posts to 

ensure that they do not fall out or rattle. 



or damage. 


Use an operating body with low frictional resistance and of a 

shape that will not interfere with the sealing rubber, otherwise the 

plunger may be damaged or the sealing may deteriorate. 

Handling 

Do not handle the Switch in a way that may cause damage to the 

sealing rubber. 

When handling the Switch, ensure that pressure is not applied to 

the posts in the directions shown in the following diagram. Also, 

ensure that uneven pressure or pressure in a direction other than 

the operating direction is not applied to the Actuator as shown in 

the following diagram. Otherwise, the post, Actuator, or Switch 

may be damaged, or the service life may be reduced. 

Wiring Molded Lead Wire Models 

When wiring molded lead wire models, ensure that there is no 

weight on the wire or that there are no sharp bends near the parts 

where the wire is drawn out. Otherwise, damage to the Switch or 

deterioration in the sealing may result. 


Even when using micro load models within the operating range, 

inrush currents or surges may decrease the life expectancy of the 

Switch. Therefore, insert a contact protection circuit where necessary. 



Cat. No. B105-E1-04A 

240

Sealed Ultra Subminiature Basic Switch 

D2JW 

Ultra-small and Highly Sealed 

Degree of protection for the molded lead wire 

models conforms to IEC IP67. 

Wide range of operating temperature from –40°C to 

85°C. 

Gold-alloy crossbar contact and coil spring offer 

long life expectancy and high contact reliability. 



D2JW-01-- 

1 2 3 4 

1. Ratings 

01: 0.1 A at 30 VDC 

2. Actuator 


K1A: Short hinge lever 

K1: Hinge lever 

K3: Simulated roller lever 

K2: Hinge roller lever 


Actuator 

Solder terminals 


1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

4. Terminals 


MD: Molded lead wires 

Model 


Pin plunger D2JW-011 D2JW-011-MD 

Short hinge lever D2JW-01K1A1 D2JW-01K1A1-MD 

Hinge lever D2JW-01K11 D2JW-01K11-MD 

Simulated roller lever D2JW-01K31 D2JW-01K31-MD 

Hinge roller lever D2JW-01K21 D2JW-01K21-MD 

Note: 

1. The standard lengths of the lead wires (AVS0.3f) of models incorporating them are 30 cm. 


241

D2JW 

D2JW 


Ratings 

Electrical ratings 

0.1 A at 30 VDC (resistive load) 


Ambient temperature: 20±2C 




Operating speed (see note 2) 









1 mm to 250 mm/s 




100 mΩ max. (molded lead wire models: 140 mΩ max.) 










Class I 





Ambient operating temperature –40°C to 85°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing or condensation) 


Weight 

Note: 

35% to 98% (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 7 g (pin plunger models with molded lead wire models) 


2. The operating speed value shown is for pin plunger models. (For different models, consult your OMRON sales representative.) 

3. The dielectric strength values shown apply for use with Separator (terminal type). 

4. The values shown apply for malfunctions of 1 ms max. 




Material 

Gold alloy 

Gap (standard 0.5 mm 

value) 

Inrush current NC 0.1 A max. 

NO 

0.1 A max. 


1 mA at 5 VDC 

Contact Form 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

COM NO NC 

(Black*) (Blue*)(Red*) 

COM 

(Black) 

NC 

(Red) 

COM 

(Black) 

NO 

(Blue) 

*Indicates the color of the lead wire. 

242

D2JW 

D2JW 

Dimensions 


Terminals 



NC (red) 

NO (blue) 

COM 

(black) 


M2.3 mounting holes 

4.8 ± 0.1 




3. Actuators of the molded lead wire terminals are omitted here. The dimensions (other than the terminals) and operating characteristics 

of the molded lead wire terminals are the same as those for the solder terminals. 



D2JW-011 

PT 

OP 

1.6 dia. 

A 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

2.45 N {250 gf} 

0.98 N {100 gf} 

0.6 mm 

OT min. 

0.3 mm 

MD max. 

0.1 mm 

2.5 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

OP 

8.1±0.3 mm 


D2JW-01K1A1 

PT 

11.5R 

A 

0.3 t stainless-steel 

spring lever 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

1.15 N {117 gf} 

0.23 N {23 gf} 

5.4 mm 

OP 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.7 mm 

0.5 mm 

OP 

8.4±0.8 mm 

2.5 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

243

D2JW 

D2JW 


D2JW-01K11 

PT 

16.5R 

A 


spring lever 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

0.80 N {82 gf} 

0.15 N {16 gf} 

6.4 mm 

1.4 mm 

OP 

MD max. 

OP 

0.7 mm 

8.4±0.8 mm 

2.5 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

12.7 


D2JW-01K31 

PT 

OP 

1.3R 

A 


spring lever 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

0.95 N {97 gf} 

0.19 N {20 gf} 

5.5 mm 

1.1 mm 

0.6 mm 

OP 

10.3±0.8 mm 

2.5 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 


D2JW-01K21 

PT 

A 

4.8 dia. × 2.2 resin roller 

OF max. 

RF min. 

PT max. 

OT min. 

0.98 N {100 gf} 

0.19 N {20 gf} 

5.2 mm 

1.1 mm 

13.5R 

MD max. 

0.5 mm 

OP 

OP 

14.6±0.8 mm 

2.5 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

2.35 +0.05 

–0.025 dia. 

244

D2JW 

Precautions 


Cautions 


When soldering, make sure that the capacity of the soldering iron is 

30 W maximum (temperature of soldering iron: 250°C max.). Do not 

take more than 3 s to solder the switch terminal. 

If soldering is not carried out under the proper conditions there is a 

danger of over-heating and subsequent heat damage. 


at more than 30 W may deteriorate the Switch characteristics. 










D2JW 

Correct Use 



0.29 N•m {2 to 3 kgf•cm}. 

Separator 

When mounting the Switch on a metallic surface, be sure to provide 

a Separator between the Switch and the mounting plate. 

Separator (Sold Separately) 

Model 

Separator for D2JW 

Two, 2.4±0.1 dia. 

t=0.18 



Cat. No. B040-E1-01D 

245

Sealed Basic Switch for Vehicles 

D2FW-G 

A Sealed Switch for Mechanical 

Detection in Automobiles and Industrial 

Vehicles (Conforming to IP67) 

Single-point mounting with an M4 screw. 

Incorporates a fixed leaf lever for tough environments. 

Molded lead wires are installed using lead-free 

connections for environmental conservation. 



D2FW-GM 

1 2 3 

1. Ratings/Contact Specifications 

2: For general load 

0: For micro load 

2. Actuator 

7 Leaf lever 

8: Long leaf lever 



1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

Actuator Rated load Contact specifications 

Model 

(molded lead wires) 

Leaf lever 1 A SPDT D2FW-G271M 

SPST-NC 

D2FW-G272M 

SPST-NO 

D2FW-G273M 

0.1 A SPDT D2FW-G071M 

SPST-NC 

D2FW-G072M 

SPST-NO 

D2FW-G073M 

Long leaf lever 1 A SPDT D2FW-G281M 

SPST-NC 

D2FW-G282M 

SPST-NO 

D2FW-G283M 

0.1 A SPDT D2FW-G081M 

SPST-NC 

D2FW-G082M 

SPST-NO 

D2FW-G083M 

Note: The standard length of the molded lead wires (AVS0.5) is 30 cm. 

246

D2FW-G 

D2FW-G 


Ratings 

Rated voltage D2FW-G2 (general load models) D2FW-G0 (micro load models) 


30 VDC 1 A 0.1 A 

Note: 








14 VDC 1.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 

30 VDC 1 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 

Note: 1. Inductive load has a power factor of 0.7 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 ms max. (DC). 




Item D2FW-G2 D2FW-G0 


1 to 500 mm/s 


Mechanical:120 operations/min max. 




Contact resistance 100 mΩ max. 150 mΩ max. 





Vibration resistance (see note 2) Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude 

Shock resistance (see note 2) Destruction: 1,000 m/s 2 max. 


Durability y( (see note 3) 







IEC IP67 






Weight 

Note: 


95% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 10.4 g (SPDT type) 

2. For the pin plunger models, the above values apply for use at the free position, operating position, and total travel position. 

For the lever models, they apply at the total travel position. 




Specification 

Item D2FW-G2 (general load models) D2FW-G0 (micro load models) 

Crossbar 




(see note) 

0.25 mm 



247

D2FW-G 

D2FW-G 

Contact Form 


COM NO NC 

(Black*) (Blue*) (Red*) 

COM 

(Black*) 

NC 

(Red*) 

COM 

(Black*) 

NO 

(Blue*) 

* The color in parentheses indicates the color of the lead wire. 

Dimensions 



M4 tap 

16 

4-dia. hole (depth 2 mm min.) 




3. The in the model number is for rating code and contact form code. 


D2FW-G7M 

t=0.2 stainless-steel lever 

4.2 +0.2 

0 dia. 

4 +0.2 

0 dia. 

(22.8) 

A 

2 8 2 

16±0.15 

5 

D2FW-G 

4 0 –0.15 dia. 

5 

13.5 

Free 

Operating position 

position (FP) 

(OP) 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 


D2FW-G7M 

2.45 N {250 gf} 

0.29 N {30 gf} 

1.0 mm 

1.0 mm 

3.5R 


COM AVS0.5 (Black) 

NO AVS0.5 (Blue) 

NC AVS0.5 (Red) 

4.7 

15.3 

23.5 

300±10 

(5) 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP 

15.5 mm 

11.5±2 mm 

65mm 6.5 (reference value) 

248

D2FW-G 

D2FW-G 

Long Leaf Lever Models 

D2FW-G8M 

t=0.2 stainless-steel lever 

4.2 +0.2 

0 dia. 

4 +0.2 

0 dia. 

(19) 

16±0.15 

D2FW-G 

A 

Free 

position 

4 0 Operating (FP) 

–0.15 dia. position 

(OP) 

5 

13.5 

2 8 2 

5 

Model 

OF 

RF min. 

OT min. 

MD max. 

Long Leaf Lever 

Models 

D2FW-G8M 

2.94 N {300 gf} 

0.59 N {60 gf} 

1.0 mm 

1.0 mm 

3.5R 


COM AVS0.5 (Black) 

NO AVS0.5 (Blue) 

NC AVS0.5 (Red) 

4.7 

15.3 

23.5 

(5) 

300±10 

FP max. 

OP 

TTP 

19 mm 

12±2 mm 

85mm 8.5 (reference value) 

Precautions 


Cautions 

Use the Switch within the specified electrical ratings. Using the 

Switch outside of the rated values will not only shorten its service life 

but may cause heat generation or fire damage. When turning the 

power ON or OFF, use the rated voltage and current. 








Prevent the Switch from coming into contact with oil or chemicals. 


Correct Use 

Mounting 





securely mount the Switch. Tighten the screws to a torque of 1.18 

to1.47 N•m {12 to 15 kgf•cm}. 




Switch Mounting 

When mounting the Switch, do not apply force to the actuator in any 

direction other than its operating direction. 

Operation 

Make sure that the switching object is perfectly separated from the 

actuator when the switch is not operated and the actuator is pressed 

appropriately by the switching object when the switch is operated. 

The switching object must not move beyond its operational limit 

position, otherwise the Switch may be damaged. 

Install the switching object so that its moving direction is the same 

as that of the actuator. 














Voltage (V) 

Operating 

area of micro 

load models 

D2FW-G0 

Operating 

area of 

general-load 

models 

D2FW-G2 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. B104-E1-01C 

249

Ultra Subminiature Detection Switch 

D2A 


with Slide Mechanism and Pushbutton 

Actuator 

Compact (864.2 mm (WHD)), light weight 

(approximately 0.3 g), and 3-mm long stroke. 

Built-in slide mechanism for selecting shorting or 

non-shorting timing of the switch. 

The switch’s small size makes it ideal for household 

appliances, audio equipment, office equipment, 

communications equipment, etc. 



D2A-10 

1 2 

1. Switching Timing 

1: Non-shorting 

2: Shorting 


2. Maximum Oprating Force 

1: 0.98 N {100 gf} 

2: 0.49 N {50 gf} 

Actuator OF 0.98 N {100 gf} OF 0.49 N {50 gf} 

Non-shorting Model Shorting Model Non-shorting Model Shorting Model 

Pin plunger D2A-1110 D2A-2110 D2A-1120 D2A-2120 

250

D2A 

D2A 


Ratings 











1 to 500 mm/s 

Note: 




50 mΩ max. 










50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

IEC IP00 

Class III 








Weight 

Note: 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 0.3 g 




Contact specification 

Contact material 

Minimum applicable load (see note) 

Note: 

Slide 

Silver alloy 

1 mA at 5 VDC 



Contact Form 

SPDT 

NO COM NC 

(3) (1) (2) 

251

D2A 

D2A 

Dimensions 



2. Use the following mounting dimensions when mounting the D2A with screws. 


M2 tap 

3.8±0.1 


2.54 

Three, 1 dia. hole 

2.54 

5.5±0.1 

1.6 dia 

4.2 

8 





D2A-1110/-1120 

D2A-2110/2120 

Released position 

Operating position 

A 

1.6 

Model Non-shorting Models Shorting Models 

D2A-1110 D2A-1120 D2A-2110 D2A-2120 

OF max. 0.98 N {100 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 0.98 N {100 gf} 0.49 N {50 gf} 

RF min. 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

0.15 N {15 gf} 

0.05 N {5 gf} 

FP max. 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 

OP1 8.1±0.3 mm 8.0±0.3 mm 

OP2 7.4±0.3 mm 7.5±0.3 mm 

TTP 6.5±0.2 mm 6.5±0.2 mm 

Switching Timing 

Non-shorting Model 

(2) (NC) FP OP1 OP2 TTP 

(2) (NC) 

FP OP1 OP2 TTP 

(1) 

(3) 

(NO) 

Shorting Model 

(1) 

(3) 

(NO) 

252

D2A 

Precautions 


Cautions 


When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first bind the lead wire 

to the terminal and then apply the 6 (Sn) : 4 (Pb) solder to the terminal. 

Complete soldering within 5 s at a soldering iron temperature of 

260°C. Soldering at a temperature exceeding 260°C, soldering for 

more than 5 s, or repeated soldering will degrade the Switch characteristics. 



level. 

It is also recommended that you apply flux guard to the mounting 

surface of the Switch. 

D2A 














Voltage (V) 

Switch mounting surface 


Correct Use 

Mounting 






9.810 –2 N m {0.5 to 1 kgf cm}. 




Application of Operation Force to the Lever 

Apply operation forces to the pushbutton in its operating direction. 

Applying operating force to the pushbutton in any other directions 

will damage the Switch or cause malfunction. 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 

Incorrect 

Incorrect 

Incorrect 

Correct 

Mounting Plate 

Use materials other than ABS or polycarbonate for the mounting 

plate. Since grease is used for the Switch, cracks may be caused if 

grease from the Switch comes in contact with such materials. 



253


D3C 


with Slide Mechanism and Lever 

Actuator 

Compact (864.2 mm (WHD)) and light 

(approximately 0.3 g) with long, 3-mm stroke. 

Built-in slide mechanism allows selection of 

shorting or non-shorting timing to match the 

application. 

Ideal for a wide variety of applications, including 

compact household appliances, audio equipment, 

office machines, and telecommunications equipment. 



D3C-20 

1 2 

1. Switching Timing 

1: Non-shorting 

2: Shorting 


2. Maximum Oprating Force 

1: 1.28 N {130 gf} 

2: 0.39 N {40 gf} 

Actuator OF 1.28 N {130 gf} OF 0.39 N {40 gf} 

Non-shorting Model Shorting Model Non-shorting Model Shorting Model 

Rotary lever D3C-1210 D3C-2210 D3C-1220 D3C-2220 


Ratings 



Note: 





254

D3C 

D3C 









1 to 500 mm/s 




50 mΩ max. 






50,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

IEC IP00 

Class III 








Weight 

Note: 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 0.3 g 




Contact Specification Slide 

Material 


(see note) 

Silver plated 

1 mA at 5 VDC 


Contact Form 

SPDT 

NO COM NC 

(3) (1) (2) 

255

D3C 

D3C 

Dimensions 



M1.6 tap 

4±0.1 

5.7±0.1 

1.6 dia 




D3C-1210/-2210 

D3C-1220/-2220 

Operating direction (B) 

8.7 

1.6 +0.12 

0 dia. hole 6.7 

5.7±0.15 

Operating 

direction (A) 

1-dia. hole 

1R 

OP 

FP 

5.6 

4.2 

1.6 

PCB Dimensions 

2.54 

Three, 1 dia. hole 

6 

4.7 

4.6 max. 

4±0.15 

1 

2.54 

4.2 

3.5 

1.5 0 

–0.15 dia. 

2.5 2.5 

0.8 

0.3 

0.9 

8 

8 

4 

Model Non-shorting Models Shorting Models 

D3C-1210 D3C-1220 D3C-2210 D3C-2220 

OF max. 1.28 N {130 gf} g}( (0.98 N) 0.39 N {40 g}( gf} (0.29 N) 1.28 N {130 gf} g}( (0.98 N) 0.39 N {40 g}( gf} (0.29 N) 

RF min. 

0.10 N {10 gf} (0.15 N) 

0.03 N {3 gf} (0.05 N) 

FP max. 4.8 mm 4.8 mm 

0.10 N {10 gf} (0.15 N) 

OP1 3.5±0.3 mm 3.4±0.3 mm 

OP2 2.5±0.3 mm 2.6±0.3 mm 

TTP 1.3±0.4 mm 1.3±0.4 mm 

0.03 N {3 gf} (0.05 N) 

Note: The values for operating characteristics apply for operation in the A direction ( ) shown above. The values in parentheses indicate 

those for operation in the B direction ( ). 

Switching Timing 

Non-shorting Model 

(2) (NC) FP OP1 OP2 TTP 

(2) (NC) 

FP OP1 OP2 TTP 

(1) 

(3) 

(NO) 

Shorting Model 

(1) 

(3) 

(NO) 

256

D3C 

Precautions 


Cautions 


When soldering the lead wire to the terminal, first bind the lead wire 

to the terminal and then apply the 6 (Sn) : 4 (Pb) solder to the terminal. 

Complete soldering within 5 s at a soldering iron temperature of 

260°C. Soldering at a temperature exceeding 260°C, soldering for 

more than 5 s, or repeated soldering will degrade the Switch characteristics. 



level. 

It is also recommended that you apply flux guard to the mounting 

surface of the Switch. 

D3C 














Voltage (V) 

Switch mounting surface 


Correct Use 

Mounting 






9.810 –2 N m {0.5 to 1 kgf cm}. 





Apply operation forces to the lever in its operating direction. Applying 

operating force to the lever in any other directions will damage 

the Switch or cause malfunction. 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 

Incorrect Incorrect Incorrect 

Correct 

Mounting Plate 

Use materials other than ABS or polycarbonate for the mounting 

plate. Since grease is used for the Switch, cracks may be caused if 

grease from the Switch comes in contact with such materials. 



Cat. No. C099-E1-02C 

257

Connector Termination Switch 

D2X 

A Switch with Crimp-type Connectors 

that Greatly Reduces Wiring Work 

Clip-on wiring via AMP crimp-type connectors. 

Snap-fit attachment for easy installation. 

Operation possible from either side to enable 

mounting in either direction. 


Model 

D2X-C 


Ratings 

30 VDC 0.1 A (resistive load) 

Note: 














0.1 to 100 mm/s 




200 mΩ max. 


250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal part and ground 






IEC IP00 

Class I 







Weight 

45% to 85% (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 1 g 

Note: 



258

D2X 

D2X 



Material 

Minimum applicable load (see note) 

Gold plated 

1 mA at 5 VDC 


Contact Form 

SPST-NC 

Dimensions 



2. Allowable deviation from the center is ±0.07 mm. 

3. Unless otherwise specified, a tolerance of ±0.1 mm applies 

to all dimensions. 

Make sure that the bur is placed to backside of Mounting Plate. 

When thickness of the plate (t) is 1.6 mm. 

3.2 +0.1 

–0 

4 

5 

2.7±0.1 Two, 0.6R 4.9 

Four, 1R 

Two, 0.6R 

Eight, 1R 4.8 12.9 

3.5 

8±0.1 dia. 3.2 +0.1 Two, 

–0 

4.4 Two, 

5.2 

dia. 0.5R 

10.8 +0.8 

–0 

0.5R 

When thickness of the plate (t) is 1.2 mm. 

Two, 0.6R 

3.2±0.05 dia. 

1.8 

Two, 0.5R 

Two, 0.5R 

4.4 

3.2±0.05 dia. 

10.8 +0.8 

–0 

Two, 

1.6R 

Two, 0.6R 

5 

12.2 

3.4 

259

D2X 

D2X 

Note: 




3. The operating characteristics are for cases where the actuator operates in the A (←) direction or B (→) direction. 

D2X-C 

Direction A 

TTP = 6.34 min. (equivalent to 

a turning angle of 25°) 

Stroke measurement reference 

position Direction B: 2±0 

OP = 2.35 max. (equivalent to 

a turning angle of 9°) 

Hub on back side 

Center of two, 3.1-dia. holes 

Direction B 

Stroke measurement reference position 

Direction A: 2±0 

OP = 0.52 min. (equivalent 

to a turning angle 

of 2°) 

4.8 

(0.2) 

OF max. 0.49 N {50 gf} 

RF min. 0.02 N {2 gf} 

OP 0.52 to 2.35 mm 

TTP min. 6.34 mm 

Total stroke of actuator (mm) 

1.55 

15 

Two, 3.1 dia. 

ON 

Direction A 

0.52 min. 

Direction B 

0.52 min. 

11.9 

5.1 

* 

8 

6 

3.8 

12.2 

(17) 

OFF 

2.35 max. 

Total travel position 

6.34 min. 

Total travel position 

6.34 min. 

Total stroke of actuator (mm) 

2.35 max. 

1 5.8 1.6 

*This part is identical to AMP’s CT Connector (dipole type) in size. 

5.3 

3.3 

0.4 

6.2 

260

D2X 

Precautions 


Correct Use 

Operating Object 

The operating object must fully press the lever when the operating 

object travels and must be perfectly separated from the lever when 

the operating object is in the free position. The operating object 

must not be pressed excessively to exceed the TTP, otherwise the 

D2X may be damaged. Be sure that the operating object imposes a 

proper load on the lever according to the motion of the lever. 

Lever Load 

Do not impose loads in the following directions on the lever, otherwise 

the Switch may be damaged or malfunction. 

D2X 

Wiring Connector 

Use the following type CT connectors of Tyco Electronics AMP for 

wiring. 

Press-fit connector: 173977-2 

Crimp-style connector housing: 179228-2 

Crimp-style connector contact: 179227-1 

The above connectors are not sold by OMRON. Contact the following 

offices for these connectors: 

Tyco Electronics/AMP 

• Japan 

Phone: 81-44-844-8111 

• U.S.A. 

Phone: 1-800-522-6752 

• Great Britain 

Phone: 44-208-954-2356 

• Hong Kong 

Phone: 852-2735-1628 


Be sure that the load is within the following range. 

Voltage (V) 

30 

100 mA 

Operating 

range 

Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. B094-E1-02B 

261

Low Force Detection Switch 

D3K 

Detection Switch Requiring Only 

Minimal Operating Force 

Detects insertion of cards or passage of paper 

sheets with a 0.03-N {3-gf} operating force. 

Capable of snap-fitting onto 0.8, 1.0, or 1.2-mmthick 

mounting objects. 

Easy wiring ensured through quick-connect 

terminals. 

Long, 45-degree stroke angle makes it easier to 

design a wide range of mechanisms. 


Model 

D3K-B 100 

Minimum order 

Note: 

Only orders in multiples of 100 are accepted. 


Ratings 

12 VDC 10 mA (resistive load) 










0.1 to 100 mm/s 




200 mΩ max. 



250 VAC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min between current-carrying metal part and ground 

Vibration resistance (see note 2) Malfunction: 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5-mm double amplitude 

Shock resistance (see note 2) Destruction: 500 m/s 2 {approx. 50G} max. 


Durability (see note 3) Mechanical: 2,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 

Electrical: 2,000,000 operations min. (30 operations/min) 


IEC IP00 



Class III 




Weight 

–10°C to 70°C (at ambient humidity of 60% max.) (with no icing or condensation) 

35% to 85% (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 1 g 

Note: 


2. These values are possible on condition that the actuator of the D3K is operated up to the total travel position (TTP). 



262

D3K 

D3K 



Material 


(see note) 

Silver plated 

1 mA at 5 VDC 

Contact Form 

Note: 


refer to Using Micro loads on page 265. 

Dimensions 



2. The switch lever is set in the direction indicated by an arrow in the above illustrations. 

Refer to the following mounting hole dimensions and be sure that the burred side is opposite to the Switch mounting side. 

If further mounting security is required for the prevention of rattling, consult your OMRON sales representative. 

By changing the 1.9±0.05-dia. hole to a 1.7 to 1.8-dia. hole, the pin on the Switch side will need to be pressed in. This will reduce the clattering of 

the pin. 

• Plate thickness t=0.8 

Two, 0.3R 

max. 

Two, 

0.3R±0.1 

1.9±0.05 dia. 

Two, 

0.3R±0.1 

Two, 0.3R 

max. 


Two, 0.3R 

max. 

Two, 

0.5R±0.1 

1.9±0.05 dia. 

Two, 

0.5R±0.1 

Two, 0.3R 

max. 


Two, 0.3R 

max. 

Two, 

0.5R±0.1 

1.9±0.05 dia. 

Two, 

0.5R±0.1 

Two, 0.3R 

max. 

263

D3K 

D3K 





D3K 

3R 

2.1 

27.4 

24.4 

A 

1.8 

OF max. 

0.03 N {3 gf} 

TTF max. 0.05 N {5 gf} 

FP max. 28.7 mm {50°} 

OP 

21.6±2 mm {30±5°} 

TTP max. 11.4 mm {5°} 

264

D3K 

Precautions 


Correct Use 


Apply operation forces to the lever in its operating direction. Applying 

operating force to the lever in any other directions will damage 

the Switch or cause malfunction. 

Incorrect 

Incorrect 

Incorrect 














D3K 

Connector 

Use the following type CT connectors of Tyco Electronics AMP for 

wiring the D3K: 

Press-fit connector: 173977-2 

Crimp-style connector housing: 179228-2 

Crimp-style connector contact 179227-1 

The above connectors are not sold by OMRON. Contact the following 

offices for these connectors: 

Toyo Electronics/AMP 

• Japan 

Phone: 81-44-844-8111 

• U.S.A. 

Phone: 1-800-522-6752 


Phone: 44-208-954-2356 

• Hong Kong 

Phone: 852-2735-1628 

Voltage (V) 


Inoperable 

range 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. B099-E1-01B 

265

Miniature Door Switch 

D3D 

Unique Mechanism Allows Switching of 

Both Micro Loads and Power Loads 

■ Choose from plunger or lever as the actuator type. 

■ Low operating force of 2 N max. 

■ Quick-connection terminals for easier wiring. 

■ High contact reliability ensured with gold crossbar 

contacts. 



D3D-@@1 

1 2 

1. Actuator 

1: Plunger 

2: Lever 


1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 


Actuator 

Contact form 


Plunger D3D-111 D3D-121 D3D-131 

Lever D3D-211 D3D-221 D3D-231 

266

D3D 

D3D 


■ Ratings 

Rated voltage 


125 VAC 1 A 

250 VAC 0.5 A 


Note 

The ratings values apply under the following test conditions. 











(see note 2) 

Durability 

(see note 3) 


Degree of protection against electric 

shock 

Note: 


2. The contacts do not open or close for more than 1 ms. 

3. Consult your OMRON sales representative for details on test conditions. 


7.5 to 500 mm/s 

Mechanical:120 operations/min max. 



100 mΩ max. 



UL1054 (File No. E41515) / 

CSA C22.2 No. 55 (UL approval) 





Destruction:490 m/s 2 max. 

Malfunction:300 m/s 2 max. 

Mechanical:300,000 operations min. (60 operations/min) 


IP40 

D3D-1 models (plunger models):Class II 

D3D-2 models (lever models): Class 0 


Ambient operating temperature −30°C to 60°C (with no icing) 

Ambient operating humidity 85% max. 

Weight 

Approx. 4 g 


SPDT 

125 VAC 1 A 

250 VAC 0.5 A 

D3D 

NC 

COM 

NO 


SPST-NC 

125 VAC 1 A 

250 VAC 0.5 A 

D3D 



NC 

COM 


Material 

Gold alloy 


1mA at 5VDC 

(see note) 

SPST-NO 

Note 



COM 

NO 

267

D3D 

D3D 

Dimensions 


Note: 



3. The operating characteristics are for operation in direction A (indicated by the arrow). 

Plunger Models 

D3D-111 

D3D-121 

D3D-131 

8.1 dia. 

6 dia. 

R3 

15.75±0.2 

15 

6.5 

2 

A 

25 

13.5 

R0.5 

11.4 

1.5 

OP2 

(See 

note.) 

OP1 

(See 

note.) 

15 

Type Plunger model 

Model D3D-111 D3D-121 D3D-131 

OF max. 

TTF max. 

TT 

OP min. 

2.0 N {204 gf} 

3.5 N {357 gf} 


OP1 

(NC-OFF) 

13 mm 

OP2 

(NO-ON) 

12 mm 

13 mm 12 mm 

10 

11 

Note: The dimensions OP1 and OP2 apply to the D3D-111 

only. The D3D-121 and D3D-131 are SPST-NC and 

SPST-NO respectively and so therefore have only 

one corresponding dimension here (OP). 

Lever Models 

D3D-211 

D3D-221 

D3D-231 

6 

15.7±0.5 

15 

5.5 3 

2 

(90°) 

2 

25 11.4 15 

A 

9±0.5 

R1 

1.5 

OP2 

(See 

note.) 

OP1 

(See 

note.) 

Type Lever model 

Model D3D-211 D3D-221 D3D-231 

OF max. 

TTF max. 

TT 

OP min. 

2.0 N {204 gf} 

3.5 N {357 gf} 


OP1 

(NC-OFF) 

13 mm 

OP2 

(NO-ON) 

11.5 mm 

13 mm 11.5 mm 

10 

11 

Note: The dimensions OP1 and OP2 apply to the D3D-211 

only. The D3D-221 and D3D-231 are SPST-NC and 

SPST-NO respectively and so therefore have only one 

corresponding dimension here (OP). 

■ Mounting Panel Cutout Dimensions 

Note 


R 

22.9 0 

−0.1 

R1 MAX. 

Switch insertion 

direction 

11.2 +0.1 

0 

t = 0.8 to 1.5 mm 

t 

■ Connectors 

The terminals connect to JST’s HL Connector. 

The HL Connector consists of the following components. 

Contact: SSF-21T-P1.4 

Housing: HLP-03V 

OMRON does not sell the HL Connector. Contact the following. 

J.S.T. Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (Japan) 

Tel: (81)6-6968-6855 

Fax: (81)6-6964-2085 

J.S.T. (U.K.) Ltd. (United Kingdom) 

Tel: (44)1986-874131 

Fax: (44)1986-874276 

J.S.T. Corporation (U.S.A.) 

Tel: (1)847-473-1957 

Fax: (1)847-473-1373 

J.S.T. (H.K.) Co. Ltd. (Hong Kong) 

Tel: (852)24137979 

Fax: (852)24111193 

268

D3D 

D3D 

Precautions 

■ Cautions 

Handling 

Do not expose the Switch to shocks, such as by dropping it. Doing 

so may damage or deform the Switch. 

Do not apply lubrication to the sliding parts, such as pushbuttons 

or actuators. Doing so may result in faulty operation or contact 

failure. 

In order to ensure stable contact force for NO contacts, use an 

operating stroke of at least 5 mm. 


Mounting 

This product does not have a waterproof or drip-proof construction. 

Ensure that water does not enter the Switch interior. In particular, 

do not use the Switch in locations where water may be 

spilt or flow over the Switch. Doing so may result in deterioration 

of the insulation. 

Wiring 

Do not use the Switch with a large force applied to the connector 

or lead wire. Doing so may result in rattling or contact failure. 

Storage Environment 

Storing the Switch in a plastic bag will help prevent discoloration 

due to sulfuration of the (silver-plated) terminals. 

Do not use the Switch in locations subject to harmful gases or to 

high temperatures or humidity levels. Depending on the location, 

it is recommended that Switches are inspected between 3 and 6 

months after the date of manufacturer. 


Even when using the Switch within the operating range, if there 

are inrush currents or surges, it may decrease the durability of the 

Switch. If necessary, insert a contact protection circuit. 



Cat. No. B107-E1-01A 

269

Door Interlock Switch 

D2D 

Power Switch with Minimum Contact 

Gap of 3 mm 

Offers the minimum contact gap of 3 mm required 

for power switches as standard equipment. Highly 

reliable design conforms to European safety 

standards. 

Safety considerations include a double return 

spring and direct drive positive contact opening 

feature. Also conforms to Class II of VDE Insulation. 

Pull-on lock model for easy maintenance is also 

available. 

 



D2D-0 

1 2 3 

1. Construction 

1: Single pole, 3-mm contact gap 

2: Pull-on-lock type, 1-mm contact gap 

3: Double-pole, 3-mm contact gap 

2. Mounting 

0: Screw mounting 

1: Panel snap-fit mounting 



0: SPDB-NO/NC 

1: SPDB-NO 

2: SPDB-NC 

3: SPDB-NO+SPDB-NO/NC 

4: DPDB-NO 

Mounting method Contact form Standard Pull-on lock (see note ) 

Contact gap: 3 mm min. 

Contact gap: 1 mm 

Screw mounting SPDB-NO/NC D2D-1000 D2D-2000 

SPDB-NO D2D-1001 --- 

SPDB-NC D2D-1002 --- 

Panel mounting SPDB-NO/NC D2D-1100 D2D-2100 

SPDB-NO D2D-1101 --- 

SPDB-NC D2D-1102 --- 

SPDB-NO+SPDB-NO/NC D2D-3103 --- 

DPDB-NO D2D-3104 --- 

Note: 

Refer to page 273 for the pull-on lock function. 

270

D2D 

D2D 


Ratings 

Type 

Item 

Rated voltage 

Standard 250 VAC 16 A 

Pull-on lock 250 VAC 10 A 

Note: 







Type Voltage Non-inductive load Inductive load 


Motor load 

NC NO NC NO 

Standard 125 VAC 16 A 4 A 

250 VAC 16 A 4 A 

Pull-on lock 125 VAC 10 A --- 

250 VAC 10 A --- 







Item D2D-1000 models D2D-2000 models D2D-3000 models 



Dielectric Between terminals 

strength 

of same polarity 

(50/60 Hz 

Between terminals 

1mm) 

and ground (see 

note 2) 


and non-currentcarrying 

metal part 


and actuator 



10 mm to 1 m/s 




50 mΩ max. 

2,000 VAC 1,000 VAC 2,000 VAC 

2,000 VAC 1,500 VAC 2,000 VAC 

2,500 VAC 1,500 VAC --- 

4,000 VAC --- 4,000 VAC 



Malfunction: 500 m/s 2 

{approx. 50G} max. 







IEC IP40 

Degree of protection against Class II 





Weight 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 

Approx. 14 g (D2D-1000) 



Note: 




271

D2D 




UL1054 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated D2D-1000 D2D-2000 D2D-3000 

voltage 

125 VAC 

250 VAC 

--- 

16 A 

--- 

10 A 

3/4 HP 

16 A, 

1-1/2 HP 


Rated D2D-1000 D2D-2000 D2D-3000 

voltage 

250 VAC 16 (4) A 10 A 16 (4) A 


Item 

Standard 

model 


Material 

Silver 

Gap 


Inrush 

current 

3 mm min. 1 mm 

D2D 

Pull-on lock 

model 

NC 30 A max. 24 A max. 

NO 30 A max. 24 A max. 



(see note) 

Note: 




Note: The values in parentheses indicate motor load ratings. 

EN61058-1 (File No. R9551934, TÜV Rheinland 

approval) 

Rated voltage 

24 VDC 4 A 

D2D-3104 


Contact Form 

SPDB-NO/NC SPDB-NO SPDB-NC 

SPDB-NO 

+SPDB-NO/NC 

DPDB-NO 

272

D2D 

D2D 



Mechanical Durability (D2D-1000) 

100,000 

70,000 

50,000 

30,000 

10,000 

7,000 

5,000 

3,000 



Without load 


1,000 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

OT (%) 

Pull-on Lock Function 

When opening or closing the door, the power ON state of the Switch can be checked with the door left open. By closing the door after maintenance 

inspection, the Switch will resume the normal momentary action. (This feature is ideal for conducting the electrical continuity test, inspection, 

repair, etc. of the Switch after its assembly.) 

State 

Example 

To turn ON the power when the 

door is closed 

To turn OFF the power when the 

door is open 

To turn ON the power with the 

door left open 

Pull 

Connection NO-NO ON OFF ON 

NC-NC OFF ON OFF 

Double Spring Mechanism 

Two return springs are provided for the pin plunger. Thus, if either of 

the springs is broken, this feature will prevent the Switch from malfunctioning 

or short-circuiting. 

Applicable Models: D2D-1000 and 3000 models 

Direct Contact Opening Mechanism 

The insulating ring 

weld occurs in the Switch. 

Applicable Models: D2D-1000 Models 

will positively break the circuit if a contact 

Insulating ring 

Example of D2D-1000. 

273

D2D 

D2D 

Dimensions 



Panel Cutout Dimensions 

Panel thickness: 1.0 to 2.5 mm 


holes or M4 screw holes 

13.5 ± 0.1 

Panel 

2.2 ± 0.1 

Note 

1.3 R max. 

Note: 

Dimension is 36.7±0.1 with a panel thickness of 1.0 mm 

and 37.0±0.1 with a panel thickness of 2.5 mm 





Standard Models 

Screw Mounting 

D2D-1000 

D2D-1001 

D2D-1002 

FP OP TTP 

22±0.1 

16 

8 dia. 

A 

4.3±0.05 dia. 

1.8 

5.8 

13 

33.6 

23.6 

10.4 

25.2 

30 

Four quick-connect 


6.35±0.1 

12.4 

1.65 +0.1 

0 dia. 

Note: 

NC-OFF: The force applied to the actuator to cause it to move from the free position to the position at which the NC contact opens. 

NO-ON: The force applied to the actuator to cause it to move from the free position to the position at which the NO contact closes. 

Model 

Screw mounting 

D2D-1000 D2D-1001 D2D-1002 

OF max. NC-OFF 2.94 N {300 gf} --- 2.94 N {300 gf} 

NO-ON 5.88 N {600 gf} 5.88 N {600 gf} 

--- 

TTF max. 

7.35 N {750 gf} 

7.35 N {750 gf} 7.35 N {750 gf} 

OT min. 2.3 mm 2.3 mm 5.5 mm 

FP max. 16.4 mm 17 mm 16.4 mm 

OP NC-OFF 15.9±0.4 mm --- 15.9±0.4 mm 

NO-ON 12.7±0.4 mm 12.7±0.4 mm --- 

TTP max. 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 

274

D2D 

D2D 

Panel Mounting 

D2D-1100 

D2D-1101 

D2D-1102 

FP 

OP 

TTP 

40±0.1 

8 dia. 

A 

2.0 

21.2 

31.7 

21.8 

10.4 

25.2 

30 

6.35±0.1 

12.4 



1.65 +0.1 

0 dia. 

Model 

Panel mounting 

D2D-1100 D2D-1101 D2D-1102 

OF max. NC-OFF 2.94 N {300 gf} --- 2.94 N {300 gf} 

NO-ON 5.88 N {600 gf} 5.88 N {600 gf} 

--- 

TTF max. 

7.35 N {750 gf} 

7.35 N {750 gf} 7.35 N {750 gf} 

OT min. 2.3 mm 2.3 mm 5.5 mm 

FP max. 12.4 mm 13 mm 12.4 mm 

OP NC-OFF 11.9±0.4 mm --- 11.9±0.4 mm 

NO-ON 8.7±0.4 mm 8.7±0.4 mm --- 

TTP max. 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 


D2D-3103 

40 

5.6 dia. 

21.2±0.2 

Model 

D2D-3103 

OF max. NC-OFF 2.94 N {300 gf} 

A 

NO-ON 

5.88 N {600 gf} 

FP 

OP 

TTP 

2 3 

TTF max. 

OT min. 

FP max. 

9.81 N {1,000 gf} 

2.3 mm 

12.4 mm 

OP NC-OFF 11.9±0.8 mm 

31 

NO-ON 

8.7±0.8 mm 

41.5 

TTP max. 

6.4 mm 

8.8 

22.8 

31.6 

34.4 

Six quick-connect 


6.35±0.1 

13 

1.65 +0.1 

0 dia. 

275

D2D 

D2D 


D2D-3104 

40 

5.6 dia. 

21.2±0.2 

Model 

OF max. 

NC-OFF --- 

D2D-3104 

A 

NO-ON 

5.88 N {600 gf} 

FP 

OP 

TTP 

2 3 

TTF max. 

OT min. 

9.81 N {1,000 gf} 

2.3 mm 

FP max. 

13.5 mm 

31 

41.5 

OP NC-OFF --- 

TTP max. 

NO-ON 

8.7±0.8 mm 

6.4 mm 

8.8 

31.6 

34.4 

6.35±0.1 

13 



1.65 +0.1 

0 dia. 

Pull-on Lock Models 

Screw Mounting 

D2D-2000 

TTP 

(see 

note) 

OP 

(see 

note) 

FP 

OP 

TTP 

22±0.1 

16 

8 dia. 

A 

4.3±0.05 dia. 

1.8 

5.8 

13 

Momentary Operation 

(Normal Operation) 

Model D2D-2000 D2D-2100 

OF 

max. 

NC-OFF 1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

1.96 N 

{200 gf} 

NO-ON 2.94 N 

{300 gf} 

2.94 N 

{300 gf} 

33.6 

23.6 

TTF max. 

5.88 N 

{600 gf} 

5.88 N 

{600 gf} 

OT min. 4.5 mm 4.5 mm 

FP max. 14.3 mm 10.3 mm 

OP NC-OFF 13.5± 

0.6 mm 

9.5±0.6 mm 

Note: 

At pull-on lock operation. 

10.4 

25.2 

30 

6.35±0.1 



12.4 

1.65 +0.1 

0 dia. 

NO-ON 12.7± 

0.6 mm 

8.7±0.6 mm 

TTP max. 8.3 mm 4.3 mm 


D2D-2100 

40±0.1 

8 dia. 

Pull-on Lock Operation 

TTP 

(see 

note) 

OP 

(see 

note) 

FP 

OP 

TTP 

A 

2.0 

21.2 

Model D2D-2000 D2D-2100 

OF max. 19.61 N {2,000 gf} 

PT max. 

2 mm 

OT min. 

0.4 mm 

31.7 

21.8 

MD max. 

FP max. 

OP 

1.5 mm 

14.3 mm 

15.1±0.61±0 6mm 

10.3 mm 

11.1±0.61±0 6mm 

TTP max. 

16.5 mm 

12.5 mm 

Note: 

At pull-on lock operation. 

10.4 

25.2 

30 



6.35±0.1 

12.4 

1.65 +0.1 

0 dia. 

276

D2D 

D2D 

Precautions 


Correct Use 

Mounting 

Apply operation force to the pin plunger in the direction it operates. 

Applying forces laterally or from an oblique direction may damage 

the pin plunger. 



Incorrect 

Correct 

Incorrect 



0.69 N m {5 to 7 kg cm} 














Voltage (V) 

Inoperable 

range 

Operating 

range 

Current (mA) 



Cat. No. B085-E1-05B 

277

Door Interlock Switch 

D2T 

Compact DPST-NO Door Switch 

Incorporates two circuits for power loads and micro 

loads. Micro load circuit uses twin contacts. 

Compact size, with an operating force of only 

3.24 N {330 gf}. 

Panel- or screw-mounted with ease. 

 



D2T-T1 

1 2 

1. Actuator 




2. Terminals 

None: Right-angled solder terminals 

S: Straight solder terminals 

Actuator (see note) Right-angled solder terminals Straight solder terminals 

Pin plunger D2T-T1 D2T-T1S 

Hinge lever D2T-LT1 D2T-LT1S 

Note: 

The actuator of the D2T is identical to that used for OMRON’s V Snap-action Switches. The actuator can be replaced with other types of 

actuators. Consult your OMRON sales representatives for details. 

278

D2T 

D2T 


Ratings 

Rated voltage 

Between terminals 1 and 2 250 VAC 5 A 

Between terminals 3 and 4 125 VAC 0.1 A 


Note: 

The ratings values apply under the following trest conditions: 





Voltage 


Between terminals 1 and 2 Between terminals 3 and 4 

250 VAC 

125 VAC 

5 A 

5 A 

--- 

0.1 A 

30 VDC 6 A 0.1 A 





10 to 500 mm/s (pin plunger models) 




Contact resistance (initial value) Between terminals 1 and 2: 50 mΩ max. 

Between terminals 3 and 4: 100 mΩ max. 





1,000 VAC for 1 min 50/60 Hz between terminals of same polarity 

1,500 VAC for 1 min 50/60 Hz between current-carrying metal part and ground (see note 1), 

between each terminal and non-current-carrying metal part, and between terminals of different 

polarity 






IEC IP40 

Class I 







Weight 

85% max. (for 5°C to 35°C) 


Note: 






279

D2T 




UL1054 (File No. E41515)/ 


Rated voltage 

Between 

terminals 1 and 2 

Between 


125 VAC 5 A 0.1 A (for 100,000 

operations) 

250 VAC 5 A --- 


Rated voltage 

Between 


125 VAC --- 0.1 A 

250 VAC 5 A --- 

Between 



Item 

Between 

terminals 1 

and 2 

D2T 

Between 

terminals 3 

and 4 

Contact Specification Rivet Plated 

Material 

Silver 

Gap 

1 mm 1.4 mm 


Inrush current 60 A max. --- 

Minimum applicable load 160 mA at 

5 VDC 

1 mA at 5 VDC 


Contact Form 

DPST-NO 

COM 

Terminal 1 COM 

Terminal 3 NO 

Terminal 4 NO 

Terminal 2 

Micro load 

Power load 

Note: 

The circuit switching power loads has a snap-action mechanism 

and the circuit switching micro loads has a slow-action 

mechanism. 

Dimensions 

Note: 


Terminals 

Angled Terminals 

Straight Terminals 

2.8± 0.1 

7.1 ±0.1 

1.2-dia. 

hole 

2.6-dia. hole 

1 


t=0.5 

2.6-dia. hole 

7.1 ±0.1 

1.2-dia. hole 

2.8± 0.1 Solder terminal 

t=0.5 

280

D2T 

D2T 


Panel Cutout Dimensions 

(Panel thickness: 1.5 to 2 mm) 

Two, M3 screw holes 

26.4±0.1 

11.9 +0.2 

–0 

Four, 0.5R max. 

31.0 +0.2 

–0 




3. The following illustrations and dimensions are for D2T models with angled terminals. Refer to the dimensions in Terminals for the 

straight terminals of the D2T. 



D2T-T1 

D2T-T1S 

26.4±0.15 

3.4±0.15 dia. 

A 

3.1 +0.13 


Two, 2.5R 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

D2T-T1 

D2T-T1S 

3.24 N {330 gf} 

0.5 N {50 gf} 

TTF max. 

6.37 N {650 gf} 

15.35±0.2 

2.8±0.1 1.2 hole 

OT min. 

OP 

0.8 mm 

4.4±0.6 mm 

(see note) 

t=0.5 


2.6 

hole 

Note: 

Operating sequence of the circuit 

between terminals 1 and 2 and the 

circuit between terminals 3 and 4 is 

not specified. 


D2T-LT1 

D2T-LT1S 

A 

30.9±0.8 

t = 0.5 

(Stainlesssteel 

lever) 

Model 

OF max. 

RF min. 

D2T-LT1 

D2T-LT1S 

1.47 N {150 gf} 

0.2 N {20 gf} 

TTF max. 

2.45 N {250 gf} 

OT min. 

OP 

1.6 mm 

6.9±1.3 mm 

(see note) 

t=0.5 


Note: 

Operating sequence of the circuit 

between terminals 1 and 2 and the 

circuit between terminals 3 and 4 is 

not specified. 

Precautions 


Correct Use 

Mounting 

Use M3 mounting screws to mount the Switch. Tighten the screws 

to a torque of 0.4 to 0.6 N m {4 to 6 kgf cm}. 


When mounting on a metal surface, be sure to provide a Separator 

between the Switch and mounting plate. 



Cat. No. B097-E1-02B 

281

Connectors 

Connectors 

Connectors 

Microswitches for tab-terminals listed in this catalog are compatible with other companies‘ products. The following AMP-made Connectors are 

also available. For more details about AMP Connectors, contact one of the addresses listed below. 

Tyco Electronics/AMP 

• Japan 

Phone: 81-44-844-8013 

• U.S.A. 

Phone: 1-800-522-6752 

Receptacles for Quick-connect Terminals 


Phone: 44-208-954-2356 

• Hong Kong 

Phone: 852-2735-1628 

For #110 models For #187 models For #250 models 

Positive Lock Connectors 

(Connectors with an easy-to-insert, secure lock mechanism.) 

For #187, 1 pole 

For #187, 3 poles 

(Compatible with V and VX 

Miniature Basic Switches) 

Note: 

Other companies’ products are listed in this catalog as general user information. We assume no responsibility for the quality or price of 

other companies’ products. 

282

Basic Switches - Omron

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?